Descent into the Underdark

Oct 22, 2023 8:27 pm
The Underdark is a system of subterranean caves, caverns, and tunnels of enormous size inhabited by many different types of creatures. The intelligent races that live often learn to be as cold and ruthless as the environment they live in.

Valpip

Psybermagi

Oct 22, 2023 8:29 pm
Edair and Sawen descend through a series of rooms and halls below the buildings of the base and arrive at another guarded gate to the extensive natural caverns beyond. The guard here gives you a lantern and you make your way, with Sawen flitting ahead at the edge of your light and beyond. Only after scrambling over the rough cavern floor for tens of minutes does the passage open into larger caverns and Sawen draws back to join you as you proceed with more caution. Luckily marks have been made with chalk that are easily followed and you soon find yourself at a small campside in a larger cavern.

Valpip
You find Valpip and Fiznik, an old human wizard, coffering in a tent near a large square of tiles set into the cavern floor. After yo explain your assignment the little gnome thinks for a moment Hmmm. I see. Well we do need to know a bit more about the deeper tunnels. I suggest caution first and foremost. Now the map case will draw a map of the area you pass through. I have a few other baubles that should be of help. You can each borrow 1 of them. We will be staying here to study the Matric Node for some time. I suggest you not go too deep for your first foray.
[ +- ] Dungeoneers Map Case
Sawen motions for you to pick first. (ask to see Magic shop items tagged for UnderDark use)
Oct 22, 2023 8:29 pm
"I’ll look for the helm first."

Sawen Shadeflanks

Psybermagi

Oct 22, 2023 8:53 pm
Sawen chooses the Amulet of Echos. After talking with Valpip a bit about the area and getting the 3 items, including the magical map case, you set off.
[ +- ] current map
You get familiar with the area and make your way west (past room 10 on the left) to the tunnel that leads down. With your new helm, that you lean can be adjusted as well to change color and intensity as simple commands, you move much easier. Sawen tends to fly ahead and above but never goes to far ahead for too long and makes sure to emit a short chirp as he approaches so that you know it is him approaching's in the dark.

The first challenge is the steep slope leading down. The tunnels is wide enough at first for Sawen to glide down but he quickly returns as you make your way down.

Sawen Shadeflanks
The passage narrows further down and continues to increase it's incline

You soon reach the point he mentioned and see the passage turn into a near vertical drop through a craggy tunnel that varies between 2 to 20 feet wide. Even the wider areas are not large enough for Sawen to properly fly so he is forced to join you as you both climb down.

Describe how you want to handle the climb. Who is first? Any strategies/techniques you use. And make a climbing test. I allow players to test with focus out of combat. That means anything 4 or higher indicates a success. A standard test rolls 2d6 but your Strong trait gives you advantage so you can roll 3d6.
Oct 23, 2023 10:42 pm
"Well, I guess I’m going down first." Edair uses a rope and rapples downward. "Too bad you can’t really fly in here, it would’ve been more convenient for me to hold on to you and descend down." He scowls, but gets back to the task at hand.

Rolls

Climbing test - (3d6)

(116) = 8

Sawen Shadeflanks

Psybermagi

Oct 25, 2023 2:21 am
Edair works with Sawen to climb down the steep sloping passage and after about an hour of exhausting tense maneuvering you find yourselves coming out of it and into a cavern more than 10 times larger than any you have seen before. You soon learn that there is a dim ambient light, enough to see forms move in the darkness as well as the general outline of most stones. Small patches of lichen or fungus emit a soft blue/green light. In the distance the light is a bit brighter but the air seems oddly milky from the glow as if mist or dust fills much of the cavern.

https://i.imgur.com/n731wIF.jpg

Sawen Shadeflanks
Next to you Sawen flexes his wings wide as you look around. I wonder what kind of beast live down here and what they live on? he muses quietly. Shall I fly ahead to scout while you remain here or would you prefer we stay close. I can easily find you if you activate your helm.

As you are discussing options you hear a faint noise nearby. Turning your help you spot a lizard like creature the size of a large bull. The beast hisses as the light strikes its eyes before it closes them. With its eyes still closed it charges.
[ +- ] Combat
Oct 25, 2023 12:51 pm
Edair clenchs his sheathed greatsword, "Don’t go right now, Sawen. I may need backup." he draws it and, charges at the lizard and attempts an an overhead swing.
OOC:
Do I roll 3d6 for attacks or just 2? I'll do 3, if I’m wrong we’ll use the result from 2d6.

Rolls

Attack - (3d6)

(263) = 11

Oct 25, 2023 2:37 pm
OOC:
roll 2d6
skill none proficient mastered
Dice 1d6 2d6 3d6

You have a heavy weapon that only allows a single attack for 2 damage. This let's your either Evade, Focus, Move etc... for your second action
Edair runs up and slams the beast with his great sword, opening a nasty gash

Behind him Sawen takes to the air as he releases an arrow at the lizard but it glanced harmlessly of the thick skin.

A low hiss issues from the gapping maw as the lizard tears back swiping with a claw and fighting with it's large jaws. Both attacks lands, wounding Edair 2 damage

Rolls

Sawen arrow - (3d6)

(234) = 9

Beast bit, claw - (2d6, 2d6)

2d6 : (66) = 12

2d6 : (45) = 9

Oct 25, 2023 4:47 pm
Edair grimaces and attempts to slash the lizard with his greatsword again. He attempts to evade attacks made by the lizard.
Last edited October 25, 2023 5:03 pm

Rolls

Attacking - (2d6)

(16) = 7

Oct 26, 2023 1:08 am
The secon strike of his sword is as true as the first and the lizrd is begining to stagger. One or two more hits, if you can last that long.

An arrow sails over your head and again fails to inflict harm.

The large lizard inturn snaps at you and its jaws snat at your arm as the beast lunges at you. Roll an evasion test 1d6. If you fail you take 1 damage

Rolls

Sawen arrow - (3d6)

(441) = 9

Beast bite, claw - (2d6, 2d6)

2d6 : (26) = 8

2d6 : (24) = 6

Oct 26, 2023 1:35 am
Edair pulls the greatsword back, "Begone, foul beast!" he yells as he attempts to stab the lizard.

He again, watches the beast for any signs of movement and attempts to dodge.
Last edited October 26, 2023 1:36 am

Rolls

Evasion test - (1d6)

(2) = 2

Attack - (2d6)

(44) = 8

Oct 27, 2023 3:01 am
Edair moves to dodge but the subterranean lizard reacts too fast and manages to still tear into him once more.
Sawn fires down on the lizard and finally manages to strike it. The lizard is starting to show caution and hisses as it slashes at you with a claw before jumping back and trying to evade any retaliatory strikes from you

Though your shout has little effect you can tell the exchange of damage is not too the giant lizards liking and it is becominmg increasingly less bold and If Sawen can continue to strike it you should be able to drive it off.

Rolls

Sawen Attack - (3d6)

(564) = 15

lizard claw - (2d6)

(62) = 8

Oct 27, 2023 1:51 pm
Edair takes a deep breath and focuses his efforts into one strike, he swings at the lizard, hoping to inflict another nasty wound or a death blow.

Rolls

Attack test with focus - (2d6)

(65) = 11

Oct 27, 2023 8:03 pm
Edair slams hs blade into the beas, that stumbles from the impact and jumps back bleeding. The lizards hisses at your before turning to run.

Sawen Shadeflanks
Sawen fires off another arrow, that strikes the lizards flank causing it to stumble in its flight, before dropping down to talk. Shall we track it or let it go? You took the brunt of that and only you can say if we should press our advantage
OOC:
LoL that is the way the dice roll. You don't focus and need it. You do focus and don't need it :)

Rolls

Sawen Bowshot - (3d6)

(135) = 9

Oct 27, 2023 9:33 pm
Edair grunts and huffs through the pain, "Let it go. I doubt it'll bother us again." he says while leaning on his great sword.

"Come on, let's continue our expedition." He puts his great sword on his shoulder.
Oct 27, 2023 10:02 pm
OOC:
You can rest 1 hour to recover 1 health. full health with a nights sleep > 6 hours
4 hits took you down to 4/8 health
Are you keeping your helm light on or making due with ultra low levels of the caves luminus light?
Once you have bound your wounds with Sawen's aif and caught your breath you set out again with Sawen making loops through the dark cavern gloom out and back. The large cavern does odd things to noise. You hear what sounds like the lizard scrabbling claws but Sawen report it is quite far away by now. A sound like wind is sometimes heard but the air is mostly still and stagnant. Moving out but close to one of the cavern walls you make your way over the rough cavern floor. Strange mounds rise up and Sawan repots similar formations on the ceiling (stalagmites, stalactites).

After several minutes you come to another opening, this time in the floor. Cool air is felt emanating from the narrow passage leading further underground.
OOC:
If you can give me a basic plan of action on how you want to explore, and actions you take while doing so, and how long you plan to explore then I can narrate past minor decisions, if you want.
Oct 27, 2023 10:53 pm
Edair inspects the opening in the floor cautiously, he looks down, hoping his helm light will show the bottom of the floor.

"Let’s spend at least 3 hours down here, Sawen. Do you think you lift me into that hole there? After I inspect it, of course."
Oct 28, 2023 1:13 am
The passage down is similar to the one you arrived by, varying in width and direction. Sawen looks around the large cavern. Three more hours seems fine. Perhaps leave the small windy passages for later? A slight shudder through his small frame as he says this reminds you he is an owlin not a batkin and though well adapted to darkness is more used to open air spaces. I may be able to slow our fall in the air but you are far too big for me to cary. But if you are talking about holding you on a rope then with the air of the artificers item it will not be a problem at all.

Choose your own adventure time (so you are aware of what I think of as the basic options)
1. Explore back the way you came
2. go down the tunnel in the floor
3. head out into the middle of the cave
4. continue onwards
5. other, describe please
If I don't hear back by monday I will assume you want to still go down the tunnel in the floor
Oct 29, 2023 3:18 am
After a short survey of the area Edair and Sawen begin their descent. Using the Imobile staff as an anchor they are able to belay each other to help ease the climb down. The passage is often steep but most sections are easy enough to walk or climb. After descending for well over half an hour, you notice the air becoming noticeably colder and more moist. Another ten or fifteen minutes later and you come out into another large cavern. The passage ends in a cave mouth high on the cavern walls. The traces of light are barely enough to let you know that the cavern contains a massive subterranean body of water. As you look around the cave you spy a point of light drawing closer on the water surface. Watching a moment you can tell now that you are about 40 feet above the water level. Looking down you see a small shoreline or shelf of rock above the water level directly below you. The light on the surface reveals itself to be a ship with lanterns illuminating it and the water around it.
Oct 29, 2023 5:16 am
Edair raises an eyebrow at the ship, he looks at Sawen and says "Are you seeing what I’m seeing? What’s a ship doing here?"

He takes a seat on the ground, resting his feet after all the walking and climbing, "Any chance you can scout ahead? I’d like to know what we’re facing before we go charging in."
Oct 29, 2023 10:11 pm
Sawen nods, but pauses a moment after glancing at the oddly luminous ship. With a flap he is off. Edair stairs on as the ship sails closer. Then it strikes him It is a sail ship, with billowing canvas. Only, what wind is pushing it? The cavern is large enough it might have some wind as the caverns can create their own odd weather systems that some call the Earth's Breath. Only the air here is still. A minute later the ship is much closer but angled to sail past out away from the shoreline you are over.

Sawen Shadeflanks
With a nearly silent flutter Sawen returns. Its is a ship of the dead. Only they behave oddly for the dead. Most are mindless and aggressive to all life. These acted as any sailor would. One spotted me, as if the gloom bothered him not, and called out in greeting. An odd thing as though his voice was hollow and rasping the ghost of a man was obviously happy and welcoming. A most unsettling meeting to be sure and the owlin shuddered slightly.

Turning to look down on the boat you see a couple of the crew near the wheel pointing in your direction and one raises what you take to be a spyglass and points it at you. The man lowers the object and gives a wave in your direction. And then they are sailing past and the crew returns to their jobs at hand. Where to you can not say but the light of the boat looks to be following the shoreline.
Oct 29, 2023 11:49 pm
Edair gets up and whistles. "A ship full of friendly undead, eh? Interesting stuff. Well, Sawen, do you want to follow them, or shall we head back? I think we’ve seen enough of this place."

Sawen Shadeflanks

Psybermagi

Oct 30, 2023 1:10 am
Sawen Shadeflanks
It is indeed intriguing.
But the depth of the earth overheard weighs down on me. I will stay off you ask but think we have enough to report.
This area definitely has mysteries to explore but will require a better provisioned and larger party
Oct 30, 2023 4:58 am
"Okay, let's go back to the base. I need to sleep." Edair yawns.
Oct 30, 2023 12:28 pm
You make your way back up with Sawen flyig when possible in the narrow passages and dropping a rope to make certain climbs easier. Getting back to the first lage cavern you retrace your steps, glad you stayed close to a wall as directions have proven challenging deep underground. Finding the scene of your fight with the lizard make you confident of your second assent and after another exhausting climb you find yourselves back inthe cavern system beneath the expedition. Making your way back to where you had talked with the gnimish artificer you report all that happened and you saw to Fiznik the huan wizard as Valpip is buisy again with something over by the tiles.

Fiznik
Nodding as he listens and making a few notes on a scroll the wizard looks up as you finish It sounds interesting but it is not of great importance to us. We will of course want to keep a watch on the passage between the lower caverns and these but other than an alarm and powsible a diversion ward I dont think we will need to bother with it much. We can let the other adventurers know about this and post it on the notice board but II believe that will be the end of it as far as officail buisness goes. Why dont you go see Valpip while I go report this to the administrator.

Valpip
You find Valpip working hunched over a small table hammering a tiny chissel on a small round metal disk inset with 6 stones or jems. The gnome does not react for several minutes other than to hold up a hand for you to wait. After finishing carving the rune he was working on the gnome sits strait and stretches. Ah, you're back and in one piece. Good, glad to see it.. He asks a few questions and you explain that Fiznik is already reporting the details and he seems satisfied. Well you can go back with Fiznik and check in with the clerk above but if you do not mind I would like some help here. Have you ever used magic to travel? he asks. You see we have been trying to manage these tiles, a bit of a lost art it seems as their usefullness was greatly diminished due to the Shattering. We Recently came into contact with a party that has some knowledge on how they were and I have been working on devices that can tap into their matrix to simplify certain other magics. If you are not opposed to a short teleportation to pass on an object I would be most obbliged.

Valpip explains he need you to deliver the device he just finished to Danoll, a vetran scout working with others who are working to restore a manor house with magical stores and staff that hase survived the shattering mostly intact. Ocne the device is delivered you are free to stay and help out, he understands there is still a bit to secure there, or return and get a job from the clerc in the base above.
Oct 31, 2023 1:54 am
Edair let’s out a somewhat frustrated sigh and shrugs, "No, I’ve never used magic to travel.

He attempts to swipe the magical device from Valpip’s hand, "Fine. I'll deliver this thing for you. The pay better be good."
Oct 31, 2023 2:15 pm
With a sigh the gnome hands you a gold coin. 1 gold a day is the usual rate. Here is double for your trouble and he adds a second coin. Following Valpips instructions you take a large wooden box and stand on the checkered tiles. The gnome fiddles with an instrument next to him and the tile pattern changes before a slight hum and nimbus of light surrounds you. With a brief flare of the light and sound the world changes and you find yourself in a small room but standing on similar tiles.

A voice calls out of thin air. Everyone is busy. Head out to the corridor down the hall then up the stairs.
Someone will be with you in a minute
You look around as you follow the instructions, bringing the box with you. You are in a cellar by the looks of it and the stair lead up to a hallway that is paneled in polished wood and furnished nicely. Paintings hang on the wall, flowers in a pot set nearby gently scent the air.

Danoll
After a moment you hear footsteps then see an older man round the corner. Ah welcome. We weren't expecting the delivery until latter. Sorry about that. Things are a bit hectic here, what with cleaning out the enchanted garden and what not. Is that the delivery he asks pointing to the box. It should make this much more convenient though we are still short handed.

Sylfir Alderdrim
The man introduces himself as Danoll, a former adventurer who first signed on to guid the expedition to the city of Paphos but now is helping to clear the manor and make it livable. As you talk he is joined by a younger half elf maiden, he introduces as Sylfir. She turns to you Are you also an adventurer? We have several helping us but if you are not otherwise employed by the expedition we can match their pay, and the meals and lodging are much nicer and she flashes you a winning smile.
OOC:
Moving you to the Manor House story
Go ahead and introduce yourself to them. The party is outside. After coming to some sort of arrangement with Sylfir and Danol and they sent you with Witic, a small plant fey creature, to find them.
Dec 4, 2023 5:24 am
OOC:
@WhiteDwarf Anders story continues from here
The descent of a knight into darkness.
Ander and Garic are escorted to a small guard station with stairs that lead down into cellars and passageways below the base. A short trib through lamp lit rooms and corridors then past a guard station with a new iron gate, and into a rough passageway.

Guard
This leads straight to the caverns but takes a bit to actually get to where the wizard and that gnomish artificer are studying that old bit of magic. Here's a map of the area. As best I understand it they want you to clear the caves first but you can also try out the passage to the underdark. If you do head to the underdark see Valpip at the research station for supplies.

He hands you a map before wishing you luck and safe travels.
[ +- ] Cavern Map
Garic
Off we go then the goblin says with a grin. With a wave of his wand and a quick word both his shields begin to glow. The face of the shields are covered in small flames that do not harm the shield. Moving with the light proves easy enough but it takes you almost an hour to reach the caverns themselves. The passage opens up into much larger caves that Garic has trouble illuminating entirely.
Dec 4, 2023 7:27 pm
OOC:
If ok, I’m switching my new Trait from Weapon Master, to Shield Bearer.
Ander readies a bullet into his trusty sling, then follows a pace between Garic into descending darkness.

Once we get to the research center, we’ll check up on whatever supplies we need, he says in noble knightly fashion.
Dec 4, 2023 7:55 pm
OOC:
That's fine. You should get weapon mastery quick enough
You make you way through the caverns following a noticeable trail that shows high levels of recent use heading in what looks to be the correct direction. It takes well over a quarter hour of uneventful travel to reach the research are which is the only well lit area down here. A tent surrounded by torches and a couple of guards stands dozens of feet from another area illuminated by lanterns set on poles around it. Garics flaming shields have long since allerted the guards of your presence and a grinning gnome is fetched from the tent to greet you.

Valpip
Ah, more help? the gnome asks quizzically at your approach waving in recognition to Garic who extinguishes his magelit shields.
Dec 4, 2023 9:28 pm
Our knightly fellow makes valiant approach.

Yes, more help is here! I am Ander, Ander An’DERson! He really hits the second syllable of his surname, and speaks with a tone like his name’s supposed to MEAN something!

And this is Garic. We’re here to clear caves and do a bit of mapping. Have you useful supplies for us, good sir? We’d be obliged to peruse your wonderful wares!
Last edited December 4, 2023 9:31 pm

Valpip

Psybermagi

Dec 4, 2023 10:21 pm
Valpip
Yes, yes. I left a few things set aside after that last fellow came and went. It is all on loan mind you, while you work down here in the caves of below in the underdark. and he waves to a small chest off to one side.
OOC:
items are listed on the 2nd post of this thread
Well, now it you are going to clear the caves I may need to give you something special. Hmm let me think.
The Cave Fisher and the Dark Mantles are both predators that tend to lurk on the ceiling and are quite good at hiding. This makes hunting them quite hard. As the dark mantles are small they tend to hunt small creatures and we are working out methods to deter them from bothering us. The Fisher on the other hand is quite dangerous. Especially since we moved in and scared most of its food away.

Tell you what, why don't you go after the Fisher, if you think you are able. I can get a couple potions of Clinging that should make dealing with the Fisher much easier. It will let you climb walls or cling to the ceiling, just don't run or jump while off the ground or you might have a rather exciting, and brief, revelatory experience.
[ +- ] Potion of Clinging
Dec 5, 2023 12:02 am
Our knightly fellow hands a potion to Garic, whilst settling the second one into his pack. Along with the other four wonderful items.

Thank you, friend, for…these things… Ander pauses just long enough to contemplate the items most curiously. Probably easier to use than I think, he ponders to knightly self!

We will make great use of this bounty, oh kind Valpip! Thank you ever so much. And…yes, YES! My associate and I, we will find this Fisher fellow. He will bother you, no more, that I can tell you.

You might even say, we will FISH for the FISHER!
Ander pauses just long enough for the lame joke to land…just as it’s supposed to!

Once pleasantries are duly exchanged, our knightly fellow and his flame-shield bearing friend make their way deeper into the complex. Perhaps our knightly fellow marvels at how cool his neat helm gadget is!
Dec 5, 2023 12:05 am
Valpip
In shock and embarrassment Valpip coughs Um... sorry but, you only get to borrow one each and he looks pointedly and the small locker, your pouch and Garic. But when you head down to the under dark be sure to take the scroll case as well.

Garic
Chuckling Garic asks about each item and says Do you have a preference? I can use my magic for light so don't really need the hat but the other three look useful.
Dec 5, 2023 1:23 am
Oh…GEEZ, exclaims our knightly fellow. Realizing dungeonous faux-pas!

Ander hands back the spider silk and the amulet. He hands the telescopic staff thingy to Garic, and wears the helm himself, striking a pose witv customarily-knightly pride!

Much obliged, he exclaims to Valpip!
Dec 5, 2023 5:49 am
Valpip
Valpip sends you off with what he knows of the Fisher before he gets back to his research. As far as I understand it the Fisher is called that due to its hunting tactic. The long sticky threads are almost invisible and can lift several grown men up to the fisher where it can finish them off with its claws.

Garic
As you make your way towards the area the Cave Fisher is known to reside in Garic asks. So, what's the plan? The caves are big and it likely knows them pretty well if this is its hunting ground. I can do a bit of magic and have some pretty good combat spells
[ +- ] Combat Magic
Dec 5, 2023 4:05 pm
Ander readies a bullet in his trusty sling.

Let’s march in, I’ll have muh sling ready to get a shot off before I close in gif melee. Cover me with spell fire, pot favor.

Ander tries the best light-up thingy on his knightly helm. Then strides forth into darkened descent.
Dec 6, 2023 5:11 am
Ander quickly masters controlling the light from the helm and learns it actually can have it's brightness reduces. Together he and Garic make their way to the are the Fish is known to frequent. The roof of the cavern ranges from 40 to over 100 feet up according to the guards reports. By all accounts the Fisher can see without light and the one time it was fought, and escaped, it did not like the light but was not adversely affected by it.
OOC:
Let me know if you have a plan to find or lure the Fisher out of hiding. If you have no specific plan then you can roll a Test,2d6, to use your tactical training and hunting experience as a knight to devise one.
Dec 6, 2023 2:34 pm
Ander moved close to Garic, and deactivates his magical helm.

Let’s go-dark, for a bit, now that we’re here. Give it a bit, see if the Fisher appears. When it does, then let’s turn on our lights suddenly. Shine right in its face, maybe startle it just long enough to get a jump on it.

Ander keeps his slingshot ready. Hoping to get a shot off before switching to his trusty sword!
Dec 6, 2023 9:41 pm
Garic follows suit and douses his light. The pair of you move cautiously through the darkness
Give me a couple of rolls and any other actions you may take
Dec 7, 2023 2:26 am
Ander goes dark as well. His left arm firmly clasped to the inner strap of his shield. His right hand…still clenching his humble sling, but just for a brief moment…his right hand finds its way into his pocket, where gauntelted fingers find themselves rubbing a certain talisman. A simple chess piece. But more than that…The Knight. The position our knightly fellow aspires to hold.

Any thoughts, he mouths, seemingly, to himself.

Ander tries positioning himself just in front of Garic. Intending to protect his spellcasting friend, just in case a tactical defense is soon warranted. And our knightly fellow waits.
OOC:
Standing guard (Rolled 2d6, but might just be 1due to disadvantage in the dark?).
Also…’consulting’ the King The Knight.
Last edited December 7, 2023 2:31 am

Rolls

Standing guard - (2d6)

(21) = 3

Knight

daryen

Dec 7, 2023 2:58 am
Knight
The Knight says, "It is called a Fisher for a reason. Beware the fishing line. Do not directly touch the Fisher's line!"
OOC:
Hopefully I'll get a second entry for the Knight. When that happens I will update the Post As to reflect that.
Dec 7, 2023 4:02 am
You move cautiously and slowly through the cavern in almost pitch black darkness. Garic experiments a bit with his magic and manages to add the slightest bit of a glow to the bottom of your shoes so that as ander raises his foot to walk he can vaguely see to surface underfoot.

Rolls

random wanderings

Dec 8, 2023 1:37 am
Our knightly fellow takes a few more steps. Emerald-colored eyes barely piercing darkness, and surely watching his feet as much as he glances straight ahead. Perhaps the magical light of Garic along his brown boots affording his lone sensory solace.

This…maybe isn’t working, Ander quietly says. Garic…we may need your kind magic. Have you, well, you know the…what do you call it…cantrip thingy, that maybe causes ghostly sounds to occur? Or maybe one of those magical hands that can grab small objects? If we could make sounds like footsteps…well, louder footsteps, or maybe a magical hand that could pull on any of the…I guess, fishing line hereabout…then maybe we draw out the Fisher more quickly.

Quicker. More quickly? You know what I mean, right?"
Dec 8, 2023 6:40 am
As you are whispering you suddenly feel oddly light, then realize it is your pack as the straps suddenly pull up instead of down. With a jerk you are lifted off your feet and up into the air a few feet.
OOC:
Bypassing tedious search back and forth and on to gallant battle, don't die :)

Knight

daryen

Dec 8, 2023 1:57 pm
Knight
"The Fisher found you!"
Dec 8, 2023 4:25 pm
Briefly startled, but anticipating the fight to come, Ander activates his magical helm. Intending to shone bright light straight at the Fisher!

Garic, now! Activate your shields! Shine the light, good man!

Drawing back his arm, Ander looses a sling bullet. Intending to hit the Fisher right between fishing eyes!

Rolls

Sling! - (1d6)

(4) = 4

Dec 8, 2023 9:17 pm
The beam of light from the helmet shone upwards revealing . . .
a tiny thead glistening in the light stuck to the knights pack, tugging it upwards. With a twirl and release a stone is sent at the thing, striking it on the head and causing it to hiss. (un?)Fortunately all this commotion works Ander out of his pack and he falls to the floor of the cave, without his pack.
OOC:
FYI : Activating the helm is free. You can do 1 simple action, open a door, turn on your helm, grab a weapon, for free each round. so I am giving you focus as your other action.
Cave Fisher
Garic
Garic exclaims in surprise as your light reveals the thins clinging to the ceiling above. With a whoosh both his shields are suddenly surrounded by flame and he throws a couple of punches upwards, sending bursts of flame at the fisher.
Under the helms spot light the fisher scuttles further up and sway from the reach of your helm into the darkness beyond.
Cave Fisher

Garic
Garic shouts It going to hide, we need to get you on the ceiling so you can track it

Rolls

Attack - (2d6, 2d6)

2d6 : (13) = 4

2d6 : (51) = 6

Dec 9, 2023 12:09 am
Ander picks his knightly self up from cavernous ground. Draws his trusty sword, and exclaims,

Yes! Indeed, we need to get me on the ceiling to track it, Garic! How do we do that?! Get me on the ceiling, I mean! And, track it?! So basically, the whole thing?!

Garic

Psybermagi

Dec 9, 2023 1:09 am
Garic
Quickly grabbing a rope from his pack Garic ties it to his new magic pole and starts climbing
Stay climbing he says and hands you his pole before rushing to retrieve you pack from where it fell
After you use the potion and are on the rock lowerthe pole to me
Dec 9, 2023 3:20 pm
Ander replaces his pack upon knightly back!

Ah yes, Ander exclaims. Appreciating kind reminder of magic gear duly equipped! (Gulp, gulp, gulp)… And so it is, within but a few annoying gulps, our knightly fellow attempts a climb, and a cling!

Here we go, he says. Magical pole strapped to his back, and striking an athletic climber’s pose!
OOC:
Not meaning to get too far ahead on my Actions here. Lashing pole to pack, putting on backpack, drinking potion, climbing. Hope all that tracks ok.

Rolls

Climbing - (2d6)

(51) = 6

Dec 11, 2023 3:46 am
You make it to the ceiling without trouble and upon contact with the stone easily step down/up onto the ceiling/floor before quickly lowering the pole to Garic to repeat the process. He calls up Start searching with your helm light but keep your distance till I get up there to back you up. and starts panting as he repeats your climb. Quite a good exercise you note though not of much use for everyday life, not that your life is ordinary anymore you think with a grin.
Dec 12, 2023 1:29 am
Nods in knightly acquiescence, Ander clings to dungeonous ceiling whilst making stalwart search.

Ander grins slightly as he ponders lack of ordinariness. Well, this IS what I signed up firm after all, he thinks to knightly self. Fact is, Ander is seeking to make good on his knightly name. And wgat better way to do it, than clinging from a ceiling and searching for a monster trying to kill him?

Don’t answer that!

Rolls

Search - (2d6)

(61) = 7

Dec 12, 2023 6:45 am
Ander sweeps the area with his helms light, as Garic works his way up, and catches a glimpse of the fisher hidings a ways off. As the light strikes it the fisher hisses and starts scuttling further from you and out of your light.
Garic calls ahead Right behind you as he nears the ceiling close to where you arrived. The two of you set of in pursuit with you in the lead chasing down the fisher and trying to keep it in the spot light.
Roll twice, once for the Hunt 3d6 and another for maneuvering in the rough terrain on the ceiling to catch up 2d6. If both succeed you can go ahead and begin combat with favorable situation that you create, 1 failure and it will be fair, both fail and .... well we will see :)
Dec 12, 2023 2:35 pm
Ander clings and climbs along the ceiling, aided by magic helm light. Stay close, Ander advises his shield-bearing friend. The hunt is afoot!

Rolls

Hunt - (3d6)

(344) = 11

Catch Up - (2d6)

(55) = 10

Dec 12, 2023 5:18 pm
The foreign nature of the area frustrates you but you manage to move will enough to keep the thing in sight. It's large bulk forces the Fisher to navigate around obstacles your easily slip through and your son overtake the creature with Garic hiding behind. Adjusted by your pursuit it turns to attack. Roll initiative 2d6.
I don't always use initiative but those sends a good time for it. If the total is over 8 go ahead and take your turn.

Rolls

Fisher initiative - (2d6)

(53) = 8

Garic initiative - (2d6)

(56) = 11

Dec 12, 2023 6:57 pm
Oh how our knight fellow tests his initiative. Good thing he’s vigilant!

Bringing his trusty sword to the fore, Ander swings mightily at the villainous Fisher! Before also evading counter strike with his trusty shield!

Quite the evader, our knightly fellow!
Last edited December 12, 2023 7:15 pm

Rolls

Initiative - (3d6)

(634) = 13

Attack! - (2d6)

(54) = 9

Evade! - (2d6)

(54) = 9

Dec 13, 2023 2:01 am
With a swish of the blade Ander scores the first hit before th chargind thing can get it's claws on him. Soon after a couple flame darts stike the thing but glance off its hardeneed shelll. The fisher then brings its claws down to clamp onto Ander who blocks the first and then . . .
OOC:
You can roll a second evade (2d6) to block the second claw then do your next round

Rolls

Garic Attacks Fisher - (2d6, 2d6)

2d6 : (33) = 6

2d6 : (13) = 4

Fisher Attacks Ander - (3d6, 3d6)

3d6 : (621) = 9

3d6 : (151) = 7

Dec 13, 2023 2:36 pm
Ander slashes at the Fisher once again with flashing steel! His steps are extraordinarily light, as his brown boots magically cling to the ceiling whilst knightly swordplay ensues!

Take that, Ander exclaims to his dark-denizen adversary! And just after flash of cold steel interrupts cavernous air, our knightly fellow attempts masterful evasion with trusty shield!

We will win this day, Garic! I duly declare it!

Rolls

Evade (current round)! - (2d6)

(64) = 10

Attack (proceeding round! - (2d6)

(33) = 6

Evade (see above)! - (2d6)

(21) = 3

Dec 14, 2023 1:01 am
Cave Fisher
The fisher's armor deflects Anders attack and it lashes out twice with it's claws but misses once and the second attack is deflected by Aders shield.

Garic
Garric sends another couple flaming blasts towards the cave crustacean. Bost blast land on it cooking the creature, which screeches' in anger or fear.
OOC:
Just to be clear, you must declare your Evace Action, which allows as many evasions as attacks would hit you for a single action, before the attacks you with to evade happen. So you are evading for next round while attacking in this round. Also, go ahead and roll at least 2 x 2d6 for the evade when you do so in case the attacker hits more than once

Rolls

Garic Attacks Fisher - (2d6, 2d6)

2d6 : (45) = 9

2d6 : (16) = 7

Fisher Attacks Ander - (3d6, 3d6)

3d6 : (424) = 10

3d6 : (351) = 9

Dec 14, 2023 1:33 am
Ander slashes at the villainous cave fisher once again! Gauntleted hand pressed into pommeled grip, his trusty sword intending knightly purchase!

Our knightly fellow’s shield. Emblazoned with the An’Derson coat of arms thereupon. The knight thinks upon familiar things, his family, noble lineage…all things inspiring. And his thoughts get him through, pressing him to keep evading the monster’s vile claw and grip!

You will rue this day, beast, Ander exclaims! You will not lay us low!
OOC:
Declaring action to Evade next round.

Rolls

Attack - (2d6)

(61) = 7

Evade (for last round) - (2d6)

(14) = 5

Evade - (2d6)

(21) = 3

Dec 15, 2023 4:02 pm
Cave Fisher
As your sword digs into a gap of the fishers shell it is still only slightly hurt and slams two more claws at you.

Garic
Garic pauses attacking to cast a couple of spells as he moves up next to you.

You feel suddenly much faster and Garic seems weak for a moment before healing himself.

Ander has 4 actions this round
[ +- ] Burn Life

Rolls

Cave Fisher Attack vs Ander - (3d6, 3d6)

3d6 : (151) = 7

3d6 : (466) = 16

Garics Spells - (2d6, 2d6)

2d6 : (55) = 10

2d6 : (52) = 7

Dec 15, 2023 6:33 pm
Swinging sword and evading with trusty shield, our knightly fellow pauses just a moment. For to ponder his sudden increase in speed and agility. And by pausing a moment, he but only pauses for a small fraction of a nanosecond!

You are a good shield-bearing magician, Garic! Honorable by ANY knightly standards! I will smite our foe even more speedily than ever!

After speedy complimentary soliloquy, Ander assails his villainous foe in the fastest act of heroism imaginable!
OOC:
Two attacks, two evades, announcing evade action for next round as well.

Rolls

First Attack - (2d6)

(66) = 12

Second Attack - (2d6)

(33) = 6

First Evade - (2d6)

(36) = 9

Second Evade - (2d6)

(43) = 7

Knight

daryen

Dec 15, 2023 8:55 pm
Knight
The Knight says, "You can do three attacks and still Evade this turn."
Dec 15, 2023 8:56 pm
Aha! An epiphany, for certain!. Grateful for The Knight’s kind direction, our knightly fellow attempts his third speedy attack!

Rolls

Thurs Attack - (2d6)

(61) = 7

Dec 16, 2023 12:48 am
Though the knight is able to block the first claw the second clamps on tight to Ander around his waist and pulls him in close. Though this foils Anders first return strike he is able to shift his grip and shove his blade strait up the the things gaping maw, then twist and shove it in even further.

Cave Fisher
With the knight secure in his grip the cave fisher pulls him close to toss him from the ceiling! With the loss of contact Ander finds the effects of gravity reaserting themselves on him and down is now quite far. . . gulp.

Garic
Ander Catch! he calls as he throws the Telescopic Pole of Immobility and uses his magic to guide it to Anders hands. Ander fumbles, and clasps the staff.

@WhiteDwarf Roll a Save check to deterring how far you fall before activating the rod.

Rolls

Cave Fisher vs Ander - (Throw:2d6, 2d6)

Throw:2d6 : (66) = 12

2d6 : (43) = 7

Garics magically assisted throw - (2d6, 2d6)

2d6 : (55) = 10

2d6 : (62) = 8

Dec 16, 2023 12:57 am
OOC:
@Ishmann : Belagroff can continue his story in this thread whenever you are ready.
Dec 16, 2023 12:23 pm
Falling from on-high, our knightly fellow attempts to raise the rod with gauntleted hand!

Rolls

Save! - (2d6)

(12) = 3

Dec 16, 2023 6:49 pm
Ander is able to have himself just before hitting the ground. Looking up he proceeds to climb as Garic engages the Fisher.

Rolls

Cave Fisher attack - (3d6, 3d6)

Garic attack - (2d6, 2d6, 2d6)

Garic goblin Evade - (2d6)

(35) = 8

Cave Fisher attack - (3d6, 3d6)

3d6 : (656) = 17

3d6 : (463) = 13

Garic attack - (2d6, 2d6, 2d6)

2d6 : (36) = 9

2d6 : (23) = 5

2d6 : (51) = 6

Garic goblin Evade - (2d6, 2d6)

2d6 : (51) = 6

2d6 : (42) = 6

Dec 16, 2023 6:54 pm
The two exchange blows with Garic coming out on top for to his shield blocking all but one hit.

Ander finally reaches the ceiling and flips back onto it
Dec 16, 2023 7:09 pm
Clinging to ceiling after knightly acrobatics, Ander forgoes defensem in order to attempt two quick strikes at his cave-fishing nemesis!

Take that, Ander exclaims to the foul beast! Foul beast!. Like we said…!

Rolls

First Attack! - (2d6)

(45) = 9

Second Attack! - (2d6)

(41) = 5

Dec 16, 2023 8:45 pm
Explosions? I wonder what theyre blowing up. I'd better head over and see what's going on.

Belagroff walks to where he thinks the explosions are coming from.
Dec 16, 2023 11:18 pm
Belagroff hurries towards the sound to see flashes of light and a lantern swinging up high. Getting closer he sees a flash then something falls from the ceiling to crash into the stone floor below.

Wit the last stoke finishing off the cave fisher it falls free of the ceiling. Looking up down to the floor of the cave Ander swallows and thinks that next time a flying potion might be better. He then notices a lantern moving to illuminate the cave fishers body down/up where it fell.

Garic says Someone's stealing our kill. Quick let me tie this rope to the rod then you can lower us both quick. acting on his words he ties a rope to the magic pole and waits for you to engage it before leaping off the ceiling to dangle under the pole and you both descent towards the floor of the cave, the cave fisher, and whomever that is down there.
Dec 16, 2023 11:23 pm
Andre does exactly that. Engaging the pole, then making derring-do descent!

I don’t care who gets the kill, Ander replies. Just so long as we clear evil outa here…and get ourselves outa here alive!

Well met, newcomer! I’m Ander. This is Garic! And we’re trying to survive violent death! Nice to meet you!
Dec 17, 2023 2:09 am
Hoy Lads! Good to meet ya. Names Belagroff of clan Bearjaw. And this here’s Baby., he says holding up a large two-handed war club.

What manner of creature is that thing? he says pointing Baby at the Cave Fisher’s corpse.

Looks like you Lads could use a hand. Mind if Baby and I join ya?
Dec 17, 2023 2:22 am
Ander responds with kind and necessarily-polite salutations.

Yes, exclaims our knightly fellow. Please…make yourself comfortable!

Rolls

Secret Roll

Secret Roll

Dec 17, 2023 2:32 am
OOC:
The fisher fell well over 60' and cracked like a melon on the cave floor, after you killed it. No combat now
Dec 17, 2023 3:31 pm
So, Ander, what’s your plan? Seeing how I just got here I think you should lead.
Dec 17, 2023 5:24 pm
Ander sheathes his sword and begins skirting down from cavernous ceiling. Intent upon cutting a piece of fallen foe as a sort of…trophy?

My plan is, we claim part of this thing’s carcass, as proof that we’ve vanquished this vile monster from the realm. We go a bit farther into the Underdark, in order to map a path to the next exit…or, entrance, however you look at it. Then we return to the surface, share our righteous deeds and bask in fortune and glory. Oh, the bardic tales they’ll tell about me!

About us, of course I meant us!


In the most heroic way possible, Ander takes precious, unthreatened moments to cut off the cave fisher’s head.
Last edited December 17, 2023 5:25 pm

Knight

daryen

Dec 17, 2023 6:13 pm
Knight
The Knight says, "The wizard and gnome are like one main cave back. Might you not want to turn the trophy in now?"
OOC:
If the Knight is too chatty, please let me know. I'm just havin' fun!
Dec 17, 2023 6:38 pm
Ander pauses pensively. His new friend surely hears nothing but awkward silence, before our knightly fellow exudes a reverse course in noble wisdom!

Actually, Belagroff of clan Bearjaw, I propose we three leave for the surface forthwith. Allowing others just behind us to continue mapping, whilst we return and bathe in triumph over for glorious battle we’ve won!

Quickly, Garic, and Belagroff of clan Bearjaw, please help me to dislodge vile head from villainous body. That we may bask in glory among for comfortable confines! This will be great
OOC:
@daryen Please, keep it up, i think youre doing great!

Knight

daryen

Dec 17, 2023 6:46 pm
Knight
OOC:
To be clear, you don't need to go to the surface, just one cave back. Proving evidence to the wizard and/or gnome is sufficient.

Fiznik

Psybermagi

Dec 17, 2023 9:41 pm
Ander uses his dagger to separate the Cave Fishers body plates and soon severs its neck allowing the head to be retrieved. Garic on the other hand tries his hand at retrieving the fishers thread glands, getting very bloody in the process but uses some magic to easily clean himself. Securing the head you make your way back towards the subterranean campsite in the previous cavern.

Upon returning to the torchlit tent and strange tiles you soon find the old wizard. He seems a bit surprised at your quick return and asks how you were able to corner the creature. After getting the story, recounted by Ander with grand declarations of heroic deeds and valiant efforts, with no comment on that terrifying fall. The wizard brushes the tale aside and puts your success down to the magic items you were lent.

Fiznik
With a harumph he suggests Save the theatrics for the ladies good boy.
Now, will you be after the Dark Mantles? Oh, and did this good dwarf show you the scroll case we sent with him?
he asks peering at Belagroff.
[ +- ] map
Dec 17, 2023 11:39 pm
Ander strikes a pose most valiant!

A scroll, you say? No, I can’t say he has, yet. We…sort of just met.

The dark mantles?! Yes. Oh, yes! Let us get ready to tackle the dark mantles, my friends!

Good wizard, have you any insight to share with us, regarding this dark mantle madness?!
Dec 18, 2023 12:25 am
The wizard breaks into a lecture that quickly makes you wish you had askes someone else.
Professor Know It All says:
The darkmantle lurks near cavern roofs, waiting for prey to pass beneath. Its ability to create magical darkness makes it difficult to defeat.
The darkmantle hangs from a ceiling by a muscular "foot" at the top of its body. It can look like a stalactite, by holding its tentacles stiffly under itself, or like a lump of rock, spreading its tentacles so the membrane between them covers its body. Its shell and skin usually resemble limestone, but a darkmantle can change its color to match almost any type of stony background.
Scholars believe the darkmantle has recently evolved from a similar but far less capable subterranean predator. A darkmantle is about 4 feet long from the tips of its tentacles to the top of its head. It weighs about 30 pounds.
Dec 18, 2023 9:34 pm
Ander pays minimal attention, our knightly fellow being far too busy exuding appearance of vain valor. He eventually turns to his two companions and says,

Everyone got that? Good, excellent! Thank you, wizardly friend, for kind exposition. I’m sure it was wonderful!

If you might have a large sack please. Will be a fine way to us to carry back proof of the great deed we’re about to do!


After a time of extolling and relishing in his knightly derring-do’s, Ander leads his intrepid friends back into darkened descent!
Dec 18, 2023 10:04 pm
The scroll. Oh yes i forgot. he says handing the scroll case to Ander.

Fiznik

Psybermagi

Dec 19, 2023 1:43 pm
Fiznik
If you're staying together it does not matter who holds the scroll. It will magically record your movements. If you practice with it then you can even add notes to it as if writing or drawing simply by touching the case and concentrating
OOC:
Magical map function, tada. With this wilderness explorer 3000 you'll never get list again!
[ +- ] Dungeoneers Map Case
Fiznik waves to one of the guards and issues a short command who leaves and returns moments later with a couple of large sacks, one for each.

Now, if you are all going after the dark mantle beast I suggest you get some ranged weapons he comments, looking you over They are known to be able to fly. Oh and you, dwarf, you get your pick of the left overs. and presents a couple magic items with descriptions, for Belagroff Bearjaw to borrow while working the caverns.
[ +- ] Infinite Spider Silk
[ +- ] Amulet of Echos
Dec 19, 2023 4:18 pm
Ander places the magically-bound scroll case neatly into his backpack. Where it will be warm and safe!

Thank you for the lovely…sacks, good friends of great wizard! I have but a humble sling, but it will serve me well as a ranged weapon. I’m sure we will face no trouble at all with this dark mantle!

Let’s be off my friends, unless any of my team has further business here.

Knight

daryen

Dec 19, 2023 5:57 pm
Knight
The Knight says, "He said Darkmantles. There are more than one."
Dec 19, 2023 7:30 pm
Amulet of echos sounds useful, Belagroff says putting the amulet around his neck.

I don't carry a ranged weapon. Baby and i prefer to do our fighting up close and personal. Im ready to take on these flying beasties wheneveryou are.
Dec 20, 2023 2:08 am
Taking the requested supplies, happy to have a private cartographer who doesnt take a share of the loot or get paid, you make your way towards the are of the darmantle. Along the way you pass the deep crystal clear pool of water you passed on your initial trip to the research camp.

Ok, any plans or strategies you wish to use or are you just searching?

The cavern the darkmantle tend to hide in has a large number of stelagmites and stelagtites. Knowing the darkmantle look just like these things while imobile makes them appear much more sinister and the shadows form your lights more threatening.
Dec 20, 2023 2:08 am
Taking the requested supplies, happy to have a private cartographer who doesnt take a share of the loot or get paid, you make your way towards the are of the darmantle. Along the way you pass the deep crystal clear pool of water you passed on your initial trip to the research camp.

Ok, any plans or strategies you wish to use or are you just searching?

The cavern the darkmantle tend to hide in has a large number of stelagmites and stelagtites. Knowing the darkmantle look just like these things while imobile makes them appear much more sinister and the shadows form your lights more threatening.
Dec 20, 2023 10:13 pm
Ander strikes valiant pose, as he seems to have connived a plan most knightly!

Ok, here’s the plan. Garic, you go search left, Belagroff you go search right, and I’ll go search up the middle. And I’ll look very heroic when I do it too!

Can you both look heroic also? Because I think that would be very good, if so!


Ander strides forth, his magical helm lighting his knightly way. Unless that had to be returned after the cave fisher scene. Which, would be sad.

Rolls

Searching. - (2d6)

(61) = 7

Also searching. - (2d6)

(25) = 7

Dec 20, 2023 10:29 pm
OOC:
You can use the magic items for the duration while performing subterranean exploration and other tasks.
https://i.imgur.com/6eUD7h2l.jpg
The dark cave is full of natural rock formations but there is not sign or sound of any creature.
Dec 21, 2023 2:06 am
Aye lad. I can look heroic, Belagroff says with a grin on his face.

He begins searching the right side of the cavern, clicking his tongue to activate the amulet to get an idea of how big the cavern is.

Rolls

Searching - (2d6)

(23) = 5

Still Searching - (2d6)

(13) = 4

Dec 21, 2023 3:42 pm
The three of you search well over an hour but can not locate the darkmantle.
Garic
The wizard said they are masters of camouflage but I thought we would be able to find them. If we can't find them then we need to lure or flush them out somehow. Garic comments scratching his head in puzzlement.
Dec 21, 2023 9:45 pm
Always with knightly plan, Ander brandishes Ye Ole Telescopic Pole!

Quickly, someone…or, take your time, no great hurry…please, how about we strap something enticing, to the end of our pole? A tasty treat perhaps…or a shiny golden coin?

Perhaps our quarry is hungry, or short on cash!
Last edited December 21, 2023 9:49 pm
Dec 22, 2023 3:32 pm
Though noted to be clever hunters Darkmantle are not intelligent to the point of tool using. In addition many denizens of the underdark are not fond of light so you are unsure how they will react to "shiny" lures. However using food to lure them out seems a good idea. Unfortunately all you have at this time in your packs is basic travel rations that even knowing it's purpose you still question its edibility, much less appeal.

As these caverns have been frequented by the expedition members and scouts like yourselves have been hunding local predators you assume there must be smaller things for them to prey upon but the expedition never bothered with them. In fact the darkmantle themselves would be ignored if not for the fact that their packs are known to prey upon humanoids and so represent a threat to the researchers.
Dec 23, 2023 1:54 am
Ander looks at his companions and shrugs. Any ideas, he asks. Unable to discern any signs of dark mantle, our knightly fellow simply begins running the telescopic pole up along the ceiling. Hoping he might literally scrape it up against such a hidden monster in-waiting.
Dec 23, 2023 7:31 pm
Belagroff clears his throat and then he shouts

Come out, come out whereveryou are! Come and play! Baby wants to give you a kiss!

Then he looks at Ander and shrugs
Dec 23, 2023 8:02 pm
A bit stumped you return to the research camp in the nearby cave and after discussing the idea of luring out the darkmantle with food it is agreed that this plan should work. You are authorized to go up and get either a pig or a side of meat to aid you in your mission. You quickly make your way up to the base and return with everything you think you might need.
List supplies you take and specify what you are using for bait. Supplies are listed in the Stores section of the ~Tiny Info~ sheet (see below the "Rolls" section for the in page button or open the sheet from the "Characters" menu at the bottom of the page)
Then set out the plan you want to use to lure out the darkmantle.
Dec 24, 2023 6:00 pm
Ander acquisitions a side of meat, and maybe just enough rope to lash it onto his pole. He allows his companions to list whatever else they think they need, then heads back to the area.
Hopefully this might work, exclaims our knightly fellow.
Ander lashes the side of meat to Ye Ole Telescopic Pole and moves it around the ceiling. Time to go fishing!
Dec 24, 2023 6:23 pm
Having retrieved your supplied you are heading back to the darkmantle area when you see a torch in up ahead of you. The torch is off to the side of the main path and is moving around as if searching for something.
Dec 24, 2023 6:26 pm
Ander follows along the torchlight. Staying to side of the cavern wall, with trusty sword ready!
Hello..anyone here?
Dec 24, 2023 8:06 pm
The torch starts moving closer and a being made of crystal appears before you. In your mind you here. "Hello. Did you see which way a pair of Goblins went?" The voice is monotone and flat in nature.
[ +- ] Image of Ishzu
Dec 25, 2023 12:07 am
OOC:

Select all that interest you Multi

Social Encounters
Vote to view results.
Combat
Vote to view results.
Puzzles
Vote to view results.
Riddles
Vote to view results.
Exploration
Vote to view results.
Involved Story Arcs
Vote to view results.
Chase/Hunt
Vote to view results.
Go Fetch
Vote to view results.
Big Bad Evil
Vote to view results.
City
Vote to view results.
Wilderness
Vote to view results.
Travel the World
Vote to view results.
Visit other Plane
Vote to view results.
Moral dilemmas
Vote to view results.
World Building (PC impact on the world)
Vote to view results.
Dec 25, 2023 12:08 am
Nope. Havent seen any goblins. Looking for Dark Mantles. Whatever those are..
Dec 25, 2023 12:22 am
Belagrof and Ander are aware that the Expedition has had trouble with the goblins. The Hobgoblins continue to be an opposing force but the goblins and bugbears do not always work for them. The goblins are still known to be in the area and were in fact infiltrating the base though the tunnels that are under it but those have been seized and sealed up as well as are now patrolled regularly. The goblins had dug or discovered tunnels into the basements and those were collapsed.
OOC:
I want to get Ishzu into your group at least for a bit so please work to help make that happen.
Dec 25, 2023 1:04 am
Emerald green eyes gaze upon the crystalline person.

No goblins, Ander replies. But my friends and I are seeking to vanquish dark mantle from the realm. Would you care to help us? In return, we will help you with your goblin problem. Right, friends?
Dec 25, 2023 2:35 am
Speaking into each of their minds "Sounds good to me. I am Ishzu. What should I call each of you?" He offers a crystal like hand to shake each of yours.
Now that he is closer and in the light you see he only carries a simple backpack, a torch and a staff...
Dec 25, 2023 4:12 pm
Ander greets his new crystalline friend.

I’m Ander. Ander An’Derson! The knightly fellow really accents his surname. Like it’s supposed to MEAN something! This stout one here is Belagroff of Clan Bearjaw, and that over there is Garic of…well I think he’s just Garic, actually.

Happy day and well met to you, Ishzu. Your name is truly wonderful!

Garic

Psybermagi

Dec 25, 2023 10:07 pm
Garic
I have a family name but as I am not serving the family profession at this time I have given it up for a life of adventure the cheerful goblin replies as he hefts his two shields.
Dec 26, 2023 1:03 am
It was the only word my creator left me. I no not what it means. Looking to Garic "Are you friends with the goblins I am looking for? I was following them just now but lost them."
Last edited December 26, 2023 1:04 am

Garic

Psybermagi

Dec 26, 2023 1:59 am
Garic
Shaking his head Garic replies No, my tone of hat from here in the Divine Nations to the East.
I have met these a couple of times but they are wild and aggressive. Some are more friendly that others. Others cute me as a traitor.
and he shrugs.
Dec 26, 2023 2:20 pm
He nods understanding I do not know where thr Dark Mantle you seek is. I have only just arrived in these caves. I meet a farmer a little ways back. Maybe he knows. He speaks to the group.
Dec 26, 2023 4:09 pm
Ander continues running the telescopic pole along dungeon-darkened ceiling. And now complete with tasty side of meat!

Garic

Psybermagi

Dec 26, 2023 4:39 pm
[ +- ] Telescopic Pole of Immobility
OOC:
Added details to the pole but it always became immobile when extended.
Garic
A local farmer might know how to get rid of Darkmantle as I am sure they would bother him.
Dec 26, 2023 6:02 pm
Our knightly fellow surely gets a great workout. Attempting to run an immobile pole along the ceiling. Gotta work those shoulders!

Invigorated, Ander replaces Ye Ole Telescopic Pole into his trusty backpack. Very good then, let us confer with the good Farmer. Ishzu, will you lead us back to the Farmer please?

Perhaps we can bargain him with this tasty side of meat!
Last edited December 26, 2023 6:22 pm
Dec 26, 2023 7:01 pm
Torch in hand Ishzu leads the other back to where the insectoid farmer was. He remembers to toss a rock at shack once they get closer.
Dec 28, 2023 7:38 pm
Ander puts on a charismatic, knightly, smiling face. Time to meet insectoid people!

What do you know about this farming fellow, Ander asks Ishzu. Does he respond well to rocks? Should I throw one as well, or would that be overkill?

Trusting crystalline wisdom, our knightly fellow makes kind approach to the farmer’s supposed domicile. Striking valiant pose as he does so!
Last edited December 28, 2023 7:39 pm
Dec 28, 2023 8:02 pm
The trek to the "farm" takes about an hour of climinging and crawling through the twisting passageways of the underdark. As you near the house and Ishzu pauses outside the farmer's area and tosses the rock back in you hear a slight clink sound of metal on metal before silence. After several minutes a light flares and you see a figure holding a lantern standing next to his overgrown, two headed, guard dog.
Death-Dog
Haashad Krisska
The troglodyte stands about 6 feet tall and is shoulder to shoulder with the "dog". The thick covering of scales likely provide a natural armor to the troglodyte. Its shoulders are broad and it muscled from it's shoulders going up its neck indicate it likely has powerful jaws in addition to the claws on its hands. It looks to Ishzu and asks You return so soon crystal one? What is is you seek?
Dec 28, 2023 10:24 pm
"Sorry Haashad. I met some friends. They are looking for something called a Dark Mantle. I thought you might know of one. He gestures towards the others and introduces each of them.
Dec 28, 2023 11:03 pm
Ander greets his freakish hosts in kind.

Yes, seems we seek dark mantle. I believe it’s singular OR plural. I think it’s more than one. That we seek, I mean.

I am Ander. Ander An’Derson. Well met, I am sure!

Haashad Krisska

Psybermagi

Dec 29, 2023 2:49 am
Haashad Krisska
Ah, yes. They are a bother but I got rid of those close to my ranch. Haashad looks at you for a moment and continues If you by one of the roth I raise I will tell you the method to hunt them. I will trade for tools, fresh surface food, medicines, potions, and weapons. You discuss the pricing and his initial asking price comes out to about the value of 10 GP
(See the Price guide section Stores spoiler for general goods pricing Normal pricing column) You can negotiate or try and persuade him, with accompanying rolls to get a better deal
success/price 1/9 Gold, 2/7 Gold, 3/5 Gold
Dec 29, 2023 6:03 pm
"I do not have anything you might fun worth trading. Do you help with anything? Ishzu askes Haashad.
OOC:
I do not have much for trading nor money. Maybe a few rations and waterskin I don't need.
Dec 29, 2023 6:08 pm
Ander considers the strange fellow’s proposal.

We want to help you, but we are not a wealthy lot. We can offer you four gold, plus this tasty side of meat. I mean, I think it’s tasty. They say it is, but I’ve never tried it myself. I’m sure it’s delicious. I mean, I’m pretty sure!

Ander speaks and gestures in a manner both knightly, and charismatic!
OOC:
One success, looks like 9 gold. I can pay, but it cleans me out, so if others could chip in please.
Last edited December 29, 2023 6:14 pm

Rolls

Charismatic! - (3d6)

(135) = 9

Haashad Krisska

Psybermagi

Dec 30, 2023 7:09 am
Haashad Krisska
Haashad seems disinterested in the coin but very interested in the side of meat. Is this to be cooked or is it acceptable to eat it raw? After some consideration he agrees to trade the of the side of meat for one of the smaller herd animal's.

He then proceeds to explain more on the best methods of darkmantle hunting. The beasts are aware of light but do not use it to hunt, instead they have excellent hearing and can even "see" with it in a limited range. He suggests letting a single member of your party, the hartiest or with the best armor, walk with a torch and the best he just sold to you. The others are to stay out of the light and move silently. The darkmantle are more likely to attack a single or pair of creatures. If you suspect where they might be found then perhaps set up a camp nearby with the bait and single guard in the firelight with the others hidden and still nearby. Once the darkmantle attack you need to beware their ability to generate darkness. Haashad overcame this by using weighted nets with hooks in them that he would entrap the monsters in, taking out one at a time. They will try to flee so if you wish to get the entire colony you will need some way to trap or ground them. Otherwise you can simply repeat the process every couple days be able to catch most. The rest will be frightened off and flee the cave you hunt them in.
Dec 31, 2023 3:30 pm
Not know what they are going to be dealing with ask the group "How many of these Dark Mantles were you after? Why were you after them?"
Dec 31, 2023 6:15 pm
We simply want to clear out as many as possible. This is for mapping and exploring purposes, I believe. Happy with knightly explanation, Ander trades kindly with his monstrously-minded hosts.

My friends, we must try sealing off our quarry’s escape routes. Perhaps we enter the caver again, then one of us move immediately to the exit, and cast a spell to seal it off? Have we any magic in that regard, my friends?

Please say Yes!
Last edited December 31, 2023 6:15 pm
Jan 1, 2024 3:32 pm
"I am not capable of any magic. I can move things with my abilities. I might be able to move a few big rocks around if needed.

Haashad Krisska

Psybermagi

Jan 1, 2024 7:16 pm
Haashad Krisska
Haashad, who has listened into your conversation adds Though bright light does not hurt them they do not like it. If you simply wish to drive them you can fill any side passages you do not wish them to enter with intense light and noise. When they flee they will naturally seek dark and quiet areas. They will enter light to hunt or flee. But remember each can create an orb of darkness once a day to hide themselves of any light.

You can try to combine the effects. Locate and lure out the darkmantle with the animal then drive them away by hurting or slaying as many as possible while controlling where they flee with fire and such things.


The troglodyte seems more relaxed as you discuss your plans but his two headed hound continues to growl anytime anyone gets too close to him or his master.
Jan 2, 2024 11:27 pm
"Do you have a location where these dark mantles have been causing the most problems? Ishzu asks the others. If so, please lead the way."

Remembering something, Ishzu asked Haashad. "I found the group of goblins you mentioned by getting away from me. Do you know where their main camp is?
Jan 3, 2024 12:16 am
Leaning on better wisdom, Ander waits to see if Haashad can show the party a precise location.
Yes, anything you can show us would be most helpful. I…think we’ll be hard pressed, to build up enough of a barrier to really contain these dark mantle.

Haashad Krisska

Psybermagi

Jan 3, 2024 2:07 am
Haashad Krisska
Haashad does not know where the goblin camp is but suggests it is likely on or close to the surface as there has not been a major shift in the underdark denizens, which a whole tribe of goblins moving into the caves would have caused.

Having concluded your trades you return with your new cave "cattle" to the section of the caverns that the darkmantle have been frequenting.
OOC:
If you have more questions just let me know and you can ask them before leaving.
Jan 4, 2024 12:30 am
Ander sets cattle at all four corners of the cavernous sections. Then he readies his trusty sword, along with his magically-minded helm.
The light will hopefully work to blind them temporarily. If we’re ready, for when they appears, we might get the jump on them!
Jan 5, 2024 6:47 am
OOC:
Let me know if you are with the bait, with light, all together, spread out but close, and I will update the narrative if needed.
Round : 1
You currently have one large slug like creature with a bloated body, short legs and a sucker like mouth that lets it "graze" on any moss or lichen growing on the rocky surfaces of the underdark. Setting it out, to lure the darkmantle out of hiding, it begins foraging as you await the hunters. After a couple of hours of noting a mass of darkness surrounds the cattle and you hear it begin to bellow and cry out as you hear odd flapping noises.
And:6 -|- Bla:5 -|- Iz:7
Jan 5, 2024 6:25 pm
Ander readies his trusty sling! Time to move, exclaims our knightly fellow! Moving within stone-slinging range, Ander slings…well, a STONE!

Rolls

Sling! - (2d6)

(26) = 8

Evade! - (2d6)

(56) = 11

Initiative if needed! - (3d6)

(552) = 12

Jan 5, 2024 10:41 pm
Ishzu stands a short distance away from the slug. Once the darkness surrounds the cattle, Ishzu tries to find the mantle in the darkness and push it away from the slug...

Rolls

Ishzu: Test - Basic Push the Mantle! - (2d6)

(52) = 7

Knight

daryen

Jan 6, 2024 12:25 am
Knight
The Knight says, "Don't let them drop on you. They hurt. A lot."
Jan 8, 2024 1:32 am
Ander charges, twirling his sling, only to find the darkness is impenetrable to his light! It floats in the air like ink in a pool of water, obscuring everything. Relying on your memory and the sounds from within the darkness Ander and Ishzu launch their attacks.
darkmantle
An odd keening hiss is heard with more flapping and the slug like cattle creature's bellow rise in volume as it suddenly bursts from the billowing dark cloud with an odd creature attached to its back.
OOC:
@Ishmann : Belagroff is up.
Jan 9, 2024 11:57 pm
Heeding kind warning of knightly chess token, Ander readies another stone into trusty sling. For to bean dark mantled monster right between its eyes! Or, what looks like eyes! Whatever!
We shall prevail, my friends! Oh yes, indeed!
Oh how our knightly fellow’s blind enthusiasm is so endearing! Hopefully it is!

darkmantle

Psybermagi

Jan 10, 2024 1:03 am
OOC:
enough waiting, moving on
Round : 2
Belagroff stands uncertain when suddenly . . .

darkmantle
Darkness envelopes Belagroff bonding him as well and a form slams into him and a sharp pain landed into his shoulder.
And:6 -|- Bla:5 -|- Iz:7
Ander and Iszu not stand between two swirling clouds of only darkness that their light cannot penetrate.

Rolls

Attack vs Belagroff 2 dmg - (3d6)

(256) = 13

Jan 10, 2024 1:06 am
His sling locked and loaded, with knightly grace, Ander launches a stone at dark-mantled noggin!

Rolls

Sling! - (2d6)

(12) = 3

Evade! - (2d6)

(16) = 7

Jan 10, 2024 5:30 pm
The crystal man mentally scans the darkness around Belagroff searching for the Mantle. Once he locates it he tries to pull it off him with a mental force.

Rolls

Ishzu: Test - Basic - (2d6)

(35) = 8

Ishzu: Test - Basic - (2d6)

(62) = 8

Jan 10, 2024 5:55 pm
Ander shoots the small darkmantle currently attached to the "bait". And thanks to Ishzu's efforts Belagroff feels the creature pulled from him. Though wounded he is not free to move though blind due to the thick cloud around him and the thing that attacked him. Luckily he can still hear Ander's energetic and noble words of encouragement as a direction of reference.
OOC:
@Ishmann Belagroff is up
nice way to use Ishzu's abilities 😁
Jan 11, 2024 1:30 pm
OOC:
DM push moving things along
Belagroff scrambles away from the thing that attackd him and bursts from the thick cloud and back into the light slightly flustered. Upon seeing the darmantle me closes in to strike at it

Rolls

attack - (2d6)

(63) = 9

Jan 11, 2024 1:33 pm
Round : 3
The darkmantle falls at his blow. But then another cloud of darkness envelops the group and bait once more as the creatures move in to attack. The movements in the inky darkness proof that they, Iszhu seem to have some way of perceiving without sight.

Ishzu sences a creature swooping down at him and calls out in alarm as he move out of its way but Ander is a bit slow to react and is slammed into by something that pierces his back. 2 damage. The wight and size slightly startles Ander and he is confident the thing on his back is much larger than the one they just slew.

All attacks on the creatures are at disadvantage, roll 1dd6, when you can not see them
Blrn:10 -|- Skv:7 -|- Eld:5 -|- :And:4 -|- Grn:5 -|- Iz:7 -|- Olv:6

Rolls

Attack vs Ishzu (2 damage) - (3d6)

(243) = 9

Attack vs Ander (2 damage) - (3d6)

(451) = 10

Jan 11, 2024 1:46 pm
OOC:
The incoming party is 100'+ from Ander, Ishzu, and Belagroff. They can run to get to th dark clouds in 2 rounds. The trio and their attacker are currenlty all hidden inside the dark clouds
Jan 11, 2024 3:05 pm
As we swiftly move to help, Ealdwig calls out, holy hells! What is that!? And his pace slows a little.
Jan 11, 2024 3:08 pm
OOC:
OK, I am not sure how much running we need to do. All of us are ranged. Blornvid also has Darkvision. How many Actions will it take us to get into missile range?
Skeeve will run until get gets to "near far" range so he can easily use his magic. He will try to stay out of the current areas of inky darkness. When we get to missile range, I declare my attacks and start rolling.
Jan 11, 2024 4:23 pm
The distance to the figures is within range of your ranged attacks with a single move. However at this time there are no targets. Shooting blindly into the clouds could have moved results.
Blornvid relays to the others that the dark misty stops even his sight
Jan 11, 2024 4:58 pm
Skeeve will use his remaining action to launch a light into the nearest "blob" of darkness. Maybe it will help dissipate the artificial darkness more quickly. It won't cause any damage.

I'll throw a roll in case it matters.

Rolls

Skeeve: Fire "light ball" into cloud of darkness - (2d6)

(34) = 7

Jan 11, 2024 5:37 pm
Ealdwig nocks an arrow as he was shown at the shop. Guys, I don't seen anything.
Jan 11, 2024 6:29 pm
"Blast it. Can't see anything to shoot at." Blornvid pulls out his axe and runs towards the darkness. "Might need to pull someone out of there."
Last edited January 11, 2024 6:30 pm
Jan 11, 2024 7:37 pm
Skeeve calls out, "Be loud and talkative if you go in! They don't know we're here or that we want to help!"
Jan 11, 2024 9:10 pm
"Is the darkness... alive? Is it perhaps hungry as well? "
Oliver moves onward with Blornvid, but stops midway as the dwarf continues advancing.
"Oh mother otter, I really wanted not to use this yet, but better to lure the dark thing out than have it lure us in"
And he retrieved and rolled his spheric flask forward -just not directly at Blornvid-, then muttered the magic trigger word, releasing the cozy smell of the Tavern in the middle of the underdark.
OOC:
Action 1: move
Action 2: roll flask and speak trigger word
I specified that Blornvid kept running because it totally seemed like he used both actions to move
OOC:
Edit: added alchemy roll
Last edited January 12, 2024 7:22 am

Rolls

Alchemy - (2d6)

(23) = 5

Jan 11, 2024 10:10 pm
Ealdwig, what d’you say we cause a distraction? And if we’re lucky, maybe we’ll find an opening or draw one of these mantle things away!
Grin points to the side of the cavern, off to the left of where Blornvid and Oliver are running. He takes off in that direction.
Jan 11, 2024 11:40 pm
Our knightly fellow greets kind newcomers!

Ah, reinforcements! Welcome, good people! You are GOOD people, yes?!
Please allow myself to introduce my…self! I am Ander, a knight being assailed by pressing darkness! Nice to meet you!
Let’s do this!


Ander simultaneously loads another stone into Trusty Sling and launches it disadvantageously at this presentbdarkness!
OOC:
Trusty Sling is hot, people! lol
Last edited January 11, 2024 11:42 pm

Rolls

Trusty Sling! - (1d6)

(6) = 6

Evade! - (2d6)

(31) = 4

Jan 12, 2024 12:11 am
OOC:
Woh! Good hit! If you roll all 6s, is there a special result?
Jan 12, 2024 12:14 am
OOC:
Thanks so much! Not sure. I think you just want to get A 6, or a 5.
Jan 12, 2024 12:16 am
A distraction. Thinking, wow, good idea.

As he is running to follow Grinfletch, hey, Ander. Well met, I'm Ealdwig. Gotta run, talk later.

Trying to keep up, any ideas how? Ealdwig turns on the light in the chromacloth that adorns his head.
Jan 12, 2024 12:41 am
Ignoring the newcomers for now, Ishzu mentally scans the darkness for another mantel to throw against the cave walls.

Rolls

Ishzu: Test - Basic - (2d6)

(21) = 3

Jan 12, 2024 1:57 am
By the stars, you've a lamp on your head! Point it that aways towards those creatures. He gestures towards the black clouds ahead. Maybe your light, along with some intermittent noise as we approach will scare the beasties away, or at least hem them in a bit?

Now, Veilstitch, shall we brighten up the place? Grinfletch's cloak suddenly changes to a perfect white with a glossy texture.
Jan 12, 2024 2:39 am
Ealdwig surprised by the changing cloak, shines the light off Grinfletch's bright white cloak wondering if that'll cause a reflection. Well let's see if that works.
Jan 12, 2024 2:51 am
Skeeve is hesitate to start zapping indescriminantly without knowing where the good guys and bad guys are. And he's only magic, not psychic, ...
OOC:
How long does it take to create a rune?
Jan 12, 2024 4:42 am
Skeeves orb of light sails into the swirling mist or darkness and vanishes. It's brief passage and sudden disappearance illuminates the area before being swallowed by the mists. In the mists you hear the gallant challenge and welcome call. My what a cheerful and optimistic fellow.
OOC:

Skeeve move, magic
Ealdwig move, nock arrow
Blornvie move, move
Oliver move, alchemy (add a roll to your earlier post by editing it)
Grin move, move
No ranged attacks if you can not see the target
Ander - It has not been stated before so I will change your action to a sword swing at a form that moves past him in the dark
To clarify: Ander and Ishzu are engulfed in a thick cloud that essentially blinds them
I allow critical hits with 2 6's rolled. One advantage of weapon mastery. This is a rule I was planning on introducing to the newcomers about now. So there ya go.
Ishzu : fails to lock onto the mental presence of the attackers. I assume his second action is an Evade without a target unless he wants to try attacking with disadvantage against the darkmantle that attacked him.
Belagroff is passive. We'll see what is going on with him if Ishman returns to the game

darkmantle

Psybermagi

Jan 12, 2024 4:46 am
Round : 4
darkmantle
As you rush forwards a large stalactite suddenly drops strait at Blornvid. Though it strikes him hard enough to stagger to stalward dwarf his armor seems to keep the creatures wickedly pointed tip from goring him. In the misty darkness around Ander and Ishzu they hear odd flapping noises. The party sees two of the darkimantle, that are larger than any of those present, seemingly swim through the air and try to gain altitude as they swish here and there.
OOC:
ranged attacks with disadvantage to hit the two far ones
You are up
Ander and Ishzu are basically blind but know the clouds are not so large that they can not leave the mists in 1 move action
Blrn:8 -|- Skv:7 -|- Eld:5 -|- :And:4 -|- Grn:5 -|- Iz:7 -|- Olv:6

Rolls

2 damage attack vs Blornvid - (3d6)

(151) = 7

Jan 12, 2024 7:23 am
OOC:
Added (unsuccessful) alchemy roll
Jan 12, 2024 12:36 pm
Gasp! Grin is surprised to see Blornvid’s attacker drop down upon him before his eyes are drawn to the two other darkmantles floating upwards from the fray.

He points: There! Ealdwig, your lamp-helm spooked’em! He raises his crossbow and focuses on one of the larger darkmantles rising from the clouds of darkness ahead. He fires.

Actions: focus, attack
Last edited January 12, 2024 12:36 pm

Rolls

Attack (with focus and marksman) - (2d6)

(65) = 11

Jan 12, 2024 1:38 pm
Did it? Where? Ealdwig draws, concentrates, and fires his arrow at the same target Grinfletch points out.
OOC:
Do I get two actions? Can I try and focus to get a 2d6 vs 1d6 or do I just shoot 2x with 1d6? I'll roll all of them, you just take what works.

Rolls

Ranged attack (w/ focus) - (2d6)

(55) = 10

Ranged attack - (1d6)

(1) = 1

Second ranged attack - (1d6)

(1) = 1

Jan 12, 2024 1:55 pm
Ander stammers at blinded disadvantage!
Agh! Seems I am fast becoming infective on this battle! I shall reposition my knightly self, friends!
Valiant declaration duly declared, Ander strides out of darkened cloud. Then launches another stone at the nearest dark mantle!

Rolls

Moves, away, then Slingshot! - (2d6)

(46) = 10

Evade! - (2d6)

(45) = 9

Jan 12, 2024 2:11 pm
Skeeve, finally seeing a target, uses Onyx Shatter twice. Since he's already at disadvantage, why not. If successful, he damages the two dark angles he can see.
OOC:
Haven't tried this yet, and it seems the perfect time to try!
[ +- ] Onyx Magic

Rolls

Skeeve: Shatter #1 - (1d6)

(4) = 4

Skeeve: Shatter #2 - (1d6)

(6) = 6

Jan 12, 2024 2:59 pm
OOC:
Oops, forgot about disadvantage. Arkmenos, my character likes yours (Duende archers stick together?) and he’s a bit pushy, so feel free to disagree with him ;)
Last edited January 12, 2024 3:24 pm
Jan 12, 2024 3:04 pm
Ishzu moves back and out of the darkness. He looks around the room, scanning to try and figure out how many mantles they are really dealing with.
OOC:
Just Move. Can I psychically scan the area to get a full count of how many mantles we are dealing with?
Jan 12, 2024 3:19 pm
Arkmenos says:
OOC:
Do I get two actions? Can I try and focus to get a 2d6 vs 1d6 or do I just shoot 2x with 1d6? I'll roll all of them, you just take what works.
OOC:
You get two Actions per Turn. However, with the bow, you have to spend an action to reload. You reloaded the prior turn, so you can fire immediately this turn. However, after that, you must reload to fire again.

Focusing takes one of those actions. It gives you success on 4, 5, or 6 (instead of 5 or 6), but doesn't change the number of dice you roll. Besides which, Disadvantage trumps everything (with rare exceptions that don't apply here). So you are only getting to use one die.

Putting them all together, you can do one of two things here:
Focus, then Fire. In this case you roll a single die and succeed on 4, 5, or 6. However, doing this means you will have to reload as your first Action next turn in order to fire next turn.
Fire, then Reload. In this case you roll a single die and succeed on a 5 or 6. Next turn, you will be reloaded and can fire at will.

Also, as a side note, unless you took Ranged Weapon Proficiency when you bought the bow (which would cost you 8 XP), you will always be firing the bow with 1d6, regardless of any other consideration. And if you really want to start using the bow more, you'll always want to blow 10 XP on the Quick Shot trait so that reloading is not a separate action.
Jan 12, 2024 4:00 pm
Thunder_Lungz says:
OOC:
Oops, forgot about disadvantage. Arkmenos, my character likes yours (Duende archers stick together?) and he’s a bit pushy, so feel free to disagree with him ;)
OOC:
My guy is young and naive. So at this point he doesn't know your pushy. He's a quick learner though.

Skeeve, Ok thanks for that. I am glad your proficient with the rules, since I don't really know any of them.

I guess I missed then (with my 1) and I'll use the second action to reload. It'll be a while before I can get proficiency, I took Trapmaster with my XP.
Last edited January 12, 2024 4:01 pm
Jan 12, 2024 4:05 pm
Oh Hells! I missed!
OOC:
Ok, so what exactly am I looking at? What is a darkmantle and how big is it?

Did the light from the chromacloth have any effect on the darkness or the darkmantle itself?
Last edited January 12, 2024 4:08 pm
Jan 12, 2024 4:15 pm
OOC:
The magical darkness from the darkmantles overpowers your light within their "darkness clouds". However, this is still a big, dark cave, so your light is helping us see the two big ones outside the darkness. And if the two guys trapped in the darkness don't kill off their attackers before their darkness fades, we'll be able to see them, too, with the help of your headband. I have no idea if the darkmantles are dazzled (or whatever) by the light. At this point, probably not.

As for what they look like, take a gander at the GM's post as a darkmantle. That should give you a good idea. Think of an octopus with webbing between its tentacles and a hard, pointed head with which it attacks you. And eyes around its body, instead of just having two.
Jan 12, 2024 4:18 pm
Rules says:
Ranged weapons are wielded with two hands, taking one action to load the ammunition, and another to shoot any target close or far (100 feet)
[ +- ] Combat
OOC:
You can pre-load ranged weapons but can not travel with them pre-loaded so everyone had to load before fireing a ranged weapon, unless you have quickshot (Grin)

I mentioned attacks against the further Darkmantle are at disadvantage, 1d6. Grin rolled 2d6, Ignoring the 2nd dice, still a hit. Ealdwig rolled a bunch so.. I am taking the middle 1. Please roll @ disadvantage if I have declared it. If I did not declare it but it is still in effect I just take the 1st d6 rolled.

Ander can Move and load his weapon or move and evade. He is currently listed as attempting 4 actions.

Ishzu can see all 3 darklings at this time as one is attacking Blornvid in the clear and the 2 that were in the darkness are flying up towards the ceiling. The party has enough light sources that unless otherwise stated you can see the targets. I will start marking hidden figures like so Darkmantle

There are 3 Darkmantle visible so Skeeve can add another attack to his earlier post.

To keep this simple melee attacks can be done on the darkmantle if it attacks you or anyone near you then you can attack them once.
[ +- ] map
Grin manages to hit one of the far Darkmantle but the range it to foreign to Ealdwig who misses. He reassesses things and thing perhaps he should go for the easier target attacking Blornvid first next time and leave the long shots to the marksman.
Jan 12, 2024 4:24 pm
Arkmenos says:
OOC:
Ok, so what exactly am I looking at? What is a darkmantle and how big is it?

Did the light from the chromacloth have any effect on the darkness or the darkmantle itself?
Psybermagi says:
darkmantle
As you rush forwards a large stalactite suddenly drops strait at Blornvid. Though it strikes him hard enough to stagger to stalward dwarf his armor seems to keep the creatures wickedly pointed tip from goring him. In the misty darkness around Ander and Ishzu they hear odd flapping noises. The party sees two of the darkimantle, that are larger than any of those present, seemingly swim through the air and try to gain altitude as they swish here and there.
These 3 Darkmantle are about 8' long and likely mass over 200 lbs
The illumination from the Chromacloth helps everyone see but does not appear to affect the Darkmantle at this time.
Jan 12, 2024 4:24 pm
Psybermagi says:
OOC:
There are 3 Darkmantle visible so Skeeve can add another attack to his earlier post.
OOC:
My understanding of the ability is that, as an Action, I make a single roll on 1d6. If I succeed, then all enemies take 1 damage. So, the action takes a roll, not each target. That's how I read it anyway. (And while it says all enemies, I assume I have to know about them and can actually attack them for them to be valid targets.)

Given that, my rolls were once per Action. So, one roll for an Action succeeded, which means each of the three darkmantles should take one damage. Did I misunderstand the ability?
Jan 12, 2024 4:27 pm
OOC:
Your initial assumption is correct, mixed that up with another ability one of my character has that requires a roll for each target

Hopefully the map and explanations help
Let me know if there are more questions
Jan 12, 2024 5:11 pm
"So... the game of hit-the-mantle is on, right folks?"
Oliver slings two river rocks at the darkmantle next to blornvid.
OOC:
Please, if attacking this darkmantle is with disadvantage as well, disregard all but the first dice of each attack, as you usually do (I understood that only the far ones are with disadvantage?)
Also, if for some reason I can only attack them once a turn (you did say "if it attacks you or anyone near you then you can attack them once" but maybe I misunderstood) , disregard the second attack and assume I focused. Sorry for the huge amount of ifs.

Action 1: load-n-sling (quickshot and mastery)
Action 2: load-n-sling (quickshot and mastery)

Rolls

Sling 1 - (3d6)

(352) = 10

Sling 2 - (3d6)

(422) = 8

Jan 12, 2024 5:14 pm
OOC:
If oliver attacks the Darkmantle on Blornvid then it is a regular attack.
As the Darkmantle move around you can only get 1 melee attack in at a time unless it is sitting on you, like it is on Blornvid at the moment.
Oliver strikes the Darkmantle on Blornvid with one of his attacks
Jan 12, 2024 5:29 pm
OOC:
Gotcha. I understand now
Jan 12, 2024 5:32 pm
OOC:
So, who's up for a boss battle? 😈
I haven't gone to big on Tiny yet. With all you guys here maybe it's time 😈
Jan 12, 2024 5:48 pm
OOC:
I'm not sure how bad off the original crew is, but, sure, it'll be interesting for a big bad. But don't we need to take out the riff-raff first?

I have to admit I am having trouble imagining what a super-mantle looks like and works. If it drops from the ceiling, it could kill any of our duende in one shot!
Jan 12, 2024 5:53 pm
OOC:
Nah, been there done that. I was thinking more of a symbiotic relationships for another monster . . .
I might even give you time to heal before releasing the kraken!
Jan 12, 2024 5:57 pm
OOC:
I can't speak for everyone, but I'm OK with it. Hopefully we're close enough that if things get too desperate, we can have a bit of a cavalry to prevent a TPK.
Jan 12, 2024 6:00 pm
OOC:
I consent to releasing the Doom kraken upon (albeit not necessarily on top of) mortalkind
Jan 12, 2024 6:01 pm
OOC:
This is a fun and lite game. I am sure i can work out something for those who die with all those necromancers wandering around.
😈 No worries 😈
Or Fizbin and Valpip can come to save the bacon from getting too burned if dropped in the fire.

But be warned, the more powerful you grow the less likely I am to pull punches. Yes, that means Skeeve, the grandpa of the group :)
Jan 12, 2024 6:05 pm
Last edited January 12, 2024 6:07 pm
Jan 12, 2024 6:08 pm
"Argh! Blasted darkmantles!" Blornvid swings his axe at the one that just hit him.
OOC:
Assuming that he can see the darkmantle that just attacked him, so no penalty. If I'm wrong, deduct whichever dice as appropriate. Well, it seems that doesn't matter.
Last edited January 12, 2024 6:08 pm

Rolls

Axe - (3d6)

(214) = 7

Secret Roll

Jan 12, 2024 6:10 pm
OOC:
Who doesn't want a Boss Battle. Although, I probably won't be very effective, so what. I can go far on 4 hp!
Jan 12, 2024 6:11 pm
ForeverDED says:
"Argh! Blasted darkmantles!" Blornvid swings his axe at the one that just hit him.
OOC:
Assuming that he can see the darkmantle that just attacked him, so no penalty. If I'm wrong, deduct whichever dice as appropriate. Well, it seems that doesn't matter.
OOC:
Nope! Not your best attack.
Jan 12, 2024 6:23 pm
OOC:
ForeverDED: Doesn't Blornvid get two attacks? Or did you move?
Arkmenos: I posted a reply in your character generation thread.
Jan 12, 2024 6:30 pm
OOC:
{Slaps self in forehead} Yeah, it's been a while. I forgot.

Much better. :)
Last edited January 12, 2024 6:30 pm

Rolls

Second axe swing - (3d6)

(624) = 12

Jan 12, 2024 6:40 pm
Focusing on the mantle next to him, Ishzu tries to mentally slam it against the cave wall.
OOC:
Focus and Smash a Mantle.
Boss Battle FTW! I don't think I have taken any damage yet.

Rolls

Ishzu: Test - Basic - (2d6)

(11) = 2

Jan 12, 2024 11:34 pm
OOC:
I'm slightly losing track of who has acted in the round and who hasn't. Makes me unsure of whether to post or wait for a darkmantle to do something
Jan 12, 2024 11:35 pm
OOC:
I just wait for Psybermagi to give the go ahead for the next round.
Jan 12, 2024 11:37 pm
OOC:
OK : big groups get confusing. Check! :)
From now on no posting until you see a new round mark like this. W have a couple that got out of order, or rather just got ahead of me. So I will reorder this and have locked the thread while I work on it
Round : 5

darkmantle

Psybermagi

Jan 12, 2024 11:43 pm
darkmantle
Blornvid and the surrounding are is suddenly is enveloped in pitch black as the Darkmantle attacks him.
The other two Darkmantle, having gained altitude drop onto Ander and Ishzu with their deadly hardened tips but both are avoided or blocked by a shield.
[ +- ] map
Blrn:8 -|- Skv:7 -|- Eld:5 -|- :And:4 -|- Grn:5 -|- Iz:7 -|- Olv:6

Rolls

darkmantle vs Blornvid (1 damage) - (2d6)

(24) = 6

darkmantle vs Ander (2 damage) - (3d6)

(511) = 7

darkmantle vs Ishzu (2 damage) - (3d6)

(312) = 6

Jan 13, 2024 12:22 am
Grinfletch

Good shot, Oliver! We’re tied, you and I! Come on, Ealdwig, don’t let the Otter show up a Duende! Ha ha!

He focuses, then quick draws and fires another long shot at the distant darkmantle he had previously hit.
Actions: Focus, attack
OOC:
And that’s a hit!
Rolls Crossbow attack (focus, marksman, disadvantage) - (1d6) : (4) = 4
Ealdwig Swiftfoot

Ok here goes nothing! He lets the arrow fly at the large, ugly Darkmantle harassing Blornvid. Then he'll ready another arrow.
OOC:
Oof! Not good. I rolled well the other day and I seem to be paying for it today.
Oh Hells! Ealdwig kicks a small pebble. It's not my day.
Rolls Ranged attack - (1d6) (1)
OOC:
Psybermagi says:
You could switch your Chromacloth to yellow. activate it, and take the fight to the enemy

Ander

Having moved knightly self into better tactical position, Ander grabs Trusty Sword and swings at the Darkmantle
OOC:
I’m ok with a Big Boss fight, anything anytime, am flexible.
Rolls Sling! - (d6) (6)
Grinfletch

To Ealdwig: Nah, don’t take it to heart, lad. You strike me as a stout brawler, anyway, and the battle’s not over yet. You can still win the day!

Rolls

Secret Roll

Jan 13, 2024 12:26 am
All of the Darkmantle have been injured. The one on Ander is severely hurt, the one on Ishzu less so, and the one on Blornvid is now hidden in darkness. (Blornvid can attack at disadvantage)
OOC:
Let me know if I missed anything
Jan 13, 2024 12:30 am
OOC:
Outta curiosity, what happened to the NPC with two shields?
Skeeve is gonna try his Shatter again. Since now knows where they all are, I am assuming that if he gets in hit, he'll still damage all three. Gotta hit on one die, though ...

Rolls

Skeeve: Shatter #1 - (1d6)

(5) = 5

Skeeve: Shatter #2 - (1d6)

(2) = 2

Jan 13, 2024 12:40 am
OOC:
Npc are filler when there are not enough players. Garic stayed with Fiznik and Valpip
Jan 13, 2024 1:05 am
Oh, how heavily injured, our knightly fellow!
I may soon be a goner, friends! But I will continue carrying on with stone aligning and knightly quibble, for as long as possible!
Undeterred, Ander loads his sling and takes another valiant shot!

Rolls

Secret Roll

Jan 13, 2024 1:19 am
OOC:
@WhiteDwarf wait for round 3. I know you're excited. Breathe relax, and maybe get some first aid for those cuts

I added HP trackers for each round so you can see how your teammates are faring
Jan 13, 2024 2:06 am
Skeeve calls out to Ander, "Fall back to my position! You're better off alive than dead! I can help you!"
OOC:
Skeeve can do some healing, but it's slower than most.
Jan 13, 2024 3:41 am
Blornvid takes a swing at the darkmantle before he loses sight of it. Afterwards, he calls out to Anders and the others, "Follow the sound of my voice. Pull back out of this dark cloud. Let's regroup." He then uses his second action to move out of the darkness.

Rolls

Blornvid: Test DC: 5 - Dis - (1d6)

(3) = 3

Jan 13, 2024 7:50 am
"Oh no, the golden knight is in trouble!"
Oliver aims at the darkmantle on Ander and slings two rocks in succession.
OOC:
Action 1: load-n-sling (disadvantage)
Action 2: load-n-sling (disadvantage)
"Two", Oliver mutters after landing a hit. They may be in an emergency, but the game is still on.
Last edited January 13, 2024 7:53 am

Rolls

Sling 1 - (1d6)

(4) = 4

Sling 2 - (1d6)

(6) = 6

Jan 13, 2024 2:49 pm
Grin and Ealdwig target the far Darkmantle as the Darkmantle that was attacking Blornvid is not concealed in another inky black cloud. Ander slings another stone at the Darkmantle but misses as it is flying away. Skeeve unleashes another magical waves that crash over the area harming the two visible Darkmantle. Inside the darkness Blonvid tries to strike the Darkmantle but is unable to strike the hidden monster before retreating out of the darkness and into the light. Oliver slings another set of attacks and strikes the Darkmantle near Ander.
OOC:
Ander has 4 HP. I realized I missed that he blocked the Darkmantle last round with his shield.
Ishzu is up
Jan 13, 2024 4:09 pm
Ishzu searches the darkness for another mantle. He tries to pull one of them out of the darkness and hold it in mid air for the others to get some better shots at it...
OOC:
Hoping to just briefly hold on immobile in the air for the others to take down.

Rolls

Ishzu: Test - Basic - (2d6)

(53) = 8

Ishzu: Test - Basic - (2d6)

(13) = 4

Jan 13, 2024 8:03 pm
Ishzu grabs the Darkmantle that attacked him and pulls it down and away from the dark cloud.
[ +- ] map
Jan 13, 2024 8:35 pm
Woah! Way to bring the blanket down! You rock!
Uh... that wasn't an offensive thing to say to a Crystal, right?, Oliver muttered to his allies nearby.
OOC:
I am assuming Oliver does not know the name of Ander or Ishzu yet

darkmantle

Psybermagi

Jan 14, 2024 2:14 am
darkmantle
The darkmantle near Alder slides back into the inky blackness of the cloud to hide. The Darkmantle, held by Ishzu's telekinetic grip, struggles free and moves in to attack him. Meanwhile as Blornvid moves to leave the darkness tendrils grab his feet to trip him and drag him back to the center of the darkness. The tendrils manage to trib him but Blornvid scrambled forward dragging the Darkmantle out of the darkness with him.
1. Ander 2. Ishzu 3. Belagrof 4. Blornvid
5. Skeeve 6. Ealdwig 7. Grin 8. Oliver

https://i.imgur.com/9xTsUkMm.png
ROUND 6
Blrn:8 -|- Skv:7 -|- Eld:5 -|- :And:2 -|- Grn:5 -|- Iz:7 -|- Olv:6
OOC:
Only Ander and Grin can see the one fighting Ishzu but the other Darkmantle if visible to all with the 3rd retreating.

Rolls

Attack Ishzu - (2d6, 2d6)

2d6 : (41) = 5

2d6 : (33) = 6

Trib & Drag Blornvid - (2d6, 2d6)

2d6 : (46) = 10

2d6 : (41) = 5

Jan 14, 2024 3:06 am
Ishzu moves closer to the others, and everyone hears inside their heads. I will try to hold one still. Focus on it and kill it.

He focuses on one of the mantles and tries to pull it out of the darkness and hold it still in mid-air.

Rolls

Ishzu: Test - Basic - (2d6)

(35) = 8

Jan 14, 2024 3:34 am
Ealdwig is startled by hearing someone in his head. What was that? He moves so he can see around the darkness, looking for the sound of the voice. When he sees the Darkmantle frozen in the air, held in place by an invisible hand, he takes a shot with is bow.

He consciously slows his breathing and concentrates on the frozen monstrosity. [i]Ok, you can do this.[/b]

He lets out a deep breath and let's it fly.
OOC:
I assume I have enough movement to get a view. If not you can ignore whatever the roll is.

Rolls

ranged attack - (1d6)

(2) = 2

Jan 14, 2024 3:37 am
OOC:
Might not be on much tomorrow. So for my next turn.
Oh Hells!

That's enough of that. He drops the new bow, pulls out the pole, uses the command word to extend it to it's full 10' length and runs toward the suspended Darkmantle.
Last edited January 14, 2024 3:38 am
Jan 14, 2024 3:40 am
Grinfletch visibly flinches at the sudden intrusion in his mind. Well, he doesn’t sound offended…

His focus shifts to the darkmantle moving towards the shiny blue crystal-being. Oi! Rock-head! Let me help you with that tentacle problem you’re having!

He loads and aims his crossbow, focuses for a moment, then fires.

Actions: Focus, Attack

Rats! See Ealdwig- it’s not all experience that counts! Sometimes chance gets the better of you like a bad gamble on a dice roll! That Oli Otter’ll best me if I’m not careful!
Last edited January 14, 2024 3:58 am

Rolls

Crossbow (Marksman Focus, disadvantage) - (1d6)

(2) = 2

Jan 14, 2024 3:47 am
In response to a voice in his head, Skeeve says, to no one in particular, "That's new."

Since there are still multiple targets he can see, and he has no one to heal, he just lets loose with two more Shatter attacks.

Rolls

Skeeve: Shatter #1 - (1d6)

(1) = 1

Skeeve: Shatter #2 - (1d6)

(2) = 2

Jan 14, 2024 7:47 am
OOC:
Shouldn't Grin's attack be a regular 2d6 since Ishzu's holding the darkmantle? Hell, might even argue for advantage, but not sure

In Ealdwig's case how would that interact with not having the proficiency?
OOC:
Woops. Ignore that roll please. I left it there by accident. Way to waste the good luck, ha
Last edited January 14, 2024 7:49 am

Rolls

3d6 - (3d6)

(534) = 12

Jan 14, 2024 1:17 pm
Ander gauges his distance. And if possible, he draws Trusty Sword, in order to melee with his assailing dark mantle. Otherwise…it’s Trusty Sling Time again!

Take that, exclaims the knight to monstrous villain!

Rolls

Sword if possible, otherwise Sling - (2d6)

(41) = 5

Evade if possible - (2d6)

(14) = 5

Jan 14, 2024 1:40 pm
"Oh man oh man. I want to heed that voice but look at that huge mantle right --IS THAT A TENTACLE!?"
Oliver slings two of his most round river rocks to the darkmantle that Blornvid pulled out of the darkness.
OOC:
Action 1: load-n-sling (quickshot+mastery)
Action 2: load-n-sling (quickshot+mastery)
OOC:
I am assuming I can roll a regular attack (3d6) against the darkmantle that Blornvid drew out of the cloud. If that's not the case, we ignore the second and third roll of each attack.

Rolls

Sling 1 - (3d6)

(151) = 7

Sling 2 - (3d6)

(526) = 13

Jan 14, 2024 1:50 pm
Thunder_Lungz says:
Well, he doesn’t sound offended…
Oi! Rock-head! Let me help you with that tentacle problem you’re having!
OOC:
Incredible tact and finesse, yes.
Jan 14, 2024 2:06 pm
OOC:
@Psybermagi, please let us know when we stop receiving disadvantage on our attack rolls. Skeeve will probably switch to his normal attack if the chances of hitting get better.
Jan 14, 2024 2:12 pm
OOC:
I kind of missed the whole tentacle monster thing.
Jan 14, 2024 3:06 pm
OOC:
The dark mantles are the tentacle monsters. They have a pointy head that they drop on you with, but their lower body is all tentacles. The tentacles are "webbed" together, but those are still tentacles.

And for any "old timers", I am assuming that dark mantles are the modern update of the Classic Piercers.
Jan 14, 2024 3:52 pm
Ishzu is able to push the Darkmantle to the ground where it struggles to get free and looks like it will, as though Ishzu's abilities can gather to push or pull it lacks the strength to truly hold it. Ealdwig looks around but can not find the source of the mental words so reloads his bow and fires at the Darnmantle hanging on to Bornvid. Frustrated he switches back to his trusty pole. Grin on the other hand notices the crystallin figure glint and reflecting the light of the knights helm fighting and aims to assist him. Ander rushes to the aid of Ishzu but is unable to land a hit on the flailing creature. Oliver aims and lands 2 solid strikes on the Darkmantle still gripping Blornvid.
[ +- ] map
OOC:
You can ignore disadvantage on ranged attack now if you have line of sight on the creature otherwise no ranged attacks. Ishzu can not "hold" the creature as his telekinesis is too weak for that but he can push/pull/trip
Ander move and attack, no evade
Pending Blornvid
Jan 14, 2024 5:25 pm
OOC:
Since Blornvid was dragged to the ground, what sort of actions can he actually take?
Jan 14, 2024 5:29 pm
OOC:

He can attack at disadvantage while prone

he can't move without spending an action to break free, standard test
If he breaks free he can stand for free and attack as normal

I figure since it didn't let go after tripping, and this got dragged out of the dark this seems a reasonable benefit for the cost of being exposed
Jan 14, 2024 5:38 pm
OOC:
Totally reasonable. He's going to want to break free anyway, so I'll try that first. This sort of thing annoys the crap out of him.

Rolls

Blornvid tries to break free - (2d6)

(33) = 6

2nd attempt to break free - (2d6)

(54) = 9

Jan 14, 2024 8:42 pm
Psybermagi sent a note to Smiley
Blornvid breaks free and back off from the cloud of darkness.

darkmantle
In the distance you hear a loud screech echo through the caves from the south.
The Darkmantle facing Blornvid snaps at his foot before quickly retreating to the darkness. The Darkmantle facing Ishzu does much the same. Both now are hidden in their dark cloud though they look to be breaking down and will fade within a minute. With the Darkmantle either hiding or having fled you are left with facing each other and missing one adventurer.
OOC:
I was never informed by Belagroff Bearjaw / Ishmann the were leaving the game but over 2 weeks of not posting I am narating them as MIA

2 6's is a critical hit on Blornvid, so 2 damage. This is one of the house rules for vetrans.
1. Ander 2. Ishzu 3. Belagrof 4. Blornvid
5. Skeeve 6. Ealdwig 7. Grin 8. Oliver

https://i.imgur.com/88iSFvcm.png
ROUND 7
Blrn:6 -|- Skv:7 -|- Eld:5 -|- :And:2 -|- Grn:5 -|- Iz:7 -|- Olv:6

Rolls

Darkmantle vs Blornvid - (2d6)

(66) = 12

Darkmantle vs Ishzu - (2d6)

(52) = 7

Jan 14, 2024 9:08 pm
At hearing the loud screech and seeing the darkmantles retreat, Grinfletch yells out: Oi, Blue and Gold! Retreat over here! I’ll cover you!

Grin quickly loads and fires his crossbow at the darkmantle closest to Ishzu and Ander.

He then focuses his attention in the direction of the loud screech. What in Titan’s name was that sound?

Actions: Attack, Focus (in preparation for the next round’s attack)

Rolls

Crossbow shot (disadvantage from the darkness) - (1d6)

(2) = 2

Jan 14, 2024 9:53 pm
Skeeve says, "Fall back! The darkmantles are fleeing! Fall back!"
OOC:
Before Skeeve does anything, I need to verify two things:
1) There is no darkmantle for Skeeve to fire a magic bolt at.
2) That Blornvid is close enough that Skeeve does not need to Move to reach him.
Last edited January 14, 2024 9:53 pm
Jan 14, 2024 9:58 pm
daryen says:
OOC:
Before Skeeve does anything, I need to verify two things:

2) That Blornvid is close enough that Skeeve does not need to Move to reach him.
OOC:
Looks that way to me on the map.
Blornvid curses after the Darkmantle bites him before running away. "Damned darkmantles! I hate those bloody things!" He grimaces as he hobbles over to the others, wondering what in blazes was coming next.
Jan 14, 2024 10:25 pm
OOC:
Don't go too far. I'm gonna heal you some. How many are you down?
Jan 14, 2024 10:47 pm
Ander takes another swing at the dark mantle. Before attempting to fall back!

Go, friends! I’ll try and hold em off! Our knightly fellow tries strong the monster just as his companions fall back. So he can be the last to retreat from the fight!
OOC:
Strike, then withdraw if possible.

Rolls

Sword! - (2d6)

(22) = 4

Knight

daryen

Jan 14, 2024 11:07 pm
Knight
The Knight says, "You'll do no one any good dead. Fall back with the others."
Jan 14, 2024 11:41 pm
OOC:
Where did the knight come from?
Last edited January 14, 2024 11:41 pm
Jan 14, 2024 11:44 pm
daryen says:
OOC:
Don't go too far. I'm gonna heal you some. How many are you down?
OOC:
Just 2. 6 to go. Was able to use the Heavy Armor Proficiency to absorb/deflect the first 2.
Last edited January 14, 2024 11:45 pm
Jan 14, 2024 11:50 pm
Thunder_Lungz says:
OOC:
Where did the knight come from?
The Knight is Ander’s magic token. It chastises him for messing up gives our knightly fellow well-meaning advice.
Last edited January 14, 2024 11:50 pm
Jan 14, 2024 11:52 pm
OOC:

@Thunder_Lungz : ALL darkmantle are either hidden in the dark clouds or fled beyond your sight
Psybermagi sent a note to Smiley
The skreech was only once and you are sure it came from the south. Blornvid stands back from the inky cloud, close to Skeeve and Oliver. Grin and Ealdwig are a short ways (1 move) to their west, and Ander and Ishzu are further south beyond one of the clouds or darkness (2 moves to either of the other groups). Ander encourages Ishzu to retreat but with nothing to attack ends up retreating

Hit Points : Blrn:6 -|- Skv:7 -|- Eld:5 -|- And:2 -|- Grn:5 -|- Iz:7 -|- Olv:6
Jan 15, 2024 12:25 am
OOC:
Sorry, I fired because I’ve become confused by the whole disadvantage piece - at first I thought we had disadvantage because of distance, then I thought it was because the targets were in the darkness because I hadn’t moved and the disadvantage went away. My confusion!
Last edited January 15, 2024 12:25 am
Jan 15, 2024 12:30 am
OOC:
As i stated earlier there is no disadvantage. With several stating confusion on this i will state explicitly when at disadvantage
Jan 15, 2024 1:35 am
Skeeve makes two heal attempts on Blornvid.

He also says, "Ealdwig, don't forget your new bow!"

Looks like Blornvid got one HP back.
Last edited January 15, 2024 1:36 am

Rolls

Skeeve: Heal attempt #1 - (2d6)

(63) = 9

Skeeve: Heal attempt#2 - (2d6)

(44) = 8

Jan 15, 2024 1:36 am
Ishzu will follow Ander on his retreat, eventually meeting the others face-to-face. He gives them each a simple nod before turning back to face whatever is coming. Inside their heads, they once again hear a monotone, crystal-clear voice. "I am Ishzu, and that is Ander. Thank you for the aid."
Jan 15, 2024 1:43 am
Once we are all together, Skeeve says, "We can do proper introductions later. I'm Skeeve, and here are Blornvid, Ealdwig, Oliver, and Grin," He gestures to each in turn. "Is anyone in need of healing? Before whatever spooked the dark mantles gets here."
Jan 15, 2024 3:47 am
Surprised and alarmed by the screech coming from the south, Ealdwig freezes and stares in that direction.
daryen says:
"Ealdwig, don't forget your new bow!"
Hearing Skeeve, Ealdwig snaps back to reality, at looks at Skeeve. Thanks. He picks up his bow, and puts it away for the time being. Holding his pole out in front of him, he walks back to the group without taking his eyes from the south of the cavern. What in the Hells was that? I don't like it.
Smiley says:
"I am Ishzu, and that is Ander. Thank you for the aid."
Startled again by the voice in his head, he looks at the new guys. He looks at both in turn and realizes it is not the soldier who is doing that trick. Looking at Ishzu, if I can hear you in my head, can you hear me? Haven't been around much magic in my life, no idea how it works? And if he can hear me, can he hear all of my thoughts or only if I am thinking to him directly? I certainly don't want him in my head. Hum...
Jan 15, 2024 3:48 am
OOC:
Guys, wanted everyone to know that I am going away for the week starting tomorrow and returning home on Saturday. I'll have my computer and I'll be on occasionally just not sure how often. The plan is to check in once a day, but we know how that can go when on a vacation. Depends on how much drinking is done I suppose. So if I am not around for a day or so, I'll be back.
Jan 15, 2024 3:57 am
OOC:
Enjoy your vacation, Arkmenos!
Jan 15, 2024 8:39 am
Skeeve's reminder for Ealdwig knocks on Oliver's memory as well, and he hurries to pick up his scent-capturing flask from the ground and regroup. It still smelled faintly of the Tavern, which was slightly reassuring.

"Oh, so you were that voice. Oh, yes, yes, proper introductions will have to wait" and he bows slightly and shuts up, listening attentively to their surroundings.
Jan 15, 2024 3:16 pm
Skeeve looks at Oliver quizzically, but doesn't say anything.

If we have time, he reaches over to Zander and Isuzu to heal them. If we have no time he will try twice for each one. If we have time, he just heals everyone as best he can.

(These assume he is rushed. If not rushed, he uses focus and everyone is back up.)

Well, that's one each. Hopefully we have a little more time.

To be clear, Skeeve spent an entire turn (two actions) attempting to heal Ander. That's technically four single die rolls, but i rolled each action's rolls together to save time entering the rolls. Out of the four rolls for that turn, I got one success. The next turn I did the same for Ishzu. Again, four rolls over two actions with one success. So, after two turns I healed them for one point each.

I'll be more clear in the future. I thought I mentioned this was over two turns, but obviously I failed in that. I apologize.
Last edited January 15, 2024 3:37 pm

Rolls

Skeeve: Ander heal #1 - (2d6)

(26) = 8

Skeeve: Ander heal #2 - (2d6)

(24) = 6

Skeeve: Isuzu heal #1 - (2d6)

(43) = 7

Skeeve: Isuzu heal #2 - (2d6)

(51) = 6

Jan 15, 2024 3:32 pm
OOC:
I am/was full health still.
Jan 15, 2024 3:38 pm
Ander breathes in kind healing breath!
Ah, thank you Skeeve. Am feeling better!
Ander considers the situation, this our party’s present plight!
I’m not certain we’re making much headway, against the dark mantle. Thoughts? I’m Leary to just run back in with same result as before.
Jan 15, 2024 3:38 pm
OOC:
Oh, ok. Then I guess I just healed Ander one point over a single turn?
Jan 15, 2024 3:40 pm
Skeeve responds, "I think we should wait to see what just spooked them like that. That weird sound didn't sound encouraging."
Jan 15, 2024 3:49 pm
OOC:
heal Ander on 2nd round to bring him up to 4
+Indicates bonus HP from armor, magic, etc
Hit Points : Blrn:7 -|- Skv:6+ -|- Eld:5 -|- And:4 -|- Grn:5 -|- Iz:6+ -|- Olv:6
Jan 15, 2024 3:54 pm
You hear an odd rustling sound and the flapping of Darkmantle coming from the south
Jan 15, 2024 4:59 pm
daryen says:
Skeeve makes two heal attempts on Blornvid.

He also says, "Ealdwig, don't forget your new bow!"

Looks like Blornvid got one HP back.
OOC:
So Blornvid should be at 7, not 6. Or did I miss something?
Blornvid scans the area to the south, trying to catch sight of the darkmantles.
Jan 15, 2024 5:05 pm
ForeverDED says:
So Blornvid should be at 7, not 6. Or did I miss something?]
OOC:
No, I missed that. Updated above HP report
The noises comes from within or behind the closest dark cloud. It looks like some of the further clouds are beginning to fade but the closest was the last to be formed so may last a bit still.
https://i.imgur.com/PTMGDCvm.png
1. Ander 2. Ishzu 3. Belagrof 4. Blornvid
5. Skeeve 6. Ealdwig 7. Grin 8. Oliver
Jan 15, 2024 5:34 pm
Skeeve tells Ander, "Don't immediately charge. Let me try to heal you one more time. Use your sling to start."

Skeeve will use the first turn of combat to heal Ander again. Are there any more intermediary turns to make healing attempts in?

I'll give one more set of rolls (the hard way, to be clear) for healing on Ander. If I get more chances, great.

Rolls

Skeeve: Healing Action 1, #1 - (1d6)

(3) = 3

Skeeve: Healing Action 1, #2 - (1d6)

(4) = 4

Skeeve: Healing Action 2, #1 - (1d6)

(4) = 4

Skeeve: Healing Action 2, #2 - (1d6)

(5) = 5

Jan 16, 2024 12:05 am
Izhzu pulls a simple wooden staff off his back and gets ready for whatever is coming.
Jan 16, 2024 12:07 am
Ander loads Trusty Sling and readies himself for danger! He does it in the most heroic way imaginable!
Jan 16, 2024 12:38 am
Oliver draws out his sling and stretches it with a round rock, touching his whiskers. He glances at his allies, and then stares into the pitch-black cavern.
"Mighty rivers, be merciful."
Jan 16, 2024 12:45 am
When we get out of this, remind me to tell you lot about the time I was tricked by the twin faeries, Zephyr and Breeze, into exploring the depths of a giant serpent’s lair.

Hopefully this adventure won’t be quite as dicey, he thinks to himself. He continues to focus his crossbow towards the south.
Last edited January 16, 2024 12:46 am
Jan 16, 2024 1:58 am
Ealdwig stands with the rest of the group. He breathes deeply trying to calm his nerves and fears. Holding his 10' acrobatics pole in sweaty palms he reposition his hands for a better grip.
Jan 16, 2024 3:28 am
Blornvid loads his crossbow in case he gets a chance to shoot at something.
Jan 16, 2024 2:00 pm
Suddenly a massive forms slides out of the darknees. Were it not for the massive gaping maw and writhing tendrils it might be mistaken for a grand stone formation. The tendrils are long and very flexible.

This is proven as it shoots 4 of them at the party from over 20 feet away. Luckily they do not hit with enough force to hurt but anyone struck finds themselve now teathered to the massive thing with teeth and slowly pulled closer. Ishzu is actually pulled from his feet and drawn strait to the things mouth which opens to crush down onto him!
https://i.imgur.com/ACbzfKVm.jpg
Almost at the same time 3 darkmantle descend from the shadows on the ceiling swooping down, tip first, to sty and skewer other party members.
[ +- ] map

Rolls

Ropper tendrils vs Grin, Blornvid, Ishzu, Ander no damage - (3d6, 3d6, 3d6, 3d6)

3d6 : (344) = 11

3d6 : (254) = 11

3d6 : (562) = 13

3d6 : (214) = 7

Darkmantle attack vs Oliver, Ealdwig, Skeeve 2damage - (3d6, 3d6, 3d6)

3d6 : (234) = 9

3d6 : (535) = 13

3d6 : (336) = 12

Bite vs Ishzu 2dmg - (3d6)

(156) = 12

Jan 16, 2024 2:06 pm
Blornvid and Ishzu are wrapped up in tendrils and can not move away from the Roper
2 damage each to Ishzu, Skeeve, Ealdwig
Blrn:7 -|- Skv:5 -|- Eld:3 -|- And:5 -|- Grn:5 -|- Iz:5 -|- Olv:6
Ranged attacks are all loaded so you can fire imediately.
To hit the Roper with melee attacks you will need to use an action to move closer, except for Ishzu.
Jan 16, 2024 3:37 pm
Ander takes knightly aim with Trusty Sling!

Rolls

Sling! - (2d6)

(45) = 9

Jan 16, 2024 3:38 pm
Since there are four targets, Skeeve sticks with his high risk, high reward attack: He lets off a pair of Shatter attacks.

Rolls

Skeeve: Shatter Attack #1 - (1d6)

(2) = 2

Skeeve: Shatter Attack #2 - (1d6)

(3) = 3

Jan 16, 2024 3:56 pm
Grin fires his focus shot at the Roper, then quick draws and fires another. Both shots are aimed right for the center maw/eye area.

As he fires, he’ll step off to the north west by a few feet (whatever he’s able to do as a free action).

Oi big boi! Over here!

Rolls

Crossbow (focus, marksman) - (2d6)

(22) = 4

Crossbow - (2d6)

(63) = 9

Jan 16, 2024 5:00 pm
Ishzu tries to shove his staff into the big creature's mouth, penetrating it from biting down on him again. He struggles, trying to break free from the tentacle's grasp.
OOC:
Not sure if I can stop the roper from biting me again with the staff. Rolling 2 Basic Test. One for the staff, one for breaking free.
Last edited January 16, 2024 5:00 pm

Rolls

Ishzu: Test - Basic (Staff - (2d6)

(55) = 10

Ishzu: Test - Basic (Breakfree - (2d6)

(45) = 9

Jan 16, 2024 5:50 pm
Disgusted by the large monstrosity, Ealdwig flinches and doesn't notice the Darkmantles coming down from the ceiling. Fighting off the pain, he lashes out with his pole against the Darkmantle that attacked him.
OOC:
Haven't been rolling well in this cave, at all.
Last edited January 16, 2024 5:51 pm

Rolls

Agility trait to avoid one attack - (1d6)

(3) = 3

attack with pole - (2d6)

(31) = 4

2nd attack with pole - (2d6)

(13) = 4

Jan 16, 2024 8:04 pm
Ack! Missed me by an inch. Eat a rock, darkmantle! said Oliver, sidestepping and slinging two rocks at the nearest one.
Uh, no, I didn't mean eat Ishzu, sorry.
OOC:
Sidestep to the right (as much as free action can allow), and sling twice at the darkmantle next to us (quickshot+mastery).
Last edited January 16, 2024 8:10 pm

Rolls

Sling 1 - (3d6)

(346) = 13

Sling 2 - (3d6)

(611) = 8

Jan 16, 2024 11:27 pm
"Filthy beast!" Since it's loaded, Blornvid fires his crossbow at the Roper.

Sensing Blornvid's impending attack, the Roper jerks him just enough to throw off his aim.

Blornvid drops the crossbow and pulls out his axe.
OOC:
I figure that's two actions. He'll do the axe attack next round, hoping to slash the tentacle. If he still has another action this round, he'll use it to try and break free, just let me know.
Last edited January 16, 2024 11:31 pm

Rolls

Fire crossbow at Roper - (2d6)

(41) = 5

Jan 17, 2024 1:50 am
Ander slings a stone towards the Roper but his inexperience with ranged weapons is evident as the blow only grazes it.
Skeeves magic casting is disrupted by the Darkmantles stubby tendrils as it lifts itself up after stiking him
Grin manages to sing one of his arrows into the massive creature and the Roper emits a low growl of irritation.
Ishzu jabs the staff to push himself away from the gnashing teeth them using the staff's leverage peels the tendrill off of himself. Now free but meere feet from the massive body and the nasty teeth as tendrils flail about it seem certain he may end back inside the mouth without aid.
Ealdwig lashes out with his pole but the only result is the recollection of a few select curses brought to his remembrance.
Olivers stones stike true and hard, dropping the Darkmantle!
Blornvids bolt also glances off the large creature.
OOC:
Will add monster attacks later tonight so hold off till I do that.
DM to Arkmenos says:
Here man wan to borrow my dice. Try these. they might help.
and a pair of digital dice are passed over. :)
Jan 17, 2024 5:55 am
OOC:
Blornvid can move as his 2nd action while swapping weapons since he just "dropped" the crossbow so he can attack either the Roper or a Darkmantle near the ground.
Roper
The Roper tugges Blornvid for a bite 2 dmg while 3 other tendrils lash at the party, including the nearby Ish, Grin who shot it, and the noble Ander. Ander and Grin are both grabbed by tendrils but Ishzu manages to avoid being entangled by them. Meanwhile the remaining Darkmantle each attack once before one retreat into the heights of the cave to avoid melee weapons and one flies back into the diminishing dark cloud. Ealdwig gets swiped at Roll agility test to evade
darkmantle
[ +- ] map
Blrn:5* -|- Skv:5 -|- Eld:3 -|- And:5* -|- Grn:5* -|- Iz:5 -|- Olv:6
1 wounded Darkmantle flying overhead, 1 wounded Darkmantle hiding in the dark, and the Roper is in melee with Blornvid and Ishzu. Anger, Grin, and Blornvid are all held by the Roper and can only move towards it.

Rolls

Roper Bite vs Blornvid, 2 dmg - (3d6)

(135) = 9

Roper tendrils grab at Ishzu, Grin, Ander - (3d6, 3d6, 3d6)

3d6 : (341) = 8

3d6 : (544) = 13

3d6 : (531) = 9

Darkmantle attack Skeeve, Oliver, Ealdwig - (2d6, 2d6, 2d6)

2d6 : (23) = 5

2d6 : (66) = 12

2d6 : (52) = 7

Jan 17, 2024 8:50 am
Psybermagi says:
Ander slings a stone...
Skeeves magic casting...
Grin manages to sing...
Ishzu jabs the staff...
Ealdwig lashes out...
Blornvids bolt also glances...
OOC:
Did Oliver's rocks hit the darkmantle? Perhaps the narration is centered on the big Groper, thus you don't describe what goes on with the minions, but I'm just making sure.
Last edited January 17, 2024 8:52 am
Jan 17, 2024 1:28 pm
OOC:
Bunt says:
Did Oliver's rocks hit the darkmantle? Perhaps the narration is centered on the big Groper, thus you don't describe what goes on with the minions, but I'm just making sure.
I read that but forgot to track it, good catch. Oliver killed one Darkmantle saving him some hurt! Posts edited
Jan 17, 2024 2:18 pm
OOC:
What is "Skeeve's" dark mantle doing? Can he still get shots off at it directly?
Last edited January 17, 2024 2:19 pm
Jan 17, 2024 2:22 pm
One Darkmantle flies 20' overhead and is illuminated by the parties light sources so can be shot at
Jan 17, 2024 2:45 pm
Held by the Roper, our knightly fellow attempts to load Trusty Sling once again. Then lets loose a missile into underdarkened air!

Rolls

Sling - (1d6)

(4) = 4

Jan 17, 2024 3:53 pm
OOC:
I was under the impression that when the Roper grabbed him, he was stuck. So his second action from the first round is what? If he moved, the Roper couldn't bite him, but he also couldn't attack. So is the second action for him to attack and then he gets bit? I'm a bit confused.
Jan 17, 2024 4:19 pm
Skeeve switches back to his normal attack. He fires two bolts at the nearest darkmantle. Preferably the one that attacked him twice.

Rolls

Skeeve: Magic Bolt 1 - (2d6)

(36) = 9

Skeeve: Magic Bolt 2 - (2d6)

(31) = 4

Jan 17, 2024 4:28 pm
OOC:
ForeverDED says:
I was under the impression that when the Roper grabbed him, he was stuck. So his second action from the first round is what? If he moved, the Roper couldn't bite him, but he also couldn't attack. So is the second action for him to attack and then he gets bit? I'm a bit confused.
Roper tentacle prevents you moving anywhere but closer. Thats it. It does not prevent actions and as explained I don't think dropping an item then grabbing the ax would require an action. Stowing it and grabbing the ax would. Since Blornvid changed to melee weapon I was asking if he wanted to clost to melee range with anything

Just to inform you : Those caught in the tendrils grasp can attempt to break free as an action, roll standard save test. Anyone can attack the tendril to destroy it, freeing themselves or another.
Anders sling stone sails wide but Skeeves attack smacks into the hovering Darkmantle.
Jan 17, 2024 5:16 pm
Ahhh! Grinfletch shouts out in terror as he’s grabbed by a Roper-tentacle. He focuses his attention on the tentacle holding him as he loads and fires a crossbow bolt.

He yells to anyone who’ll listen: Aim for the tentacles!

Actions: Focus, Attack (at the tentacle holding him)
Last edited January 17, 2024 5:19 pm

Rolls

Crossbow Attack (focus, marksman) - (2d6)

(16) = 7

Jan 17, 2024 5:38 pm
The tentacle is cut by the arrow, freeing Grin.
Jan 17, 2024 6:03 pm
Ishzu maneuvers away from the tentacles trying to keep himself from getting tangled. The others hear in their heads Ignore the tentacles. Attack the main creature.
He stares into the ropers eyes trying to give it a massive head ache.
OOC:
Mental blast to hurt it and try to evade getting tentacled again.

Rolls

Ishzu: Test - Basic blast - (2d6)

(23) = 5

Ishzu: Test - Basic evade - (2d6)

(51) = 6

Jan 17, 2024 7:17 pm
OOC:
Screw it. Can't live forever. So going to use that remaining action from the first round to attack. Following it up with this round's attacks.

Oh man, not good. 9 dice and not a single 5 or 6.
Last edited January 17, 2024 7:18 pm

Rolls

2nd Action First Round - (3d6)

(141) = 6

2nd Round 1st Attack - (3d6)

(234) = 9

2nd Round 2nd Attack - (3d6)

(441) = 9

Jan 17, 2024 8:08 pm
OOC:
DM picks up dice and tosses them
They work fine for me. Must be something wrong with your release?
You guys sure have had it tough. Who offended the Patron of pseudo random generation digital dice ?

Rolls

DM taunting fate and luck - (3d6, 3d6, 3d6)

3d6 : (663) = 15

3d6 : (266) = 14

3d6 : (643) = 13

Jan 17, 2024 8:12 pm
OOC:
Heh, and they said god does not play with dice
Jan 17, 2024 8:24 pm
OOC:
Thank the gods those were taunting dice, not actual attacks from the monsters!

(My virtual dice have been pretty broken lately, too. Hopefully things change around soon enough!)
Jan 17, 2024 8:31 pm
daryen says:
Thank the gods those were taunting dice, not actual attacks from the monsters!
I'll second that.
Jan 17, 2024 10:33 pm
Oliver stares in amazement at the fallen Darkmantle in front of him, then hears the two contradictory instructions from Grin and Ishzu, and decides to heed the telepathic voice this time.
He steps a bit further apart from the center of the fight, and slings away at the big Roper.

"Feeling lucky today?"
OOC:
I swear I'll build up my character to have more diverse moves soon,so as to spice things up a bit.
Last edited January 17, 2024 10:38 pm

Rolls

Sling 1 - (3d6)

(433) = 10

Sling 2 - (3d6)

(546) = 15

Jan 17, 2024 11:17 pm
OOC:
@Arkmenos it's up to Ealdwig
Jan 19, 2024 8:58 am
Psybermagi says:

DM to Arkmenos says:
Here man wan to borrow my dice. Try these. they might help.
and a pair of digital dice are passed over. :)[/ooc]
LOL!
Jan 19, 2024 9:03 am
OOC:
Sorry, in Las Vegas this week for my daughter's 21st birthday so we've been out and drinking a lot.

Rolls

agility test - (1d6)

(1) = 1

Jan 19, 2024 9:14 am
Re-roll agility test using the lucky feat.

Rolls

agility test - reroll with luck feat - (1d6)

(5) = 5

Jan 19, 2024 9:16 am
OOC:
The dice haven't been good to me here or at the craps table! I am starting to get a complex.
Ealdwig spins away from the Darkmantle attack and just evades it. That was close, too close. In desperation Ealdwig lashes out with his pole to try and protect himself.
OOC:
Am I able to use one action to attack with the pole and then a second action to move away from the combat and get out of range of the Darkmantle and the Roper? If not you can use the second action to attack instead.

Rolls

Attack with acrobat pole - (2d6)

(53) = 8

Second attack if I am unable to move away - (2d6)

(21) = 3

Jan 19, 2024 4:28 pm
OOC:
OK, I think we all went. What happens now ... ?
Jan 19, 2024 8:00 pm
OOC:
Now we wait for the GM
Jan 19, 2024 8:03 pm
OOC:
LOL! 🤣

Fair enough. I just wanted to note that everyone had finished their round.
Jan 19, 2024 8:18 pm
Oliver's stone smacks into the Roper and it is starting to leak a trickle of blood through its cracked stonelike skin. Ealdwig cracks his stick against the tendril he just evaded and quickly retreats as it shatters with a few drops of thick mud like ichor in the middle.

Roper
The Roper pushes Blornvid towards it gaping maw once more, biting into the armored dwarf. The two Darkmantle swoop down to attack Ishzu and Skeeve.
darkmantle

Blornvid struggles and manages to keep himself out of the grinding orifice of the roper. Ishzu is almost grabbed again but as he dodges is slammed from above by the darkmandle 2dmg that emerged from the dark above and at his back. Skeeve manages to avoid the deadly living missile that then flaps and swims through the air back up to a higher elevation.

Rolls

Roper Bite vs Blornvid, 2 dmg - (3d6)

(321) = 6

Roper tendrils grab at Ishzu, Grin, Ander, Oliver - (3d6, 3d6, 3d6, 3d6)

3d6 : (523) = 10

3d6 : (344) = 11

3d6 : (343) = 10

3d6 : (424) = 10

darkmantle vs Ishzu (2 damage) - (3d6)

(251) = 8

darkmantle vs Skeeve (2 damage) - (3d6)

(414) = 9

Jan 19, 2024 8:24 pm
Blrn:5* -|- Skv:5 -|- Eld:3 -|- And:5 -|- Grn:5 -|- Iz:3 -|- Olv:6
Both darkmantle are visible and hurt and the Roper shows signs of damage as well. The last cloud of darkness is beginning to fade.
[ +- ] map
Jan 19, 2024 8:26 pm
Blornvid swings his axe, furiously trying to batter this beast.

Rolls

1st axe swing - (3d6)

(652) = 13

2nd axe swing - (3d6)

(646) = 16

Jan 19, 2024 8:31 pm
OOC:
IT'S A CRIT!!!!
Blornvids two mighty blows create massive cracks and the Roper howls in agony
Jan 19, 2024 8:58 pm
Held by the Roper, our knightly fellow attempts to load Trusty Sling once again. Then lets loose a missile into underdarkened air!

Rolls

Trusty Sling! - (1d6)

(2) = 2

Jan 19, 2024 9:07 pm
Skeeve is going to try something a bit different this time. He tries to use Hurl to grab the darkmantle fleeing from him, and them slam it into the Roper. He will try twice. If both succeed, great! (I will build things up over a couple edits.)
OOC:
Cool! Best case I damaged both of them. Worst case I damaged the darkmantle and hopefully disoriented it badly.
Last edited January 19, 2024 9:09 pm

Rolls

Skeeve: Use TK to grab darkmantle - (2d6)

(52) = 7

Skeeve: Slam Darkmantle into Roper - (2d6)

(11) = 2

Skeeve: Use TK to grab darkmantle again - (2d6)

(15) = 6

Skeeve: Try the slam again - (2d6)

(52) = 7

Jan 19, 2024 9:53 pm
OOC:
That is to far to hurl it but you can do that to the darkmantle that struck Ishzu
Jan 19, 2024 10:11 pm
Oliver watches in amazement as Skeeve hurls a darkmantle in the air and slams it against the Groper.

"Ooh, just like one of those circus fair games that kids played!"
"Here's one rock at the fake flying duck!"
And he slinged one rock at the hurled darkmantle in the air.
"And here's one rock at the clerk to get a prize!"
And he slinged a second rock at the Groper.

"Pretty nasty kids, come to think of it."
OOC:
Action 1: Sling a rock at hurled darkmantle
Action 2: Sling a rock at Groper
OOC:
Quick question: isn't Oliver's HP still 6 since the darkmantle that hit him and Ealdwig got retroactively killed?

Rolls

Sling 1 - at hurled darkmantle - (3d6)

(612) = 9

Sling 2 - at Groper - (3d6)

(342) = 9

Jan 19, 2024 10:23 pm
Psybermagi says:
OOC:
That is to far to hurl it but you can do that to the darkmantle that struck Ishzu
OOC:
OK, I do that.
Jan 19, 2024 10:43 pm
OOC:
Likewise, I adapt my attack to whichever pair of darkmantles is hurled together (not that it matters, since I missed the second hit anyway)
Last edited January 19, 2024 10:46 pm
Jan 19, 2024 10:46 pm
OOC:
oliver = 6, fixed the post but not my tracking sheet, fixing both this time
Jan 19, 2024 10:48 pm
Psybermagi says:
OOC:
oliver = 6, fixed the post but not my tracking sheet, fixing both this time
OOC:
Woot! What a lucky otter this fella is. Oliver has not received a single point of damage... ever. Not even on their first hobgoblin fight.
Jan 19, 2024 11:16 pm
OOC:
Quietly slips out a box of black dice with read numbers and whispers to them Yes, yes, the furry one must learn fear little ones
Looking up GM smiles cheerfully but a feeling of dread pierces Bunt's hear, there is just something off with that smile :)

Rolls

Behind the screen rolls,while whistling inocently

Jan 19, 2024 11:43 pm
Ealdwig feeling a little beat up decides to hang back and use his new bow again. Ok, let's see how this goes. Common just once. Breathe slowly and ... As he exhales he lets it fly.

Rolls

Ranged attack - (1d6)

(5) = 5

Jan 19, 2024 11:43 pm
Ealdwig cheers out loud. Finally!
Jan 20, 2024 12:14 am
Ishzu's body shows signs of cracks in his crystalized form. With the mantle thing flung away from him, Ishzu tries to smack the bigger, meaner-looking thing with his staff twice.

Rolls

Ishzu: Test - Basic - (2d6)

(22) = 4

Ishzu: Test - Basic - (2d6)

(52) = 7

Jan 20, 2024 1:33 am
Having just been released from the big monster’s tentacle, Grinfletch is overwhelmed momentarily by fear. He runs back to the north and looks up to see a light. For a moment, he can’t make out what the light is, but his eyes adjust and he sees Ealdwig, his head-light brightly shining, aiming his bow. As Ealdwig lets his arrow fly, Grin whips around to see the arrow hit its target. He looks back at Ealdwig, feeling his fear rush out of him.

Huzzah! He throws his fist into the air, then with renewed confidence, he turns, loads, aims at the Roper and shoots his crossbow in a single motion.

Actions: Movement, Attack
Last edited January 20, 2024 1:34 am

Rolls

Crossbow - (2d6)

(14) = 5

Jan 20, 2024 2:49 am
Ealdwig and Ishzu continue to assault the Roper but Grin's aim is off for the new range and he misses
Jan 20, 2024 3:03 am
Roper
The Roper roars in anger and flails its arms about. This time it throws Blornvid as far as it can while three other tendrils reach out to grab others. Blornvid arcs high in the grasp of the tendril before being released to fly up, then down to the stone floor of the cave. The Roper's howling drives the Darkmantle to ignore their wounds and continue their attacks
darkmantle

Blornvid roll a Save to see how bad you take the fall. 2 6's = you cut the arm before going too far so take no damage, pass = 1 damage, fail = 3 damage

Rolls

Roper grab Ishzu, Ander, Skeeve - (3d6, 3d6, 3d6)

3d6 : (132) = 6

3d6 : (335) = 11

3d6 : (116) = 8

darkmantle vs Ishzu (2 damage) - (3d6)

(154) = 10

darkmantle vs Skeeve (2 damage) - (3d6)

(365) = 14

Jan 20, 2024 3:11 am
Ishzu continues to dance around the Roper, avoiding its tendrils but Skeeve and Ander are not so lucky and are grabbed by the long tendrils. Unfortunately Ishzu is stuck hard by the Darkmantle, as is Skeeve, who lowered his gaze from the circling Darkmantle when the tentacle grabbed him.
Blrn:5 -|- Skv:3* -|- Eld:3 -|- And:5* -|- Grn:5 -|- Iz:1 -|- Olv:6
The two dark mantle are hurt, with the one by the Roper on its last tentacle. The Roper itself is severely hurt now. Both Skeeve and Ander are in the grips of the long tendrils that have proven can be broken or simple escaped (save or other action test). Ishzu is critically hurt.
Psybermagi sent a note to Smiley
[ +- ] map
Jan 20, 2024 3:33 am
Smiley sent a note to Psybermagi
Jan 20, 2024 6:35 am
Ealdwig, with new found confidence, nocks an arrow, takes a deep breath, OK one more time breathes out slowly and let's loose.

Rolls

Ranged attack - (1d6)

(1) = 1

Jan 20, 2024 6:36 am
Hells! Here we go again.
Jan 20, 2024 10:47 am
"Did you see that? The big one gave some sort of order to the small ones. If we defeat it, the small ones might scatter!"
And he proceeded to sling one rock at the tentacle holding Ander, and another rock at the tentacle holding Skeeve.
OOC:
Action 1: sling at Ander's tentacle
Action 2: sling at Skeeve's tentacle

Rolls

Sling 1 - Ander's tentacle - (3d6)

(563) = 14

Sling 2 - Skeeve's tentacle - (3d6)

(414) = 9

Jan 20, 2024 2:12 pm
Aye, you’re right! Come on, let’s keep up the pressure!

Grin takes two shots, first at the Roper itself, and second at the tentacle holding Skeeve.

Rolls

Crossbow (Roper) - (2d6)

(53) = 8

Crossbow (tentacle) - (2d6)

(42) = 6

Secret Roll

Jan 20, 2024 2:19 pm
Realizing he’s making little headway, our knightly fellow tries one more slingshot. He begins rethinking his strategy, perhaps to switch to his sword instead.

Oh, what to do, valiant Knight?

Even as Ander,pads another stone into Trusty Sling, his gauntleted hand rubs against…a certain token in his pocket. Is this really the best way to attack darkness? Or should I swing away? Hmmm….

Ander pauses only briefly in knightly wonderment. For now, he sends another stone into underdarkened air!

@daryen

Rolls

Trusty Sling! - (1d6)

(2) = 2

Jan 20, 2024 3:46 pm
Ishzu now looking pretty chipped and cracked decides it is time to move away from the large bity thing.
He moves closer to the larger group.
OOC:
Move and Evade (Or move if I need to)
[ +- ] map

Rolls

Ishzu: Test - Basic - (2d6)

(25) = 7

Jan 20, 2024 6:06 pm
The Roper tosses Blornvid but doesn't get as much leverage as it would've liked. Still, it's far enough for Blornvid to come down hard.
Last edited January 20, 2024 6:07 pm

Rolls

Roper tries to toss a dwarf! - (2d6)

(36) = 9

Jan 20, 2024 6:34 pm
Ealdwig continued mocking of the laws of probability, chance, and averages causes his aim to miss, again. Oliver manages to free Ander with his shot and Grin continues to attempt to bring down the Roper. Ander continues to study at the school missed knockes with Ealdwig. Someday they will graduate to hard knocks. Blornvid manages to free himself and ends up about 20' from the Roper.
OOC:
Finish Him! You got this guys!
Just a reminder. Death in this game can only occur due to failed ST after being knocked unconscious at 0 HP. Damage stops at 0 HP. Any character can help stabilize unconscious character with a standard test.

Knight

daryen

Jan 20, 2024 6:46 pm
Knight
The Knight says, "Now is a good time for action!"
Jan 20, 2024 6:48 pm
OOC:
Have to do this in two steps to see what the first roll is ...
Skeeve tries to blink backwards, out of the tentacle.

... and he tries again ...

... and he's doomed.

*sigh*
Last edited January 20, 2024 6:49 pm

Rolls

Skeeve: Blink back away from Roper - (2d6)

(13) = 4

Skeeve: Blink back away from Roper, try #2 - (2d6)

(11) = 2

Jan 20, 2024 7:52 pm
Psybermagi says:
Ealdwig continued mocking of the laws of probability... Ander continues to study at the school missed knockes with Ealdwig. Someday they will graduate to hard knocks.
OOC:
The narrator has so much personality I sometimes swear it's going to break the fourth wall and incarnate into an NPC.
Last edited January 20, 2024 7:53 pm
Jan 20, 2024 7:59 pm
OOC:
Does Blornvid have any remaining actions this round?
Jan 20, 2024 8:11 pm
OOC:
Blornvid still had 2 active then Ishzu is last up.
Yeah that narrator is getting cheeky. I'll talk with him about that ☺️. Sometimes he just gets in a mood. It should pass.
Jan 20, 2024 8:22 pm
OOC:
@Psybermagi
I went earlier. Just ran away from the mantles. Do I need to go again?
Jan 20, 2024 8:35 pm
OOC:
Is the 20' close enough that he doesn't need to spend an action moving towards the roper?
Jan 20, 2024 9:19 pm
OOC:
Blornvid 1 action to Move to close, 1 action to attack
Sorry smiley I forgot. Definitely need to go back to smaller party sizes after this. Too many things to juggle.
Jan 20, 2024 9:28 pm
OOC:
You are doing great, Psyber! Do not worry about it. Clarifying question only. I was only confused, not worried or upset.
Last edited January 20, 2024 9:28 pm
Jan 20, 2024 9:48 pm
Blornvid charges back to the Roper, his axe ready to swing. "Can't get rid of me that easy."

Rolls

Axe - (3d6)

(463) = 13

Jan 21, 2024 1:52 am
Grinfletch feels a sudden awareness wash over him. He looks down at the crossbow in his hands and feels a strange affinity for it. This weapon and I have been through so much. It’s like a part of me now. Grin has an epiphany. I have mastered the art of the crossbow! A feeling of contentment blooms within him. I am a weapon master now. Fate and luck will be on my side.
Last edited January 21, 2024 2:03 am
Jan 21, 2024 2:25 pm
OOC:
Given our sudden molecular realignment, should not those last attacks by Ealdwig and Ander be at Advantage?

Just asking for some trying not to get chomped.
Jan 21, 2024 3:01 pm
WhiteDwarf says:
Our knightly fellow’s player, oh the plight…he has no clue whose turn it is. So, he simply makes this valiant post! Lol
OOC:
Lol, looks like we have a valiant player who can face the cheeky narrator in a meta-battle
Jan 21, 2024 3:07 pm
Bunt says:
WhiteDwarf says:
Our knightly fellow’s player, oh the plight…he has no clue whose turn it is. So, he simply makes this valiant post! Lol
OOC:
Lol, looks like we have a valiant player who can face the cheeky narrator in a meta-battle
Ha!
Jan 21, 2024 5:52 pm
OOC:
Is that character laughing at me???? How dare he Ill show him!!! Just you wait Henry Higgins, just you wait . . . .
Yes Ealdwid and Ander have Weapon Mastery. I added it for them. So Ander frees himself on his first attack and can change his second action to a move or do something else

However, once again you guys are trying to go twice before the monsters have a turn.
NO FINISHING THEM OFF BEFORE I GET THE OPPORTUNITY TO KNOCK SOMEONE SENSELESS!!!!
hmmm now who should it be . . . . . . .
Roper
The Roper emits a low moan and begins to retreat, slowly. Tts tendrils bring in less threatening treats to take on the go. Skeeve is yanked to the Roper and it opens its mouth for a bite. The other tendrils try to trip or knock Blornvid and his nasty wicked ax away. The Darkmantles move to block the others striking at Oliver and Ishzu.
darkmantle

Rolls

Roper Bite vs skeeveBlornvid, 2 dmg - (3d6)

(452) = 11

Roper tendrils trip Blornvid - (1d6, 1d6, 1d6)

1d6 : (6) = 6

1d6 : (4) = 4

1d6 : (3) = 3

darkmantle vs Ishzu , Oliver, Oliver - (2d6, 2d6, 2d6)

2d6 : (44) = 8

2d6 : (56) = 11

2d6 : (53) = 8

Jan 21, 2024 6:22 pm
Skeeve is pulled into the moving mouth and bitten and screams in agony as the wound brings him near to death. Luckily Ishzu manages to evade the Darkmantle but Oliver is scratched twice as the Darkmantle by hims wraps it's stubby tendrils around him and pulling him into a writhing hug bites into him with its mouth set into the middle of its base.
Blrn:4 -|- Skv:1 -|- Eld:3 -|- And:5 -|- Grn:5 -|- Iz:1 -|- Olv:4
Jan 21, 2024 9:38 pm
Blornvid can Save to avoid loosing an action due to the flailing tendril
Quote:
Ealdwig Swiftfoot
What is wrong with this stupid thing? You see Ealdwig shaking his bow.

OK, what am I going to do now? Everything is looking injured, and so is the group. To Hells with it. Here goes nothing. You see the Chromacloth he wears as a headband turn yellow with a sparkle of lightning. OK guys, let's finish this! He pulls out his shortsword and flies, literally flies, directly at the monstrosity trying to drive the blade straight into it.
Rolls
attack with sword - (2d6) (5,6,3)
Ealdwig soars through the air, sword first, to impale it into the Roper that screams as it nears death.
Quote:
Ander
Our knightly fellow’s player, oh the plight…he has no clue whose turn it is. So, he simply makes this valiant post! Lol

This…isn’t working, Ander stammers. Disguised at his lack of combat prowess with Trusty Sling! Dropping his missile weapon to cavernous ground, Ander draws forth…wait for it…Trusty Sword!

Ander attempts to slash at the tentacle holding him!

Rolls
Sword - (2d6) (2,3,5)
Sword, if two such actions allowed - (2d6) (5,5,2)
Ander frees himself from being dragged along (One action left for Ander)

The Darkmantle is now far from any save Skeeve and his gallant rescuer, Ealdwig, who finds himself the proud owner of a Roper-kabob on a sword. Ishzu is being harassed by one of the Darkmantle, which is almost dead, and the other is clamped on to Olliver preventing him form using his bow.
Jan 21, 2024 9:43 pm
OOC:
So, to be clear, the Roper is dead now?
Jan 21, 2024 9:55 pm
OOC:
near dead , still chewing a Skeeve wrap
Jan 21, 2024 10:14 pm
OOC:
Well, bummer. Can I make two attacks having been chomped on? Can use my sudden proficiency with Stick? Or do I need to get out of its maw first?
Jan 21, 2024 10:28 pm
OOC:
Keep it simple. You can attack with your mastered stick! If I do not state a condition/effect then just assume it is game on as usual
Jan 21, 2024 10:54 pm
OOC:
OK, cool!
Skeeve whips his Stick around, mentally reforming into it's shillelagh form and attacks the Roper twice.

Welp, I hope one hit is enough to finish it off.
Last edited January 21, 2024 10:55 pm

Rolls

Skeeve: Stick Attack 1 - (3d6)

(316) = 10

Skeeve: Stick Attack 2 - (3d6)

(231) = 6

Jan 22, 2024 12:07 am
The Roper falls with a loud moan. Immediately the two remaining Darkmantle fly away in separate directions, flitting up towards the shadows near the ceiling.
If you can not kill the darkmantle this round they are gone from view and can not be found.
Jan 22, 2024 12:10 am
"Eech! These darkmantles bite hard, and weird."
"That's my sling hand, you clingy brat!"
Oliver proceeded to punch the darkmantle holding fast onto his arm, using his other arm.
OOC:
I'm going to go on a limb here (:D) and assume that I can punch with disadvantage for 1 dmg, as that's an attack I'm not proficient with.
OOC:
Post-edit: There goes my limb
OOC:
Post-post-edit: I'm not sure how to make my post coherent with Psibermagi's last post now.
Last edited January 22, 2024 12:13 am

Rolls

Punch 1! (disadvantage) - (1d6)

(1) = 1

Punch 2! (disadvantage) - (1d6)

(4) = 4

Jan 22, 2024 12:24 am
Seeing the Roper crumple and feeling a wave of relief, Grin focuses his mind and fires off two shots at the retreating darkmantles.
Last edited January 22, 2024 12:30 am

Rolls

Crossbow - (3d6)

(161) = 8

Crossbow - (3d6)

(144) = 9

Jan 22, 2024 12:26 am
Ander drops Sword, and picks up Sling. A great knight respects everything, including proper nouns!
Parting shots, friends, Ander exclaims!

Rolls

Sling! - (1d6)

(2) = 2

Jan 22, 2024 12:56 am
OOC:
I would have asked to change my second action, since the first action finished off the Roper, but I imagine I'd have to reuse my rolls, which means he'd still miss. Bummer.
Jan 22, 2024 1:26 am
Psybermagi says:
Blornvid can Save to avoid loosing an action due to the flailing tendril
OOC:
Well, if it's not too late, I'd like to still roll.

If it's not too late, Blornvid would like to load his crossbow and take a parting shot at a darkmantle, assuming that neither is within striking range of his axe.
Last edited January 22, 2024 1:28 am

Rolls

Blornvid: Test DC: 5 - Basic - (2d6)

(15) = 6

Jan 22, 2024 1:50 am
Seeing someone else injured almost as much as he is Ishzu walks over to Skeeve. He awkwardly stares at some of Skeeve's wounds, and they start to squeeze and pinch themselves back together.
OOC:
Move closer and Heal Skeeve
[ +- ] Healer
OOC:
Well. That didn't work...
Last edited January 22, 2024 1:50 am

Rolls

Ishzu: Test - HEAl - (2d6)

(12) = 3

Jan 22, 2024 2:06 am
Well, if everything has run away, or died, we'll get more chances. Also, Skeeve will heal Ishzu, too, starting next turn. (He helped Ealdwig finish off the Roper this turn.)

To Ealdwig, Skeeve says, "That was awesome! The way you just flew in and skewered it in the head was just amazing!"
Jan 22, 2024 2:18 am
Upon realizing that Ealdwig dealt the death blow to the roper, Blornvid shouts, "Well done, lad! That's the way!"
Jan 22, 2024 2:47 am
"That was an extraordinary impalement! You could fly all along??"

Oliver was just about to clean his arm off darkmantle drool, but then reconsidered and carefully stored it in a vial.
"Might not be useless", he shrugged.

"Such a magnificent creature, though, don't you think?" he pointed at the fallen Groper.
Jan 22, 2024 3:02 am
OOC:
Outta curiosity, a couple shots landed. Were either of the two fleeing darkmantles taken out?
"Considering that it tried to eat me, I'm not going to give it that. The sword sticking out of its head does lend some magnificence, though."
Jan 22, 2024 3:26 am
Smiling, Ealdwig pulls out the sword with some effort and a grunt. Climbing down from the Roper, thanks Blornvid, but I think Skeeve provided the killing blow. I just helped a little. I look at Oliver and smile no, I can't fly, unfortunately. It was kinda fun. The Chromacloth reverts back to a light source from the yellow. Ealdwig points at the headband apparently, I can fly with this thing. Still learning what it can do.

Ealdwig looks at the ichor on his sword, anyone have a rag or anything?
Jan 22, 2024 4:14 am
Well done, lad, well done! I’m buying you a round next time we’re back at the tavern! That’s a win for us little folk and a victory for us all! Oliver, did you see the boy fly?! Goodness, I’m speechless… He continues to engage in speech.
Oh, where’s that crystal fellow? That monster kept breaking its teeth on him!
Last edited January 22, 2024 4:22 am
Jan 22, 2024 5:05 am
OOC:
I woulda swore I posted this, but I guess not ...

While I did roll for Skeeve after you did the flying attack, it was all in the same round, therefore simultaneous, for all intents. So, I'm giving Ealdwig the final blow as his attack was spectacular.
Skeeve says, "I will clean your sword once we are sure it won't immediately get dirty again." He will then work with Ishzu to heal each other to at least three or so each and start to work on the others.
OOC:
Oh! One more thing: could we tell where the Roper was running to? If it has a lair, it might have loot.

Also, when we first encountered the darkmantles, there were a lot of remains in their cave from their victims. That's where Blornvid's armor came from. Are there any other remains still worth checking out, or was that a different cave?
Last edited January 22, 2024 5:13 am
Jan 22, 2024 5:18 am
Thanks. It's kinda foul. Ealdwig makes a face.

Any idea where those two other creatures ran off to? We might want to try and finish them off before they heal up. Ealdwig takes the waterskin from his pack and takes a long drink. He holds it out to the group. Anyone want some? I need to see if I can find any of those arrows. Smiling, I'm going to need them for practice.
Jan 22, 2024 5:19 am
OOC:
Nah, it wasn't Ealdwig, he just got lucky.
Jan 22, 2024 7:38 am
OOC:

@Bunt : Yes you can attack unarmed, or with any weapon you are not proficient with, at disadvantage.
Grin take a shot and finishes one of the Darkmantle. Blonfvid is pushed back a but but manages to keep his balance. The last one takes off and you see it enter the passage down to deeper into the underdark. The Roper was heading further south, back where the Darkmantle were known to hunt. Ander has scouted the are but did not search it thoroughly as he was looking for the Darkmantle that lived on the ceilings. You heal each other up with the aid of Ishzu and Skeeve before checking the corpses and searching the rest of the caver. The roper is too bit and you do not know if it is worth transporting but are certain the Darkmantle are useful in alchemy. Taking your spoils along with the 3 Darkmantle corpses loads you down quite a bit as you make you way back to the Matrix node to pass on the information Fiznik and Valpip who identify your haul for you.
[ +- ] Darkmantle and Roper Loot
Jan 22, 2024 8:48 am
OOC:
Since we were just in a cavern, is there a chance to look for mineral ingredients before leaving? I'm going to narrate it assuming yes, but correct me if there's not enough time
"A mix of minerals and plant extracts form this clear and scentless fluid" sang Oliver softly while looking around the cavern for compatible minerals. He mostly guided himself by trying to smell the correct kind of dust.
OOC:
Rolling with advantage due to otterfolk sensitive smell. Alchemy's advantage to identify is for liquids! Haha

Rolls

Mineral search - (3d6)

(666) = 18

Jan 22, 2024 12:40 pm
OOC:
Wow, I hope you find something amazing with the roll. GM, how do you distribute the loot?
Last edited January 22, 2024 12:41 pm
Jan 22, 2024 2:23 pm
OOC:
Team Veteran, Skeeve, Blornvid, and Ealdwig, take turns with magic and split the loot.
This is typical of most parties I see. Magic/gear goes to those who can use it best then sell of extra and split all $$$ equal.
We can say that is common "adventurer etiquette" that everyone knows. Though some parties deduct gear/item value from the recipients cut while other parties split coin evenly and rotate acquisition of gear. The question is who wants/cam use/needs a magic boost? That's up to you guys to roll play.
Jan 22, 2024 2:33 pm
"I request the ring and bone dice. The dice aren't magical. They're just cool."
OOC:
Thus far we have treated kept magic items and money separate in the divide. However, sold magic and gems/jewelry/trinkets are treated as cash. In our group Blornvid has served as "treasurer". You'll have to figure that out in your group.
Jan 22, 2024 2:34 pm
Ander stows Trusty Sling, and sheathes his sword. He helps get his friends out of underdarkened caverns. Once all loot has been secured of course.

Friends, I could make great use of the venombane armor, of that I am certain. And, I would simply propose an even split of the coin. Is that agreeable?

It’s amazing, how polite and diplomatic our knightly fellow is. There is surely no known trope of a polite and diplomatic knight, anywhere, at all, ever. Lol
Last edited January 22, 2024 11:17 pm
Jan 22, 2024 2:55 pm
OOC:
All makes sense! The veterans should get a greater take of it. And maybe the three folks who were already down here in the underdark when we joined. Grin likes things that look shiny and fun.
Gold is nice, but what’s that?! He points at the velvet mask. Aethereon might like that, won’t he, Veilstitch? Grinfletch’s cloak immediately alters to a black with velvet texture and silver trim.
Jan 22, 2024 3:02 pm
Quote:
Hellish Gloves : When in the Nine Hells, the bearer has advantage on saving throws.
Skeeve points at the gloves and says, "I hope that I never ever find a time when those would be useful to me."
Jan 22, 2024 3:11 pm
Ishzu spends time checking others to make sure they are OK. Completely ignoring the gathered loot he takes a look around to see if there is anything interesting about this cave.
OOC:
Do I/we need to roll to heal? I want to get and get everyone back up to full health is possible.
Jan 22, 2024 3:20 pm
BTW, before we head back to the manor, Skeeve now wants to spend a little loot to get a healing potion. There's nothing like a sure thing when you are scraping the bottom of the barrel. Just sayin'.
Jan 22, 2024 3:22 pm
OOC:
Outside of combat, Psybermagi does not make us roll because we'd eventually succeed. So, as long as there are healers present, everyone can get restored after combat. It's only when time is critical (e.g. combat) where the rolls are really necessary.
Jan 22, 2024 3:45 pm
OOC:
as daryen said, out of combat I allow rolls with focus and as there is no time limit at the present you can definitely heal everyone.
We will split the parties after the loot division is finalized. Remember your groups will likely not see each other much so you may want to keep that in mind with the loot division and how magic items are handled.
@Bunt We can handle searching for other materials, but with that roll you definitely get something good.
The artificer and wizard explain to Oliver that there is a growth of poisonous fungus north of where you fought. There is also a cave full of spiders that they suggest you not attack without a means to deal attacks to multiple targets as they are many and tiny. Then there is the Gelatinous Cube to the North East. Beside that there are a variety of minerals in the caves. However while the items are identified and appraised Oliver examines the Darkmangle bodies and manages to extract some glands with enough fluids for 3 alchemical experiments. Now all he need to do is spend some time to craft it into a usable form.
Darkmist gland fluid x3 : When removed from the glands this fluid reacts with air or water and to create dark clouds that are impenetrable to light. I may have other alchemical uses as well . . .

Valpip and Fiznik can appraise the items values and pay for then with gemstones if you want to sell them off, or just trade for what they have on hand. (See this post) Ander is currently borrowing the Helm. The other items are available to those who explore the underdark for the Expedition.
Jan 22, 2024 4:49 pm
OOC:
I assume the "poisonous fungus" is the pink stuff? Yeah, that stuff sucked, though I imagine it could be quite useful to Oliver. If so, he should have an infinite supply ...
If Valpip and Fiznik have a healing potion handy, Skeeve will buy it from them. I asked for the ring because I think Skeeve is the only magic user, as Ishzu is psionic. And the bone dice would just be part of his part of the money.

I really want to see who asks for the backpack. That is so cool. The best part is that you don't necessarily have to cart it around with you, unless you're doing some kind of multi-day trip. And who wants that circlet ...
Jan 22, 2024 6:20 pm
WhiteDwarf says:
Ander stows Trusty Sling, and sheathes his sword. He helps get his friends out of underdarkened caverns. Once all loot has been secured of course.

Friends, I could make great use of the venom and armor, of that I am certain. And, I would simply propose an even split of the coin. Is that agreeable?

It’s amazing, how polite and diplomatic our knightly fellow is. There is surely no known trope of a polite and diplomatic knight, anywhere, at all, ever. Lol
"Aye. Agreed on dividing up the coins evenly. As for the other stuff, well, we can each state a claim for something. If two or more of us want the same thing, then there will have to be a round of friendly negotiations. And if no one minds, I'll claim the backpack. He adds a wink.
Jan 22, 2024 6:23 pm
OOC:
Here are the coins: 240 cp, 350 sp, 190 gp.

I think there's seven of us, so that's...

34 cp each with 2 cp leftover.
50 sp each
27 gp each with 1 gp leftover.
Jan 22, 2024 6:28 pm
OOC:
Just a suggestion, perhaps round it up to 10 and let those that are new and do not get any gear take double portions? help out the poor new guys
Valpip and Fiznic have a few items and agree to sell at most 4 potions of healing and 2 antitoxin for 50GP each.
OOC:
Drinking a healing potion as an action heals the character 2 HP
Antitoxin give advantage on poison Saves for 1 hour or removed 1 poison effect and allows ST with advantage on others in the system.
Jan 22, 2024 6:34 pm
daryen says:

I really want to see who asks for the backpack. That is so cool. The best part is that you don't necessarily have to cart it around with you, unless you're doing some kind of multi-day trip. And who wants that circlet ...
As on-theme as they may be, the Circlet combines SO badly with the backpack... or maybe not...
Jan 22, 2024 6:36 pm
Im thinking about the circlet and the chalice

Edit: Yup, Im pretty sure now. Will narrate it soon
Last edited January 22, 2024 6:40 pm
Jan 22, 2024 6:51 pm
circlet on one party member and backpack to another so one can track the other.
Jan 22, 2024 6:53 pm
Skeeve will patiently wait for others to buy them, but if a healing potion is left, he'll take it.
Jan 22, 2024 6:55 pm
Psybermagi says:
circlet on one party member and backpack to another so one can track the other.
Or, assuming you don't always drag the backpack with you into the dungeon or whatever, the circlet can guide you back home to the backpack.
Jan 22, 2024 7:00 pm
I've just thought some ideas for the circlet. Will keep em in reserve for now <3

I'm just gonna say it's the pinnacle of Alchemical instrumentation. Well, that reveals quite a lot
Jan 22, 2024 7:02 pm
Ealdwig stares at the huge stack of coin Blornvid hands him, with his mouth slightly open. I thought coming here would be good, but I never expected this. Wow! Good decision, for sure. Stammering slightly, thanks.
ForeverDED says:
"... And if no one minds, I'll claim the backpack. He adds a wink.
Beaming and chuckling, go for it! It's much too big for me, anyway.

Without even thinking about it, Ealdwig pockets a set of dice just before sitting down to count his newly found wealth, pretty much ignoring everything and everyone else.
Last edited January 22, 2024 7:05 pm
Jan 22, 2024 7:16 pm
Oliver was still contemplating the vials of darkmantle fluid he had extracted, as they swirled about, while the group was having a surprisingly-civilized discussion on how to split the loot. What handsome fellas we have come to meet.

A little spark of imagination then made the circlet capture his attention. Such alchemical wonder, truthfully, and so many questions it led to. What would be sufficient to make it alcoholic? What would be sufficient to make it a beverage?

His excitement was then slightly apparent. "The circlet. I I would. Yes, I would have the circlet... and the cup."

"Isn't magic a remarkable thing?"
Jan 22, 2024 7:28 pm
Psybermagi says:
OOC:
Just a suggestion, perhaps round it up to 10 and let those that are new and do not get any gear take double portions? help out the poor new guys
OOC:
Sure. But wouldn't that be 11 then? 4 new guys? But if Ealdwig is a new guy that would be 12. Doesn't matter to me really. Someone pick a number to divide by! And if Valpip and Fiznik are taking the magical backpack keg to sell to the tavern, that's ok too. :)
Last edited January 22, 2024 7:28 pm
Jan 22, 2024 7:33 pm
OOC:
240 cp, 350 sp, 190 gp.

Divided by 11:
21 cp each with 9 cp left over.
31 sp each with 9 sp left over.
17 gp each with 3 gp left over.

Tell you what, divide by 10. 4 new guys get double share and vets Skeeve and Ealdwig get one share. Blornvid will sit this one out. This way it's divided evenly with no leftovers.

24 cp each share.
35 sp each share.
19 gp each share.
Last edited January 22, 2024 7:33 pm
Jan 22, 2024 7:42 pm
OOC:
Grin will forfeit his gold share to the others for colorful clothing. He wants the mask. If no one wants the vestments… what do the gloves look like? Are they pretty? :D


Grin looks at the gold bracelet, then to Ishzu. If the crystal being wore that, it’d be the biggest engagement ring in the world.
Last edited January 22, 2024 7:44 pm
Jan 22, 2024 7:45 pm
Thunder_Lungz says:

Grin looks at the gold bracelet, then to Ishzu. If the crystal being wore that, it’d be the biggest engagement ring in the world.
OOC:
Rofl

This one made me laugh so much my wife asked if I was ok
Jan 22, 2024 7:48 pm
OOC:
Just let me know when you guys are done with the division. I will try to answer questions but am a bit distracted so tag stuff to me with @Psybermagi
Current assumption is the party will split after the division of loot.
Skeeve, Blornvid, and Eadlwig on to the Mannor
Ander, Oliver, Ishzu, Grin to Underdark
A list of items and their cost available for purchase on bast or from Fiznik
[ +- ] Valpip's magic shop
Jan 22, 2024 7:58 pm
Bunt says:
OOC:
Rofl

This one made me laugh so much my wife asked if I was ok
;)

Definitely want to go to the underdark with the others. If no one else wants the mask, vestments and gloves (only if the gloves are pretty), he’ll take those and leave his gold for the others to parse up.

And when we split up, Grin wants to give Ealdwig and the team a Duende-handshake.
Last edited January 22, 2024 8:06 pm
Jan 22, 2024 7:59 pm
[ +- ] Appraised value of Darkmantle and Roper Loot
OOC:
As any magic item exceeds the split of the loot maybe if you get an item thats it.

240 cp = 2.4 GP
350 sp = 35 GP
190 gp
+
Small gold bracelet (50 gp)
2 Pair of engraved bone dice (25 gp)
Cloth-of-gold vestments (55 gp)
Black velvet mask stitched with silver thread (25 gp)
Copper chalice with silver filigree (25 gp)
190+50+25+55+25+25 = 370 + 35 +2.4 = 407.4 / 135 GP + 8 SP

Should give all information at once to avoid confusion in the future
Jan 22, 2024 8:09 pm
Quote:
As any magic item exceeds the split of the loot maybe if you get an item thats it.
Gotcha, I’ll take just the mask and gold then. Sorry for the run around!
Jan 22, 2024 8:15 pm
I'm fine with just the circlet. The chalice was for elegance points when drinking important potions
Jan 22, 2024 8:37 pm
Lessee,

Skeeve takes the ring.
Blornvid takes the backpack.
Ander takes the armor.
Oliver takes the circlet.

That leaves Ealdwig, Ishzu, and Grin for rewards. The only reward left are the gloves. So, assuming no one wants the gloves (because, seriously, who is planning on going to hell?), we can try to trade it in for one of Valpip's magic items. If no one wants any of those (and there are a couple cool ones), then we can see what we can cash it out for.

Assuming we can trade the gloves for a useful magic item, then that leaves two people needing rewards. I agree that just splitting the loot between the two works fine. That would give each 203.7 GP of value. They can then either divide the items and money up, or convert some/all of it to just GP and gems. Or they can buy a magic item with that GP from Valpip's list. If they are short, I am sure one or more of us can help them bridge the gap to make it work.

Given that, Skeeve will do three things:
1) Since no one can use it and no one has mentioned it, he gets the magic ring.
2) He takes the jasper gem (30GP) from his stash and puts it in the kitty, and takes the bone dice (25GP) and 5GP. That way he gets his dice, but he doesn't change the overall money pile.
3) He takes the zircon gem (50GP) from his stash and gives it to Valpip in exchange for one of those healing potions.

So, net, he just gets the magic ring. But with the swaps, he also gets the dice and a healing potion.

Is that OK? If no objections, I'll update my inventory later.
Jan 22, 2024 8:40 pm
Bunt says:
I'm fine with just the circlet. The chalice was for elegance points when drinking important potions
If you want the chalice, Skeeve will modify #2 above. He will trade in the onyx (50GP) from his stash (instead of the jasper) and take the dice and chalice. Then he just gives the chalice to Oliver.
Jan 22, 2024 8:56 pm
Alright, here's a our approximate wishlist. I think we can split starting there:

-------------------
Ander venombane armor [300gp]

Grin velvet mask (+shiny things if available) [25gp]

Blornvid dwarven backpack [500gp]

Ealdwig dice-n-money! [25gp+...]

Oliver circlet [250gp]

Skeeve magic ring and dice (need to fight Ealdwig to death) [150+25gp]

Ishzu beyond material needs

Not assigned - -
Hellish gloves [300gp]
Small gold bracelet [50gp]
Cloth of gold vestments [55gp]
Copper chalice [25gp]
Raw 227.4gp

-------------------------------

So here's what we can do. Those that are around 250gp or more in their desired item are good to go. This includes Ander, Blornvid, Oliver. Not Skeeve but aaalmost

If Ishzu agrees, it might make sense to give him the hellish gloves [300gp]. Would be quite flavorful (or a good sale).

Grin. Must. Get. Shiny. Things. We should give him the bracelet [50gp], vestments [55gp], chalice [25gp] and velvet mask [25gp] for a total of 155gp, which is a tie with Skeeve.

Ealdwig MUST get money. On top of the dice (assuming he wins his fight to the death with Skeeve), he should get nearly all money. Some should go to Skeeve and Grin, as their items are worth 150-155gp. I say 35gp for Grin, 35gp for Skeeve and the remaining 157.4gp for Ealdwig (plus the dice).

--------------

How's this for a starting proposal? We could make modifications starting from this point of approximate fairness
Jan 22, 2024 8:58 pm
OOC:
Just saw your post. I'll see where we have points in common
Jan 22, 2024 9:09 pm
I’ll let you all work out the math, but Grin is generally happy with Bunt’s suggestions. He just wants a potion of healing on top of pretty shinies, so he’d give 50gp or equivalent to the sales folk for that.
Last edited January 22, 2024 9:10 pm
Jan 22, 2024 9:17 pm
Alright, so you'd be more interested in mask [25gp]+vestments [50gp] and gold. That can be managed... provided that Ealdwig likes something at the shop.

1) If Ealdwig is interested in anything in the shop, we can release some of his big pile o' gold (157.4) and give him the bracelet [50gp] and chalice [25gp] (you would put back 75gp and get these two items, and then use these items to trade)

2) I really really want to know Ishzu's opinion. Is there anything at the shop you like that you could trade for the gloves? I don't want to just forcefully hand them :P
Jan 22, 2024 9:18 pm
LOL - also, there were 2 pairs of dice I believe. At least in the first loot post by benevolent GM.
Jan 22, 2024 9:26 pm
Thunder_Lungz says:
LOL - also, there were 2 pairs of dice I believe. At least in the first loot post by benevolent GM.
OH! That improves stuff a bit. I'm going to summarize with updated changes below, temporarily forcing the chalice and bracelet into Ealdwig to release some money.
Jan 22, 2024 9:31 pm
Bunt says:
Ealdwig dice-n-money! [25gp+...]

Skeeve magic ring and dice (need to fight Ealdwig to death) [150+25gp]
Do note that there is no need for fighting between Skeeve and Ealdwig! The description said:
Quote:
2 Pair of engraved bone dice (25 gp)
So, that means there are four fancy bone dice here! Skeeve suggests just splitting them so we each get a pair. Skeeve will just "buy" them like he said, give a pair to Ealdwig, and keep a pair for himself. Then they can play dice games against each other in some of their down times.

And again, I am pretty sure we can "trade in" the gloves for something else in Valpip's list if no one wants the gloves.

That leaves two main scenarios:
1) No one wants the gloves or any of Valpip's toys. That means (going by the glove value you stated) there is a total value of 407.4 (total coin+shinies) + 300 (value of magic gloves) = 707.4. Divide that out by three for the magic-less people and call it even.
2) Someone does want the gloves or one of Valpip's toys in return. Then that person gets a magic item, leaving just two left. So divide 407.4 by two and give it to the two magic-less people and call it even.

Whatever anyone wants out of the non-magic items is just included in their payout (if they didn't get a magic item) or they pay for it with their existing funds (if they did get a magic item). And don't forget Valpip's mini-magic store.

Skeeve doesn't need any of the cash, even if the ring is low-value, as Blornvid got the highest value item, and Skeeve will get to make use of it along the way. He's good.
Jan 22, 2024 9:36 pm
Ander: venombane armor [300gp]

Grin: velvet mask+vestment [25+55gp] +113gp in coin

Blornvid: dwarven backpack [500gp]

Ealdwig: bone dice+chalice+bracelet [25+25+50gp] +98gp in coin

Oliver: circlet [250gp]

Skeeve: magic ring + bone dice [150+25gp]+16.4gp in coin

Ishzu: hellish gloves? [300gp]


Raw coin adds up to 227.4gp (113+98+16.4 gp)
Jan 22, 2024 9:41 pm
Oh i see, @daryen. Sorry for not seeing you before posting. We can split the 16gp I wrote on you between Grin and Ealdwig, who currently have the lowest total item value [198gp], though I guess having largest amount of coin compensates a bit

Then we may need to move around the gloves depending on what Ishzu wants, as I've gone on a big assumption there
Last edited January 22, 2024 9:43 pm
Jan 22, 2024 9:45 pm
Works for me @Bunt. Though, technically, if Ealdwig and Skeeve split the dice, that's only 12.5gp each, not 25gp each. (I am pretty sure the four dice total were 25gp.) Don't want to over count the funds.

Actually, I'd say count Skeeve for the 25gp and not Ealdwig. Remember, he just took one pair. So, as far as Skeeve (pretends) to know there was only one set of dice.
Last edited January 22, 2024 9:56 pm
Jan 22, 2024 9:48 pm
Oh. Fair point. Let's take money off Grin and give it to Ealdwig then. Grin, you can thank the cheeky magician.
Jan 22, 2024 9:58 pm
Ander: venombane armor [300gp]

Grin: velvet mask+vestment [25+55gp] +117.4gp in coin

Blornvid: dwarven backpack [500gp]

Ealdwig: bone dice+chalice+bracelet [12.5+25+50gp] +110gp in coin

Oliver: circlet [250gp]

Skeeve: magic ring + bone dice [150+12.5gp]

Ishzu: hellish gloves? [300gp]


Raw coin adds up to 227.4gp (117.4+110 gp)
We thank Skeeve for his generosity
Jan 22, 2024 10:02 pm
Also, duende who only took cash, should consider getting one of the two hide armors. They are "only" 100gp. The Fortune Teller's Hide Armor gives you advantage on the first successful attack against you, since you have Evade "always on". The Feinting Hide Armor gives you a free Evade reroll once a day. That's basically a special-use Luck trait. Are they world-beating? No. But they are still pretty useful, especially for duende.
Jan 22, 2024 10:08 pm
If you do that, consider giving 100gp each to Ishzu so he can trade his hell gloves for your two armors and something worth 100gp of his liking

Edit: Or 70, come to think of it. You can give 70gp to Ishzu for your armor (that way you three are balanced around total value 230-240gp)
Last edited January 22, 2024 10:11 pm
Jan 22, 2024 10:20 pm
OOC:
I will assume you split and are happy and split back to 2 parties tomorrow mooring
Back to the Manor here
Jan 22, 2024 10:46 pm
OOC:
Okay cool! Good call friends! Grin will buy the fortune tellers hide armor since it sounds like it might look more shiny (but Ealdwig is free to switch if you’d rather have it). I’ll also buy a health potion from the dudes here.
Ahhh, Valpip, you say? I like the look of that hide armor there… Yes, fortune teller, what?!…Okay here’s 100GP, and how much for that health pot?… Oh, sounds about right I guess! Here’s 50GP…. Yes, yes it’s a pleasure.

Grin uses 3GP of his own starting money to pay the full 150GP for the two items (I think I did that right).

So I come away with: hide armor, health potion, vestment, mask, -3GP. And there’s one happy Duende ready to be tucked into bed.
Last edited January 22, 2024 10:47 pm
Jan 22, 2024 11:03 pm
Gringletch sits back to relax, sipping on a mug of ale and is soon fast asleep as Blornvid looks on with a grin at the potency of hi new pack/flask!
Jan 22, 2024 11:07 pm
(Before splitting into their own city business)

"Blornvid, would you mind sharing a pint of ale from your dwarven backpack with me? That would be enough to fill these five vials, and I would very much like to study that magic alcohol with the aid of my circlet." Oliver seemed very fond of the circlet he was now wearing.
Jan 22, 2024 11:18 pm
We need to hear from @Smiley to truly finish up, as he's the one who got dumped with the Hell Gloves, so he needs to figure out what he wants to do about that.

Also, it'd be good to know if @Arkmenos is happy with his loot, or if he wants something from Valpip's mini-store, too.
Jan 22, 2024 11:54 pm
OOC:
(sorry was busy at work and phone is being slow)
I am fine with anything. Ishzu is very minimalistic, monkish. He cannot use armor. Any coins he receives, he will most likely give to any poor or baggers that come his way.

Please just list what he receives.

I am confused about one thing. Where are we? We were just in a cave fighting mantles and a roper, and now we are trading with someone.
Last edited January 22, 2024 11:56 pm
Jan 23, 2024 12:12 am
Fiznik
You are now at a small research camp underground near a set of tiles set into the ground that is referred to as a Matrix Node. The camp is run by a wizard and artificer. There are a couple guards, a researcher with assistant/porter and a bunch of supplies stuffed into and piled around the three tents. The Matrix is magic tool unknown the the region but research indicates it is a low level enchantment designed to aid in local rituals and allow all similar Nodes to interact to allow communication and transportation between them.
Valpip

The camp supports the research as it takes about an hour to reach here from the surface base camp. The wizard and artificer have a few items on stock, and tricks to access the surface if needed.
Jan 23, 2024 12:22 am
@Smiley,

Sure! We were in a big cave beating up the roper and mantles. However, not too far away is the "base camp" in the caves that is built close to a teleportation pad. This is a tent set up where the two main magic people of the above ground settlement conduct a lot of research. (Namely Fiznik the human wizard and Valpip the gnome artificer.) If you read back a page or two (you might have to go back 2-3 pages to get the full breakdown) you will see the list of items that Valpip has on offer.

You kinda ended up with a set of "Hell Gloves" that help you out if you ever end up in Hell. (Technically, the Nine Hells, but the same idea.) Unless you want those (and no judgement if you do), I recommend that you sell them. So, assuming you don't want the gloves, and you really aren't all that interested in the money or Valpip's magic items, I suggest doing this:

1) We sell the gloves to Valpip. While we see no reason for their use now, this keeps them in reserve in case it ever becomes some place we actually decide to go to.
2) You buy the remaining two healing potions. This gives you options in the near future since you can't heal yourself.
3) You get around 140 or so GP.
Now, with this gold, you split it among your party. (Since you are staying underground, that'll be Ander, Grin, and Oliver.) That way you don't have to worry about the money and they're now obligated to help you out when you need some money spent.

This means that Grin and Ealdwig also get another 30 or so gp each, too.

Does that help, or do you want one of Valpip's magic items?
Jan 23, 2024 12:43 am
Ishzu will tell Fiznik, Valpip, and anyone else that wishes to listen about his recent travels through the underdark.
Meeting Ebonwrath a large black dragon with a pretty good-sized horde.
The Grub rancher Haashad Krisska with his pet death dog.
The tribe of goblins he is currently searching for. He asks if anyone knows the goblin's camp location.
OOC:
Lets go with selling the gloves and buying the Potions. How much coins would I get in total after that?
Jan 23, 2024 12:49 am
Bunt says:
(Before splitting into their own city business)

"Blornvid, would you mind sharing a pint of ale from your dwarven backpack with me? That would be enough to fill these five vials, and I would very much like to study that magic alcohol with the aid of my circlet." Oliver seemed very fond of the circlet he was now wearing.
"It would be my pleasure," he says with a smile.
OOC:
Completely agree with Bunt's division of the loot.
Jan 23, 2024 12:50 am
OOC:
@Bunt, can you run the numbers for Ishzu selling the gloves, reapportioning the money for the three (Grin, Ealdwig, and Ishzu), deduct the 100gp, and give the new total for those three?
You'll have two potions and about 140gp if I remember the numbers correctly, but I want @Bunt to make sure.

Also, Skeeve finds that story very interesting, especially the part about the dragon. He'll try to see if he can get a feel for where that all took place. But that's purely for future reference, as he has a kennel to investigate.
Last edited January 23, 2024 12:53 am
Jan 23, 2024 1:03 am
OOC:
that spider silk might be cool for you.
A dragon horde, death dog and goblins!? You have been busy. I wish I knew where the goblins were so I could stay clear! Unless… you think they might have some pretty wares to trade or… sorry, I think I never properly introduced myself. My name’s Grinfletch. It was an honor to fight those cave beasties with you both. What are your names? He points to Ander and Ishzu.
Last edited January 23, 2024 1:03 am
Jan 23, 2024 1:22 am
Skeeve follows up, "How thoughtless of me! We did quick intros before the big Roper fight, but never followed up!

"I am Skeeve. These are my companions Blornvid and Ealdwig. We came back from trying to tame the Manor grounds for resupply. We were heading back to the manor, but when we heard the sounds of fighting, we wanted to help. Those darkmantles messed us up before, so getting a chance to help even the score was something didn't want to miss! We didn't know about the roper, though.

"I know you all want to explore the underdark more, but don't hesitate to come visit us when you want to finally be above ground for a bit!"
Jan 23, 2024 2:05 am
Nodding to Grinfletch and offering a crystal hand, Grinfletch hears a monotone voice in his head. "I am called Ishzu. The dragon asked me to deal with the Goblin's that are sneaking into his layer."

Ishzu offer's his greet to the others as well.
Last edited January 23, 2024 2:07 am
Jan 23, 2024 2:26 am
Grinfletch is in awe of this crystal being. Not one to back down from the interesting and unknown, Grin eagerly, and almost reverently shakes Ishzu’s hand. It is an honor to meet a - uhhh - a noble and prismatic one such as yourself. You fought so bravely and honorably. My friend Oliver and I - uhhh, Oliver? Now where’s he got to?! He loves finding strange substances, he does… Oi, Oli! Come meet the crystal man!
Jan 23, 2024 6:06 am
daryen says:
@Bunt, can you run the numbers for Ishzu selling the gloves, reapportioning the money for the three (Grin, Ealdwig, and Ishzu), deduct the 100gp, and give the new total for those three?
Aye aye!
daryen says:

You'll have two potions and about 140gp if I remember the numbers correctly
And yeah, that's exactly it.

Essentially Ishzu trades in the gloves for two armors for the duende [100+100gp] and two health potions [50+50gp]. Then Grin and Ealdwig hand him over 70gp each and get their armor. Ealdwig could choose anything worth 100gp instead of armor if he wants.

-----------------------------

After this trade, it's as if you three had received this loot from the fight:

Grin: velvet mask+vestment+magic armor [25+55+100gp] +47.4gp in coin [total worth: 227.4gp]

Ealdwig: bone dice+chalice+bracelet+magic armor [12.5+25+50+100gp] +40gp in coin [total worth: 227.5gp]

Ishzu: two health potions [50+50gp] and 140gp [total worth 240gp]

As you can see, the total coin still adds up to 227.4, and you three have similar total worth value of items. @Grin, with this you can get your potion as well by spending your money and a little extra, which I guess is exactly what you did? Since we started with 10gp, you should end with:

Velvet mask
Vestment
Magic armor
1 Health potion
7.4gp (7 gp and 4sp) in coin

For convenience, say you gave 50gp to Ealdwig for the bracelet and then traded the bracelet for the potion. That way Ealdwig can take the bracelet off his inventory and add 50gp more. Ealdwig's effective loot is thus

Ealdwig: bone dice+chalice+magic armor [12.5+25+100gp] +90gp in coin [total worth: 227.5gp]
Jan 23, 2024 6:10 am
OOC:
I will now return to my slumber
Jan 23, 2024 12:27 pm
OOC:
Math magic! Love it. Yes, that’s exactly what I did with my inventory. Very happy with my shinies :)
Last edited January 23, 2024 12:28 pm
Jan 23, 2024 12:38 pm
"Oh, yes, yes! Here I am. Nearly felt like I was in a trance for a moment there, and frankly the Circlet is a distraction too. Keeps pointing to myself now that I have these ale vials. Also, that darkmantle really left me feeling helpless by the end. I even forgot to count the number of shots, Grin! Hah, that's unheard of... to forget about a game."

He then regrouped with them and was able to see Ander and Ishzu up close for the first time. "Blimey. You both are really shiny. Oliver Alchemist's the name. Otter's the business. No, sorry, it's the other way around." He stretched both of their hands at the same time, and paused for a few moments.

"You're Ishzu. But who... what are you? You bring about a few questions to my mind. Even more than the otterfolk bring to me. Y'know, cause small regular otters do move."
Jan 23, 2024 12:59 pm
Bunt says:
"… Grin! Hah, that's unheard of... to forget about a game."
Grin chuckles audibly, looks to Ishzu and Ander, points at Oliver and exaggeratedly rolls his eyes, shakes his head and says: "This guy," with a little laugh.
Jan 23, 2024 1:38 pm
OOC:
@Arkmenos, you're the last to finish. Your choices are:

bone dice+chalice+magic armor [12.5+25+100gp] + 90gp in coin [total worth: 227.5gp]

Or

bone dice+chalice [12.5+25gp] + 190gp in coin [total worth: 227.5gp]

(You can swap out 50gp for the bracelet, too if you want.)
Jan 23, 2024 1:50 pm
you sit on a couple crates off to one side of the camp after sorting our your own buisness and buisness with the artificer.

Guard
A couple of the guards join you and are grateful to hear that you got most of the Darkmantle and only lament that one got away . However they say one lone beast should be easy for them to handle.

They talk about the other local perrils, the spider cavern and gelatenous cube are both known threats but do not wander so are easily avoided. The spider cavern is supected to lead to the surface and the Expedition would like it explored and either guarded or sealed off. For now they simply check the spiders ocasionally, using them as a natrual deterant. The gelantenous cube resides in what must be a manufactured shaft but who built it and why? It too leads up but as none have been able to get past the cube they leave the cube to guard tht for them. The concern is that if it is constructed, perhaps the buildier of the passage have a way to bypass the cube. So it is still watches closely

Besides those two things there is teh cavern with the pink fungus that emits deadly spores to the NW and the magic pool a short way from the camp. Both Fiznik and Valpip have looked at the magic pool and simply told the guards to leave it alone but did not go into details. Ishzo had been tracking a goblin trail that lead towards the region with the pink fungus and/or the passage back to the surface.

Guard
What, more goblins? Blast. After skeeve and Blornvid cleared teh tunnels beneath the base we hoped we'd seen the last of them Should have knonw better. We'll report this to commander. If you can find how they are getting back into the caverns and show us, along with any other proof, they will likely reward you.

You chat a bit more and they relay the sotries they have heard about those that ventured deeper into the underdark using the passage that leads down deeper into their depths to the west. Once we seure teh othe passages, ya know the spider, the cube, and now the goblin, then tat will be the last problem and we will likely stick a couple guards there. But fore now there are too many places to watch so we just guard back at the base and here at the camp.
Jan 23, 2024 1:59 pm
"I do not know what I am. I awoke hundreds of years ago. I was on a wooden table in a room filled with magical and alchemical equipment. I found this amulet and nothing else..." He holds out the amulet around his neck.
https://i.imgur.com/faCTvrY.png
OOC:
Sweet 2 potions and 140 gold. Perfect!
Jan 23, 2024 2:24 pm
OOC:
@Arkmenos , Grin really wants to say goodbye to you as you leave (he has a parting gift).

And sorry Skeeve & Ander, I’m not ignoring you, there’s a lot going on. Grin does want to thank Skeeve and also acknowledge the others. And he will acknowledge the knightlyness of Ander in due time.

And I’ll add something later for him wanting to help with the goblins and possibly get to see this dragon horde…
Ohhh, that’s a pretty necklace!
Last edited January 23, 2024 2:26 pm
Jan 23, 2024 2:52 pm
OOC:
yeah large groups are tough. 3 to 6 seems optimal, at least for my poor brain
Jan 23, 2024 3:00 pm
OOC:
You do realize that a dragon horde is worth nothing until you kill the dragon. If you take even a single coin or worthless bauble, the dragon will know. And it will hunt you down to get it back no matter how far it has to go to do so. So, to get any of a dragon's wealth, you have to kill the dragon.

... And you might not get full participation on that.

Anyway, no slight read. We've only briefly met, and we're splitting up again. Plus we lost two members between entering the dungeon and now. I think one is now in the background of the settlement (the duende cook), but we don't know what happened to the other (the dwarf merchant).
Jan 23, 2024 3:04 pm
Psybermagi says:
OOC:
yeah large groups are tough. 3 to 6 seems optimal, at least for my poor brain
OOC:
Still, I think it was a good thing to do. It got the characters to know each other a little, and that through the fire of combat! So that's a very good thing. Plus, you got to run it and see what you comfortable with. And, since it was only a temporary setup, you're not now stuck with it. All-in-all, I think it worked out well and you did a great job!

And thank you for being lenient on Skeeve and Ishzu.
Jan 23, 2024 3:14 pm
OOC:
daryen says:
[ooc]You do realize that a dragon horde is worth nothing until you kill the dragon. If you take even a single coin or worthless bauble, the dragon will know. And it will hunt you down to get it back no matter how far it has to go to do so. So, to get any of a dragon's wealth, you have to kill the dragon.
Don't Kill the dragon. He is my friend...
Jan 23, 2024 3:19 pm
"Next time we meet at the tavern, folks, I've thought of this ama-azing game. Everyone gets an ale and one needs to catch the others blindfolded... except... that one gets to wear this", and he pointed at his Circlet. "It's gotta feel funny, not being able to see, but knowing where the nearest one is."

"Plus, when you're caught, you get to wear the Circlet, and you need to drink your beer or you'll be blind for real."

"Heh, might even play it now, with that dwarven ale backpack. I'm sure Fiznik and Valpip wouldn't mind a few broken tables and whatnot. Right fellas?"
Jan 23, 2024 3:37 pm
OOC:
I don’t think Grin would want to steal anything. He wants to be gifted something perhaps for helping the dragon? But he doesn’t yet know the relationship and such… he wants to ask Ishzu about it.
Jan 23, 2024 4:30 pm
Thunder_Lungz says:
OOC:
I don’t think Grin would want to steal anything. He wants to be gifted something perhaps for helping the dragon?
OOC:
The gift of a dragon is that it doesn't kill you out of hand. You're probably not getting anything out of its treasure.
Jan 23, 2024 4:43 pm
OOC:
daryen says:

[ooc]The gift of a dragon is that it doesn't kill you out of hand. You're probably not getting anything out of its treasure.
OOC:
Gotcha. Well, I’ll be asking Ishzu about particulars. I know Oliver wants to go to places with plants and such. Our characters both seemed interested in an underground lake, but I’m flexible. Will want to hear from Ander too about his goals.
Last edited January 23, 2024 4:43 pm
Jan 23, 2024 4:55 pm
OOC:
Sounds good! Good luck on your adventure, and I look forward to seeing what you find at the underground lake!
Jan 23, 2024 5:13 pm
OOC:
We shall meet soon enough! <3
Jan 23, 2024 10:44 pm
"Well, it's time we set ourselves to business. Did I mention you two look very shiny? I think I can say the same thing about Grin as well now, haha."

"Now, before leaving this research camp, there is a little experiment I want to run. Shouldn't take long if you would be so kind to allow me to use a controllable flame, Fiznik. I promise that the outcome could be interesting to you as well."
OOC:
For the sake of narration momentum, I will assume Fiznik said yes and continue from there. I can backtrack if @Psibermagi decides on a different answer.
Once at the research station controllable flame, Oliver adjusted the Circlet that he was already wearing and produced his alchemist gear, as well as the five ale vials. He moved them around to confirm that the Circlet properly allowed him to magically know the position of the closest vial.

"So far, so good. After all they are all alcoholic beverages".

"But what would it take for them to stop being beverages, or to stop being alcoholic? Pure alcohol is definitely not a beverage, but poison. And non-fermented malt is evidently not alcoholic. My hypothesis is that by distilling their contents we should be able to split each vial into the substance that causes it to be a beverage -according to the Circlet- and into the substance that causes it to be alcoholic -likely a purer form of alcohol-."

Oliver attempted to distill the first vial into both substances, making sure that the Circlet detected the substance again when they got mixed together.
OOC:
I will assume that the experiment was successful. Correct me in case I need to roll.
After a while, Oliver reappeared with ten vials of substance in his hands. Half of them were nearly transparent, and half of them were more dense and brown. He handed a vial of each kind to Grin, Ander and Ishzu. "If we're ever separated and you need to send a distress signal, mix the contents of both flasks, and I'll know where to look for you. Then, to turn the signal off, just drink the flask."
Last edited January 23, 2024 11:10 pm
Jan 23, 2024 11:10 pm
Grin, with his mouth hanging open says, Huh… Well… But… supposing… well, supposing I’m feeling a wee bit thirsty… do I drink them both together? Or just one of them?
OOC:
Where in the world did you come up with that? Genius!
Last edited January 23, 2024 11:15 pm
Jan 23, 2024 11:15 pm
Oliver chuckles and snorts. "Definitely together. Don't want you drinking pure alcohol, do we? Mind you, it's less than one fifth of a pint. You'd be fine."

"Or maybe I don't know. It's technically magic ale. If you do drink a single vial, let me know what happens."
Jan 23, 2024 11:31 pm
Ishzu raises his hand and asks Oliver."What if there is another source of alcohol closer, then we are to you when we mix the flask? What if more than one of us gets lost at a time? " He stores the vials carefully in his bag. "I cannot drink the flask. Would you want me to just dump it out?"
Last edited January 23, 2024 11:31 pm
Jan 23, 2024 11:42 pm
OOC:
@Smiley - When Ishzu talks to one person, does only that person hear him?
Last edited January 24, 2024 12:30 am
Jan 23, 2024 11:47 pm
"When the distress is over, I reckon Grin would gladly drink it."

"And yeah, those are good questions. If there's a dwarf drinking an ale between me and you, this won't work. But I'll take my chances in the underdark. I'm not expecting to find a tavern in the middle of nowhere. I guess many more things than just this could go wrong. We'll improvise when that happens."
Jan 24, 2024 12:09 am
Ishzu nods. "What is our plan now? Some sunlight would be nice. Would you rather deal with Spiders or a Slime Cube? Both have passages that lead to the surface."
OOC:
Assume everyone can hear him speak, unless otherwise stated.
Last edited January 24, 2024 1:07 am
Jan 24, 2024 1:10 am
Ander stands proudly in his chic new armor!
I am game for either excision, my crystalline friend! This is a good group, just happy I’m a part of it!
Jan 24, 2024 1:23 am
OOC:
Sounds good, thanks Ish!
Right-o, spiders, slimes, I’m game for either. Maybe we can bribe the spiders with one of the darkmantle corpses? Actually, I’m quite hungry too. The sooner we get up and eat, the sooner we can come back and do… whatever it was we were planning on doing?

Oh, and Sir Ander, your new armor looks pretty on you… actually, are those web-like patterns in the armor? Very nice! Maybe it’s a sign we should go through the spiders, aye?
Last edited January 24, 2024 1:27 am
Jan 24, 2024 1:42 am
Oliver quickly discovers that the brew produced by the keg is rather special and qualifies both as an alcoholic drink and a potions. As soon as it is distilled it looses all magic and produced no alcohol. Interested in the proceeding Valpip offers a wine skin to the expermiments and you soon have 5 sets of small metal flasks. Valpip takes one and mixxes it back together and declars it a horible process for distilling the flavor but works well enough to keep a mouthfull of oddly flavord water and half that much alcolhol.
OOC:
I gave you the options earlier. Let me know your plans when you are ready
Date&Time(Gama): 1@12:30
Jan 24, 2024 2:48 am
OOC:
Though I love the link with web-like patterns in Ander's armor, I think the slime cube would be more sensible, as we have no area of effect, which they really warned we should have
Jan 24, 2024 2:52 am
Psybermagi says:
Valpip takes one and mixxes it back together and declars it a horible process for distilling the flavor but works well enough to keep a mouthfull of oddly flavord water and half that much alcolhol.
OOC:
Yup, fits the bill. That's what happens when an alchemist enters brewer territory.

Knight

daryen

Jan 24, 2024 3:05 am
Knight
The Knight says, "Don't alchemists have alchemical bombs? Or alchemical fire?"
OOC:
I'm glad someone remembered. 🙂 Also, while Ander is the only one who can hear his knight, I thought this would be a more fun way to ask the question.
Jan 24, 2024 3:27 am
OOC:
lol, love the knight! I seem to recall something about peaceful spiders? Somewhere down here? Was it a city of them? Also, Ander’s armor lets him walk through webs and gives him bonuses against poison, which was one reason we might have an edge there. But I’m happy to go the slime route too.
Jan 24, 2024 3:29 am
OOC:
oh!! Can I use the Dungeoneer trait to help?! It’s such a niche trait and I kind of regret grabbing it, but maybe it’s useful this once?
[ +- ] Dungeoneer
Maybe I can get some useful GM guidance from a good roll on which direction we should take (slime vs spiders).
Last edited January 24, 2024 3:34 am

Rolls

Knowledge about spiders/caves - (3d6)

(165) = 12

Jan 24, 2024 4:18 am
OOC:
OK, I can't justify filtering this through the Knight ...

The peaceful spiders where one of the stops through the teleporter platform. If you want more information on the teleporter platform, ask in the general topic and we'll just assume we briefly covered it in more detail that time in the tavern.

The spiders in this cave system are relatively normal spiders. I assume they are about the size of your hand or something. So big in real life, but tiny in a fantasy setting. And this cave has lots and lots and lots and lots of them. So, if you can carpet bomb them, it might be worth the shot. But you aren't going to kill them one at a time.
Jan 24, 2024 4:35 am
OOC:
sorry guys busy day. that's the most discussion i've ever seen about the loot. I still haven't been able to read 6 pages of posts. Think I still have three to go.

Ealdwig doesn't need or want anything other than coin. Oh, and the dice he pocketed. So whatever you work out is fine. He'll sell whatever he is provided. Just let me know what the total is. I assume it was figured out somewhere back there in the posts.

When I can catch up I'll post.
To go back a little in time:
Yeah, hi, I'm Ealdwig. Nice to meet you all.
Last edited January 24, 2024 4:37 am
Jan 24, 2024 5:25 am
OOC:
All good @Arkmenos, yeah, it was a long loot discussion. Take your time to catch up. For your loot you could pick one of these two:

Ealdwig 1: bone dice+chalice+magic armor [12.5+25+100gp] +90gp in coin [total worth: 227.5gp]

(The magic armor lets you reroll one evade roll per combat, which is very nice since you're a duende)

Ealdwig 2: bone dice+chalice [12.5+25] +190gp in coin [total worth: 227.5gp]
Jan 24, 2024 5:31 am
OOC:
@arkmenos, also check the Manor thread as that is where Ealdwig is now.

I figured you were going to take the cash, so you've got the bone dice, chalice, and 190gp in coin. So you now have a decent chunk of cash to your name. (You only got two dice, not all four, because Skeeve took the other two. 🙂) You'll probably wanna keep that chalice for when we party at the Manor!
Last edited January 24, 2024 5:32 am
Jan 24, 2024 5:37 am
daryen says:
OOC:
@Arkmenos, you're the last to finish. Your choices are:

bone dice+chalice+magic armor [12.5+25+100gp] + 90gp in coin [total worth: 227.5gp]

Or

bone dice+chalice [12.5+25gp] + 190gp in coin [total worth: 227.5gp]

(You can swap out 50gp for the bracelet, too if you want.)
OOC:
I can do the first option if the armor doesn't hinder movement in any way. As an acrobat I'll need to move freely. I don't know how to add it to my inventory.

I finally caught up. Wow that was a lot.
Ealdwig listens intensely to Ishzu's tales while partaking in Blornvid's magical ale. Then, mouth agape, he listens to Oliver present his ale theory. Amazing! How did you come up with that Oliver?

To Grin, smiling widely it was great meeting you. I haven't seen one of our kind in a while. Hopefully, we'll meet again in the future. Good luck in the underdark. Stay safe, my friend.

Before heading to the Manor, Ealdwig stops by the little magic shop and picks out some armor, hoping it'll help keep him alive a little longer.

Guard

Psybermagi

Jan 24, 2024 7:12 am
Guard
One of the guards hears you talking about the gelatinous cube and informs you in passin Best be careful if you try and hunt that thing. They are resistant to many forms of attacks. Swords, arows, mace. All just dissolve when they strike it. You best have a good plan.
[ +- ] Recap of the cube tunnel
Jan 24, 2024 9:47 am
daryen says:
The Knight says, "Don't alchemists have alchemical bombs? Or alchemical fire?"
"What? Who? That sounded like some good advise, though. Closest thing I have to fire is a corroding substance and alcohol which is flammable."

"Oh. Alcohol could work against the spiders. We could buy a good batch of wine from Valpip and distile us some pure alcohol. We put it in some nice round flasks, and also drench the alcohol on cloths around Ander's sword and Grin's arrows, to set them ablaze. Ishzu and I can chuck more flasks."
Jan 24, 2024 12:16 pm
Arkmenos says:

To Grin, smiling widely it was great meeting you. I haven't seen one of our kind in a while. Hopefully, we'll meet again in the future. Good luck in the underdark. Stay safe, my friend.

Grin shakes Ealdwig’s hand and says, Aye, I look forward to telling you about whatever adventures we’re about to embark on over a good pint of brew. Oh, I almost forgot… he pulls out a little piece of iron on a string and hands it to Ealdwig. This is called a Cold Iron Charm. Wear it somewhere on you and you should be resistant to the magic of the fey. You’re a brave warrior, and a true-hearted Duende. I’ll see you soon!
OOC:
@Psybermagi,@Arkmenos Not sure if there’s an official description of the Cold Iron Charm, but I remember it as a simple lump of iron without any embellishments on a simple leather string. And it made the effects of fey magic less potent.
Last edited January 24, 2024 12:19 pm
Jan 24, 2024 12:31 pm
OOC:
re: slime or spiders and fire, etc.
Oliver, you continue to amaze. I think the fire is a good option. You know, the guard mentioned the ooze, and I wondered if it could hurt Ishzu? Maybe you’d be resistant? He looks to Ishzu. And it sounded like the ooze is hungry! Maybe we just want to feed it? Lure it out and get behind it so we can get through the tunnel behind it?

For that matter, hundreds of spiders - I’m sure they’re hungry too. I’d say we get the darkmantle bodies, whatever smelly food we can find, and Oliver’s fire as a backup. Then we can go into either cave.
OOC:
@Psybermagi Does Grin’s roll from before for knowledge about cave navigation and cave beasts get him any useful info? It’s the dungeoneer trait.
Jan 24, 2024 12:34 pm
OOC:
Oh wow, THAT iron charm!
Jan 24, 2024 12:39 pm
Bunt says:
OOC:
Oh wow, THAT iron charm!
skrt skrt

Yeah, I took one of those from the hobgoblins and also one of their swords.
Last edited January 24, 2024 12:41 pm
Jan 24, 2024 2:06 pm
Thunder_Lungz says:
Arkmenos says:

To Grin, smiling widely it was great meeting you. I haven't seen one of our kind in a while. Hopefully, we'll meet again in the future. Good luck in the underdark. Stay safe, my friend.

Grin shakes Ealdwig’s hand and says, Aye, I look forward to telling you about whatever adventures we’re about to embark on over a good pint of brew. Oh, I almost forgot… he pulls out a little piece of iron on a string and hands it to Ealdwig. This is called a Cold Iron Charm. Wear it somewhere on you and you should be resistant to the magic of the fey. You’re a brave warrior, and a true-hearted Duende. I’ll see you soon!
OOC:
@Psybermagi,@Arkmenos Not sure if there’s an official description of the Cold Iron Charm, but I remember it as a simple lump of iron without any embellishments on a simple leather string. And it made the effects of fey magic less potent.
Smiling, wow! Thanks. I unfortunately don't have much to give in return. I have this pendant from the Shaman. I'll help with the nasty bugs in the swamp and forest, but it isn't going to be useful down in the underdark. Next time we meet hopefully I'll be able to return the favor. He then remembers and searches in his pack, pulls out the chalice and pushes it into Grin's hands. With his usual nonchalance and grin, here, take the fancy cup. You'll love it. As he leaves with Blornvid and Skeeve to go to the Manor, he looks back, be safe down there. See you soon.
Jan 24, 2024 2:25 pm
Wow, I, uh… thank you. Be safe! Grin is very touched and puts the chalice away, remembering that Oliver might have some alchemical use for it later.
Last edited January 24, 2024 2:26 pm
Jan 24, 2024 3:25 pm
OOC:
I tend to skip posts not made in character after the first read so lost track of the roll
Grin knows that some dungeons have odd effects that can cause creatures to behave oddly. This includes swarms of bugs forming for no good reason. When a swarm forms they tend to be very territorial, perhaps due to the dungeons magic that forms them in the first place, and much more aggressive than normal. The truly terrifying thing about the swarms is there is nothing really to attack or defend against. If the swarm moves over you they start biting and there is no defense save magic. As for destroying them, burning is the most common method with oil often the main fuel source. Smoking them out is also used to agitate and drive them away. Once far enough away from the location they were drawn to they often dissipate. However if the area is not searched and the cause of the swarm destroyed or moved another swarm will likely form again after some time.
Jan 24, 2024 3:33 pm
Ah, great words from The Knight!

Perceptive friends might think Ander is talking about his own self, when in fact he is gaining great griping gab from the gaming piece in his pocket!

Oh how I’d relish in taking my venombane armor for a test drive agsinst arachnid swarms! Perhaps to try smoking them out first, rather than using fire, so as maybe not to destroy any loot they may be around. But we can discuss it.

Ander knows only that he’s ready to save the realm with his friends once again, and that he could use a drink at the Manor ahead of all else!
OOC:
@GM, the telescopic pole and the lighted helm, do we need give those back at Base Camp? I’m updating my character sheet, just making sure. Thx.
Last edited January 24, 2024 3:39 pm
Jan 24, 2024 3:50 pm
OOC:
Ander can keep the helm while in the underdark/caverns. Garric returned the pole
The items listed below are available to be checked out for use in the underdark/cavern from Valpip
[ +- ] Telescopic Pole of Immobility : UD/250 GP
[ +- ] Amulet of Echos : UD/250 GP
[ +- ] Infinite Spider Silk : UD/75 GP
Jan 24, 2024 4:09 pm
OOC:
Ishzu has 150gp. Can I give 25gp to the wizard and 25gp to the Artificer to aid in their research and to aquire more magic items?
Jan 24, 2024 4:40 pm
Grin looks to Ander. Right you are, sir knight!

In fact: "some dungeons have odd effects that can cause creatures to behave oddly. This includes swarms of bugs forming for no good reason. When a swarm forms they tend to be very territorial, perhaps due to the dungeons magic that forms them in the first place, and much more aggressive than normal. The truly terrifying thing about the swarms is there is nothing really to attack or defend against. If the swarm moves over you they start biting and there is no defense save magic. As for destroying them, burning is the most common method with oil often the main fuel source. Smoking them out is also used to agitate and drive them away. Once far enough away from the location they were drawn to they often dissipate. However if the area is not searched and the cause of the swarm destroyed or moved another swarm will likely form again after some time."
Last edited January 24, 2024 4:41 pm
Jan 24, 2024 5:01 pm
Valpip wave away the gold but do offer to sell you things they have on hand. If you insist on giving the gold they give Ishzu a healing potion.
They still have a couple potions of healing, 1 costs 50 GP and heals 2 HP when used (takes an action), as well as antidote, some acid, napthat (fire bomb fuel), and other miscellaneous good.
OOC:
See the ~Tiny Info~ sheet "Price Guide" section, "Stores" spoiler for items available at the base.
Jan 24, 2024 5:07 pm
OOC:
Oh dang! We Could use that fire bomb fuel! And maybe an antidote in case someone gets poisoned.
Grin actually wants to buy another torch and a whistle. That would be 6CP, but he can also buy more oil. He still has some in his bag.
Last edited January 24, 2024 5:15 pm
Jan 24, 2024 6:02 pm
OOC:
@Psybermagi, We've already bought four healing potions from Valpip. Skeeve bought one before he left. Ishzu already bought two. And someone else got one (either Oliver or Grin; I forgot). So unless Valpip had more than four, he's already sold out at the moment.
Jan 24, 2024 8:02 pm
OOC:
There should be one left. Oliver didn't get one, and Grin got just one, as far as I know.
Jan 24, 2024 11:26 pm
OOC:
I thought there was one left as well. Either way, abra cadabra, poof 1 more potion

If you want to go to the surface to shop/relax that would be good as I do require down time, rest in a known safe area, for new traits to be learned developed. 1-2 days. You can either role play it or I can hand wave and you can start on your next adventure in "the morning"
Jan 24, 2024 11:53 pm
OOC:
I am fine with hand waving. I might go shopping for a few useful items. What price are we looking at for items: normal, cheap, expensive, rural, urban, or premium? Do we have proficiency in any of the tools to use them? Do I need to be hired by the Underdark Expedition? I am assuming I was just dropped in this area.
Last edited January 24, 2024 11:54 pm
Jan 25, 2024 12:47 am
OOC:
Good questions! Also, what amount do we sell items for? Normal/cheap/expensive?

You all want to role play in town and work/craft things there? I’ve never really done that before and it sounds very interesting! And the fact we’d get a new trait after is cool too! As part of that, maybe Oliver and I could give the guards a break down here and take a look at the magic liquid and the fungus stuff while on patrol?
Last edited January 25, 2024 1:03 am
Jan 25, 2024 1:32 am
The group chats about future plans and decides to spend the night up in the base. You make you way up, wandering around checking the shops and other amenities.
[ +- ] Arriving on Base
When you check in with the clerk he asks Ander for a report and upon learning of the defeat of the Darkmantle he rewards Ander with 50 gold (as the tasked agent). He asks about the others involvement and hands out 25 gold to the others and marks a ledger for Skeeve, Blornvid, and Eldward to be similarly compensated. When he hears of Ishzu's story he asks a couple questions about your route, the Dragon, and the goblins. He adds that if you find the goblins have regained access to the upper caves, near the research camp and where you fought the Roper, then they would reward you for the information and more for a solution to their invasion of the caves.

You spend the next day making preparations and discussing plans as well as a few friendly sparring matches. The next morning you plan to set out bright and early.
[ +- ] Tunnels
OOC:
Shops and maps are in the Info sheet. Let me know if you are unfamiliar with accessing it.
Jan 25, 2024 3:16 am
OOC:
I think I totally misunderstood you, sorry. Though I am still curious about which price category we use to buy/sell.
Grin would like to sell his starting light armor and the sword he took from the hobgoblins. He would like to purchase a bunch of little things.
OOC:
Let me know if I should list them or not.
Last edited January 25, 2024 3:25 am
Jan 25, 2024 5:13 am
OOC:
Shops sell at Normal and buy at cheap. Assume everything is on hand.
Just list items sold and bought with a total
Jan 25, 2024 8:48 am
Um. ᴴᵒʷ ᵐᵘᶜʰ ᶠᵒʳ ᵃ ᶠᵘˡˡ ᵇᵃʳʳᵉˡ ᵒᶠ ʷᶦⁿᵉˀ Oliver approached the general store clerk. Oh, and I'll also get a blanket and maybe a torch.
OOC:
Roleplaying this just because I don't know the price of wine. Don't think that we need to do this for every item.
Jan 25, 2024 12:22 pm
Psybermagi says:
OOC:
Shops sell at Normal and buy at cheap. Assume everything is on hand.
Just list items sold and bought with a total
OOC:
Thanks boss!
Grin sells his sword and starting light armor for a combined 17g bringing his total to 49.40g.

Right-o dear Clerk, I’ll take:
-1 torch
-3 whistles
(he whispers this and looks over his shoulder at the others to make sure they didn’t hear him)
-1 bucket
-1 pulley
-1 tankard
-1 flask of oil
-1 whip
(is this ranged?)
-1 quiver filled with bolts (crossbow ammo x20)
-1 chain
-1 grappling hook
-1 crowbar
-10 rations
(hangry boy)
-2 Pitons
-1 shovel
… and put it all in 2 sacks for me, would you kindly, thank you very much…
The total is how much? 22gold, 3 silver and 5 copper? Right you are, here ya go!


Grin scampers off to rearrange his pack and his new acquisitions.
Jan 25, 2024 11:54 pm
Ander grabs the fifty gold. Before the good clerk changes his mind!
Thank you, kind sir! I am honored to do this task, and perform knightly…things. It’s a wonderful endeavor, that I…endure..,
Oh, how our knightly fellow kind of goes on like that, for precious moments. Eventually deciding he should stay any coins burning holes in knightly pouches. He needs to save up for heavy armor, after all!
I suppose I should purchase more sling bullets, he says. Handing the clerk a few coins for twenty more shots with Trusty Sling!
Jan 26, 2024 12:02 am
Ishzu grabs a few things from the shop.
OOC:
5 Healer's Kit
25 Climbers Kit
1 Rope (50')
.05 Torches
.5 blanket
5+25+1+1=32
Jan 26, 2024 12:04 am
OOC:
Is the whip ranged?
Jan 26, 2024 12:13 am
Smiley says:
Do you want Heavy Armor? I can buy it for you.
Thank you, friend! I can chip in up to 50 gp, and get you back with the rest later.
Jan 26, 2024 12:22 am
OOC:
Are you able to use the heavy armor, and is it better than the Venombane armor you have on right now?
Jan 26, 2024 1:54 am
OOC:
Oh right, no, I don’t have the Armored trait yet. Thanks though.
Last edited January 26, 2024 1:55 am
Jan 26, 2024 2:13 am
OOC:
Armor is just a conduit for magic. So, having magic armor is better than having mundane armor.

To get the benefit of extra HP for armor, you need to take proficiency. First medium armor proficiency, then heavy armor proficiency. That takes a total of 12 XP (6 XP each) to gain.

Now, whether your magic armor counts as "medium" or "heavy" is up to the GM, but he's been rather flexible thus far. So, no, it isn't worth it for Andor to spend any money on armor, particularly since he has magic armor.

A much better spend would be ditch his piddly little low-class sling and get a big ole impressive bow!
Jan 26, 2024 4:07 am
OOC:
Or a crossbow ;)
Jan 26, 2024 3:51 pm
OOC:
Quick note: Oliver's intention is to buy a LOT of wine and get cracking with distilling alcohol. I can't narrate it until being sure I can buy that much wine, though.

To save the DM some work, we can take a reference from the DnD PHB where a pint of Red Dragon Wine (better than common wine, worse than fine wine) is 1sp, and there are some calculations which were done here up to a painful degree of detail. Based on this, an estimated price for a full barrel of Red Dragon wine is 20-30gp. That would be perfect for Oliver. Also, if our base price per pint is different, I guess we could take the respective proportion.
Jan 26, 2024 3:55 pm
OOC:
i can’t wait to see what you do with so much wine!
Jan 26, 2024 4:00 pm
OOC:
Nothing mysterious. Make alcohol for our fire raid plan, only that. And Oliver needs Duende hands (specifically) to help carry the barrel as well.
Jan 26, 2024 4:19 pm
OOC:
Reading back over this from the split. Assuming 1 down day in the base then of the the next. If you let me know the plan of action I can drop the intro for you to play off while I play catch-up.
Jan 26, 2024 4:20 pm
OOC:
You trying to make a fire with wine? Other alcohols would be better. Wine does not burn very well. Not a high enough Alcohol %
Jan 26, 2024 5:05 pm
OOC:
@Smiley, which beverage would be more reasonable within our world? I'll add your advice in the narration as having come from Ishzu. Easy explanation is that he has learned stuff while helping peasants.
Last edited January 26, 2024 5:05 pm
Jan 26, 2024 5:09 pm
OOC:
Whiskey would be my first guest. Beer, Wine, and Mead don't have high enough Alcohol % to burn. Whiskey should. They higher the Proof the better. Dwarven Fire Whiskey should work. (If it is a thing.)
Last edited January 26, 2024 5:10 pm
Jan 26, 2024 5:17 pm
OOC:
I mean, I'm distillating it anyway (Alchemy) so the final result will be actual alcohol anyway. Just the quantity would vary

Wine is around 10-12% and whiskeys are 40-50%. However, Oliver wouldn't know this and would likely go for whiskey based on Ishzu's advice unless it's criminally expensive
Jan 26, 2024 5:23 pm
OOC:
As a non-alcoholic drink type person this is my understanding. Basically the "hard liquor" is more flammable. Vodka being generally over 100 proof, over 50%, alcohol is one of the more volatile. While beer, ale, mead, and wine have some it isn't considered much.
As an alchemist it would be known that oil based materials are best. Naphtha is a historical term used to apply to most of these fluids. There are some variations that burn hotter, are very sticky, more explosive, etc. Ex recipe: mix tar, oil, fat, crushed linseed, and stir in rough help fiber, place in clay/glass/wax sealed cask container = sticky fire bomb that burns for 3 rounds(vial) or 1 minute(mug sized jar) or 10 minutes(large jar or small cask)
Jan 26, 2024 5:37 pm
OOC:
And... how many gold pieces for a barrel of wine/barrel of whisky? Above I cited a source that calculated 20-30gp for a barrel of good wine (not fine, not common)
Jan 26, 2024 5:39 pm
OOC:
Grin would be happy to help you find/buy ingredients.
Jan 26, 2024 5:59 pm
smiley says:
Don't Kill the dragon. He is my friend...
OOC:
Ummm..... Do dragons have friends? The best they have are likely Frenemies who are other dragons, powerful wizards, demons, angels, etc. Allies, servant, enemies, and food are the usual classifications at least according to legends.
Thunder says:
- When Ishzu talks to one person, does only that person hear him?
OOC:
I allow short range, close zone = 25', broadcasting for chatting. But then it is not selective and everyone hears it. Selective targeting has the same range without a roll but can go to Far, 75', with a roll.
Smiley says:
Do we have proficiency in any of the tools to use them?
OOC:
Without a skill or background you have disadvantage to try anything. If you want to add some specific tool then it would be as a trait
Quote:
Do I need to be hired by the Underdark Expedition? I am assuming I was just dropped in this area.
OOC:
previously it was required. Now it is established enough there are random adventurers and they have open contracts on things. If you sign up with the Base clerk you get free healing and other minor benefits but have to do assigned tasks.
Thunder says:
You all want to role play in town and work/craft things there? I’ve never really done that before and it sounds very interesting! And the fact we’d get a new trait after is cool too! As part of that, maybe Oliver and I could give the guards a break down here and take a look at the magic liquid and the fungus stuff while on patrol?
OOC:
Crafting is a bit under construction but the basics are you need materials then roll a Test if you have the trait.
Please state any activities to produce anything in character with the appropriate Test rolls
Quote:
1 whip (is this ranged?)
OOC:
no, its a light weapon. but it will allow some tricks and options other weapons don't
OOC:
I recently changed how Armor is being handled. No skill or trait is needed for basic light armor which everyone starts with. The Armored trait allows you to wear Medium armor effectively for +1 hp per fight. After that it will be a prestige trait for heavy armor +2 hp per fight. Specifics and wording is in flux so... But anyhow Armored gets you +1 HP with better armor you would need to find/buy. All armor, unless specified, is assumed to be light armor.
Bunt says:
To save the DM some work, we can take a reference from the DnD PHB where a pint of Red Dragon Wine (better than common wine, worse than fine wine) is 1sp, and there are some calculations which were done here up to a painful degree of detail. Based on this, an estimated price for a full barrel of Red Dragon wine is 20-30gp. That would be perfect for Oliver. Also, if our base price per pint is different, I guess we could take the respective proportion.
OOC:
Numbers are fine for me but see below for buying bulk wine. Oil is better for flammable stuff. If you are looking for an alchemical base for other things then there are cheaper sources of that than whine which is crafted for flavor that most alchemy would ruin.
OOC:
I saw some pricing glitches in the store and will work to clean this up over the weekend.

Current assumption is to take on the spider nest

Point out any missed questions or plans.

Oliver
Um. ᴴᵒʷ ᵐᵘᶜʰ ᶠᵒʳ ᵃ ᶠᵘˡˡ ᵇᵃʳʳᵉˡ ᵒᶠ ʷᶦⁿᵉˀ

Shop Keeper
By contract we don't sell that by the barrel except to the tavern and cantina. Whatcha need it for anyhow? If you want a big party talk to one of them and they can arrange bulk pricing.
If you just need alchemical alcohol then it is the same price as oil, 1 SP per flask. For a small keg it's only 10 GP
Jan 26, 2024 11:11 pm
"Wow, I am such a fool. Why didn't I just ask if they sold alcohol? So, please, I will take two kegs of alcohol, one hundred flasks -the round ones-, four jugs and a blanket. How much is that? 22 gold, 5 silver and 8 copper pieces? Yes, that's perfect, and no, I think I have enough hands to carry the kegs."

"Oi! We got it! A good batch of alcohol. I won't need to spend all day distillating. Also, I think you were right Ishzu, it was probably a bad idea to do it with wine. We'll just need to carry this to base and begin cutting the blanket to put them on your arrows Grin. I also bought round flasks, which are easiest to chuck with a sling. You might be interested in that, Ander."
OOC:
After we get to base, Oliver and volunteering pals cut pieces of blanket and tie knots around some of Grin's arrows (to drench them in alcohol later). Additionally, they fill 40 round flasks with alcohol, which fully empties the first keg. Ten alcohol flasks are given to each of Ander, Ishzu, Grin and Oliver and each one is given a jug as well.
"We'll need to bring the second keg with us when we travel."
OOC:
Grin: You now have cloth-arrows, ten alcohol flasks and a jug.
Ander & Ishzu: Each of you now has ten alcohol flasks and a jug.
Jan 27, 2024 12:01 am
Our knightly fellow secures his newly-acquired goodies!
Thank you so much, Oliver. Oh, I do relish me a good pint! Or, flask! Whatever!
What’re we talking about again?

His player trying to keep up after a live-long working day, Ander thanks the clear as well. Standing chic in his fancy magical armor, and ready for action! lol
Jan 27, 2024 12:42 am
Grinfletch excitedly receives the flasks and other supplies. He’s eager to be ready and soaks the cloth on his arrows in alcohol to let them dry before they head out.

Well, I feel ready for the swarm! Little beasties usually don’t scare me, but in great numbers… well, we might want to try to get some smoke into the spider lair too. So bring some sacks to burn too? I’ll purchase a couple more.

Once we get the spiders out, we’ll either need to keep them out for long enough to figure out why they’re swarming there, and then remove them…or just find the cave exit and tell the guards so they can watch it.
Last edited January 27, 2024 12:44 am
Jan 27, 2024 1:27 am
Ishzu carefully stores the vials in a few sacks and holds the pitcher out not sure what to do. Be careful of smoke. It cannot flow easily in these caves and we can easily get smoked out."
Last edited January 30, 2024 3:17 am
Jan 27, 2024 1:40 am
Hmm, Ish has a point. Well, I’m game to go down there and see which way the wind blows!

Oh! Almost forgot…
here! He passes Ander and Oliver each a little whistle. Not sure when it might be handy, but I thought we could communicate using these. Sorry, Ishzu, I, uh… wasn’t sure if you had a mouth to blow, and you’re already able to speak into our minds.
OOC:
Now that I’m writing this, I’m wondering if these whistles are musical instruments or if they’re little emergency whistles (which was my first assumption)
Last edited January 27, 2024 1:45 am
Jan 27, 2024 1:48 am
OOC:
@Bunt Hey, what’s in the jug you gave us? More alcohol?
Last edited January 27, 2024 2:05 am
Jan 27, 2024 1:52 am
OOC:
It is a jug.
Last edited January 27, 2024 1:53 am
Jan 27, 2024 12:27 pm
OOC:
gotcha, no alcohol in them yet. Here comes the fire! We’re a bunch of pyromaniacs.
Jan 27, 2024 7:27 pm
The next day you load up, get a permit to enter the tunnels again with Ander designated as the team lead, he nods to this "of course it it the gallant knight" and make the trek to the cavern with the camp. You pass the wizard and artificer who are heading to their own camp and chatting as the porters carry their torches, packs, food, a new footstool, some wine, new candles. . . . . and you keep going with a cheerful greeting.

Date&Time(Gama): 2@9:00

You start searching for the spider cavern based on the map Ander carries and after a while you are very sure you have found it. Cobwebs fill a small side cavern and Oliver can smell fresh air being blown into the cavern from beyond. The entrance to the cavern is small enough that only one can enter, leave, or evel look into the area at a time. Your torchlight causes a strange rustling as you near the entrance but when you look in you see nothing but webs and a faint indirect light from somewhere above and beyond the webs.
Jan 27, 2024 10:31 pm
"Huff, puff." Oliver puts the heavy alcohol keg on the floor, and takes a few long breaths.
"Oh. I smell fresh air beyond this entrance. Care for a jug of alcohol, Ander? Armor or no armor, you're first and might need it. Go ahead, lighten up this load."
Oliver opened the keg, made the offer extensive to Ander or anyone else who may want to fill their jug, and then proceeded to close back the keg. He wasn't ready to carry the keg and a jug full of alcohol at the same time. He kept his sling and his torch close, and had stored some round alcohol flasks with his munition.
OOC:
Oliver's torch is NOT yet on fire. That would be catastrophic carrying a keg of alcohol.
Jan 27, 2024 10:37 pm
Ishzu wraps the rope around his waist and ties it tightly. "I will go in first. I check to see what is in the darkness. If I pull on the rope or if you hear me in your heads Pull. Me Out."
Jan 27, 2024 10:45 pm
OOC:
Just a reminder to Oliver : slings take 2 hands to reload. So if you have the mug or torch in hand you can not reload the sling.
Ishzu move to enter the cave after securing a rope around his waist
With or without a torch in hand? Any other actions before Ishzu heads in?
Jan 27, 2024 10:47 pm
Perhaps you should bring a jug of alcohol to pour around you as you move in? Then it’ll be ready if we need to set it alight?

Also, Ander, does your spider armor help you fight against spiders and such?

As for myself, I’ll stand back a bit from the entrance to shoot from range and with this lit torch, I’ll light my arrows.


He stands back 30 ft from the entrance, lights a torch and sets it into the ground standing up.
Last edited January 28, 2024 12:05 am
Jan 27, 2024 11:05 pm
OOC:
Maybe Evade action. I just want to mentally scan the area for anything living. Then leave.
Jan 27, 2024 11:19 pm
Psybermagi says:
OOC:
Just a reminder to Oliver : slings take 2 hands to reload. So if you have the mug or torch in hand you can not reload the sling.
OOC:
Thanks for the reminder. For the time being both my hands are busy carrying the keg. My torch and my sling are in my belt
Jan 28, 2024 3:13 pm
My armor doesn’t help fight spiders, per se, but it will help your knightly fellow from being trapped in vile webs! That’s what it says on the tin, anyway! I’m pretty sure. Hopefully!
Our ambiguous knightly fellow thanks kind offer for alcohol. Helping Oliver pour from ye ole jug!
Yes, this is prolly heavy, my friend! I will help with your burden, Oliver, let me bear it.
Last edited January 28, 2024 7:09 pm
Jan 29, 2024 9:41 am
OOC:
So, to add some momentum to this: Ishzu is entering the cave while doing evade action and tied to a rope connected to us three, ready to pull him out if needed. He will pop in and mentally scan the area. Grin has a torch that is lit up, so he only has one hand to hold the rope. Ander has a jug of alcohol and Oliver is carrying the keg, so they both put their stuff on the ground for a moment while holding Ishzu's rope. They'll pick their stuff back up when they can let go of the rope.
Last edited January 29, 2024 9:42 am
Jan 29, 2024 12:26 pm
OOC:
yeah that works for me.
Ishzu, I’ve got your rope! Just mind-speak to me if you need pulling out! Also, maybe see if there’s anything in the spider cave you can mind-speak to as well? Maybe there’s an intelligent spider in there or something?
Jan 29, 2024 1:56 pm
As Ishzu steps up to the small opening to the cave a gentle breeze causes the webs to blow and shift. Stretching out to feel for life . . Ishzu is nearly overwhelmed by the myriad tiny specks of energy that flood the small cave. And there . . Singing connecting them all... With a step further in to sense better Ishzu's foot treads on a web and instantly the webs wipe into a sweating mass of black, grey, white, and brown spiders moving towards Ishzu

Everyone roll initiative 2d6 and declare 1 action for after you spend one to pull Ishzu back. Ishzu can do 2 actions. 1 before, 1 after being pulled out.
Jan 29, 2024 2:19 pm
OOC:
Delighted otter noises
"Did you find any... Aargh!"

After pulling Ishzu out, Oliver opens the keg at his feet and grabs his sling.
OOC:
Are both of these things a reasonable action? If not, I'm fine just opening the keg.
Last edited January 29, 2024 2:21 pm

Rolls

Initiative - (2d6)

(35) = 8

Jan 29, 2024 3:13 pm
Yanking the rope, Grinfletch then takes up his loaded crossbow and lights the cloth at the end of the bolt. He aims and focuses into the spider cavern.
OOC:
I’m assuming that he can’t light a fire arrow and focus/use quick draw attack in one action? So if so, discount my "focus", just use my action to light the arrow.

Rolls

Initiative - (2d6)

(12) = 3

Jan 29, 2024 3:19 pm
"We need a way for that torch to stand upright on its own. Uh. It's kind of a terrible idea, but what if you put it in the keg filled with flammable material?"
OOC:
Maybe do not put it head-first, but you do you.
Last edited January 29, 2024 9:50 pm
Jan 29, 2024 6:14 pm
After helping pull Iz back, Ander assist with leveling the torch and grabs Trusty Sling!.

Rolls

Vigilant! - (3d6)

(361) = 10

Jan 30, 2024 3:18 am
Ishzu tugs on the rope, and the others can hear a panicked "PULL! in their heads. As he is pulled out, he chucks a sack, containing a few flammable flasks, into the cave. Once safe with the others, he regains his footing and pulls out a torch of his own.
OOC:
I am hoping the sack will shatter inside the cave so we can set it on fire. Rolling Basic Test.

Rolls

Ishzu: Test - Init - (2d6)

(36) = 9

Ishzu: Test - Throw sack. - (2d6)

(64) = 10

Jan 30, 2024 1:31 pm
OOC:
This system is not too worrid about action economy but the basic are you can move short distances and do 1 simpe task for free. I concider droping thing instantanious so you can drrop 1 weapon and grab another for free. Swapping them takes an action.
Torches can drip burning pitch. You NEVER put a lit torch into an open container of combustables or BOOM
As toches are soaked in pitch they do not extinguish easily and can be set or tossed to the ground wihtout fear of it going out. Also, Ander has his helm of the headlight :) so you can all see fine.
At Ishzu's prompt the group pulls him out and hears a shattering from withing the spiders cave. The flasks are of a type common to adventurers, Simple clay containers that are tough enough but shatter when struck hard. Ishzu has just enough of a glimps to see the small sack begin oozing the oils form within as he is yanked out.
Oliver opens his keg and grabs his sling to load and fire in a moment.
Grin lifts his readied crossbow with the bolt tip soaked in oils ready to light and fire in a moment. But the thought of the flame inside the crosbow echanism brings hims a bit of concern as the oils may drip ont the bow itself and the flames will surely be detrimental to it. Sigh, this is likely why fire arsher usually use long or short bows and not crossbows.
Ander loads his sling and prepares to fire it.

Meanwhile a moving carpet of arachnids swarms out of the cave on all surfaces. The flow starts to spread a bit as it gets out of the small cave opening but the majority make their way towards you with other branches moving to go around you or above you. Beyond them the cave is filled with the sight and sound of countless spiders ranging from some the size of sand to other bigger than your hand.
OOC:
Everyone but Grin can act before the spider swarm envelops you all.
Good luck
Jan 30, 2024 1:51 pm
OOC:
Uhhhhh…terrifying
Jan 30, 2024 2:07 pm
OOC:
Ohhhh, I totally didn't think about the bow vs crossbow thing. Solid callout

Knight

daryen

Jan 30, 2024 2:32 pm
Knight
The Knight says, "..."
Jan 30, 2024 2:34 pm
OOC:
with that, I kind of envisioned the cloth being over the point of the bolts. And the bowstring is still behind the bolt. I guess I’m confused about that.
https://i.imgur.com/chR3uUP.jpg
Jan 30, 2024 2:43 pm
OOC:
How big is the hole the spiders are coming through?
Jan 30, 2024 3:41 pm
The opening is a rough oval about 6' high x 4' wide.
OOC:
Bows are often fired with an arc.
Crossbow shoot strait. That's why people can use crossbow as beginners with less training. Fire arrows typically have what amounts to a small torch head around the tip which makes it fall quickly. They are also often looking so the flames never touch the bite when drawn. Putting a liner bolt in a crossbow is typically not good as it can throw off the aim by changing the bolt weight vs the the guidance of the crossbow barrel. Many crossbows barely have any bolt stuck past the view itself.
It's not a big deal for mechanics. But since a crossbow can be loaded in advance I figure it should have done drawbacks.
Jan 30, 2024 4:06 pm
OOC:
Would the barrel we have block a lot of the hole?
Jan 30, 2024 4:10 pm
OOC:
Gotcha, so if I want to make a crossbow shot and light the cloth on the end, will lighting it take an action and then I can attack? That might account for Grin taking a little extra care to account for the fire and the weight of the bolt?
Jan 30, 2024 11:36 pm
Ander sends a sling-shot into cavernous air! Then grabs the barrel, and attempts to he,p block the hole. At least to bottleneck the flow of arachnids coming out!

We’ll prolly need to firebomb the entire cave, if we’re going to get them all, Ander exclaims!

Rolls

Sling! - (1d6)

(2) = 2

Jan 30, 2024 11:49 pm
Ishzu grabs his torch, lights it, and throws it into the cave, trying to aim for the smash vials.
He then moves further away from the mouth of the cave.

Rolls

Ishzu: Test - Throw Test. - (2d6)

(22) = 4

Jan 31, 2024 3:33 am
Oliver slings two alcohol flasks at the smallest chokepoint of the cave entrance.

"Uh oh. We really really need a spark now."

Rolls

Sling flask 1 - (3d6)

(625) = 13

Sling flask 2 - (3d6)

(632) = 11

Jan 31, 2024 3:54 am
OOC:
Smiley says:
Would the barrel we have block a lot of the hole?
Not physically, this is a small barrel, like a mini-keg however the flames of the fluids would fill a large area.
Thunder_Lungz says:
Gotcha, so if I want to make a crossbow shot and light the cloth on the end, will lighting it take an action and then I can attack? That might account for Grin taking a little extra care to account for the fire and the weight of the bolt?
Assuming you made preparations in advance then lighting one bolt is no big deal, so free action.

Attacks with flaming pitch on the tips of the bolts is at disadvantage to strike a specific target, like the oils in side the cavern. If you are going to shoot the oils at the cave mouth then the area is big enough to be a basic Test
Aders toss shatters on the lip of the cavern entrence but luckily most of the fluid still spills inside. Ishzu tosses a lit torch into the cavern but it gets a bit tangles by webs as it sails into the cavern and lands a foot from the pool of oil a couple of feet into the cavern. Oliver smashes two flasks at the ground then targets the far wall of the opening from Anders well planned shot.
Jan 31, 2024 4:24 am
Waiting for the perfect shot, Grin aims his flaming bolt at the cave mouth right after Ishzu emerges. In his peripheral vision he sees Oliver and Ander sling alcohol flasks at the cavern entrance and he says to himself:

Want to see a magic trick?

He fires the flaming bolt at the entrance right as the flasks shatter.

He then reaches into his pocket and grabs another alcohol flask, aims it towards the torch light coming from within the cave and hurls it.
OOC:
Okay, last round for his one action after pulling Ishzu’s rope, Grin used focus. His free action that round was to light the cloth on the end of the bolt. So I think this crossbow attack is applied with marksman AND mastery, so any 3+ hits, right?
Also, I’m guessing the throw the alcohol flask into the cavern is at disadvantage…

How sick would it have been if I got 666!?
Last edited January 31, 2024 4:30 am

Rolls

Crossbow (focus,marksman,mastery) - (3d6)

(555) = 15

Hurl Flask - (1d6)

(2) = 2

Jan 31, 2024 5:51 am
With a loud whoosh the entrance to the cavern is filled with flame and the spiders rushing at you begin to scatter. The cobwebs near the flames all shrivel instantly, exposing more of the caverns interior, but the smoke and flames make looking inside or getting near difficult. The combination of flames and webs quickly causes the oil tossed into the room earlier to also catch. The flames do not fill then entire cave and some of the spider form the cave flee it on the ceiling into your part of the cavern. . .
Jan 31, 2024 1:50 pm
A sense of dread washes over Grinfletch who quickly tries to think of a solution…Ishzu! What did your crystal mind see?!
Last edited January 31, 2024 1:51 pm
Jan 31, 2024 3:43 pm
Ishzu shakes his head "Too Many. Cave was a Blur of Life. Something seemed to connect to them."
Ishzu grabs another torch, lights it a flame, and starts using it to burn the spiders as they come out.
OOC:
Is there any rubble or rocks around we can use to block the cave mouth?
Jan 31, 2024 4:22 pm
OOC:
Do we have a window to do stuff right now? I'll roleplay away without doing stuff just in case.
"They are a... thrilling... form of life, alright."
Oliver is not amused by the swarm of little spiders.
Last edited January 31, 2024 4:22 pm
Jan 31, 2024 11:21 pm
As the spiders start swarming out into the main cavern area, our knightly fellow turns his attention to helping light ammo aflame. Trusty Sling, simply ineffective, it seems!
OOC:
I got nuthin’ ol. Can I help light-up and load ammo for our crossbows?
Feb 1, 2024 5:26 am
The are some loose rocks lying about and while some of you move to prepare to block up the passage you pause as you realize the spiders are no longer moving in a cohesive manner and are simply scattering from the flames. But the little fuel you have tossed in the cave will soon burn out. As you watch the flames, squashing or side stepping the occasional spider that wanders to close.
Feb 1, 2024 12:07 pm
OOC:
should we keep taking our turns? Are the spiders going to attack?
Feb 1, 2024 1:39 pm
The spiders in your area are unorganized and react like normal spiders and flee your approach.
OOC:
No need for combat order at this time. The flames will only burn about 1 minute without additionnal fuel, but will diminish greatly fdrom the large initial flame as you only used a handfull of maller flasks, about 1/2 cup each. The keg of oil you got held about 16 cups so has about 10 left. I dont bother tracking things too much so just balparking it here

Knight

daryen

Feb 1, 2024 2:13 pm
Knight
The Knight says, "Feed the fire!"
Feb 1, 2024 2:45 pm
Well, if we can spread the fire into the cave and scare the spiders out, we might be able to find the thing that’s connecting them and remove it. If we don’t remove it, the swarm will come back.

Grin puts his crossbow on his back, and with an alcohol flask in one hand and his torch in the other, he rushes towards the cave entrance.
Feb 1, 2024 7:04 pm
Using his staff Ishzu pushes the barrel of oil into the cave and topples it so the burning oil spreads all around the bottom of the cave...
OOC:
Hopefully this is ok.

Rolls

Ishzu: Test - Push Barrel - (2d6)

(42) = 6

Feb 1, 2024 9:10 pm
OOC:
good idea, it gives us time to figure out what’s inside there - maybe we’ll be able to see it and Ish can connect to it with his mind.
Feb 2, 2024 2:13 am
OOC:
Taking this risky action as also having used "Focus"
You manuver the barrel of oil as closs as possible before Isuzu uses his pole to push it forwards then into and through the flames. He uses his telekinetic powers to keep the thing from tipping early then knock it over. You all quickly retreat and after a moment a loud whoosh is heard and the flames grow in brightness and intensity.

By this point the flames have drivven the spiders deeper into their own cave or perhaps out into the open? Either way you have little to do for the next several minutes as the oil burns and the flames slowly dwindle to mere traces. Still the heat of the rocks makes you wait a bit longer before moving towards the cave.
OOC:
I will add more in the morning but feel free to actreact up to this point as I wil resume with you entering the spider cave
Feb 2, 2024 2:57 am
OOC:
Sorry for not posting today. Just finished thesis. I'll get back to posting tomorrow c:
Feb 2, 2024 8:34 am
"Sure, Ishzu, take the keg, what are you going to AAAHH."

"Well, that will certainly... scatter them."

Oliver proceeds to retrieve and wrap up some cloth from the now-torn blanket he had bought around his nose and mouth, and offered pieces to his companions as well.

"Here, just so you take in a little less smoke. And no, I definitely haven't done this before."
Feb 2, 2024 1:02 pm
Grin gratefully accepts the cloth which he ties over his nose and mouth. Well, I’d say we’ve done a good job clearing out the spiders. When the flames die down, I’d like to get into that cavern and have a good look around. Something was keepin’ those spiders swarmed in there, and it wasn’t food…
Last edited February 2, 2024 1:04 pm
Feb 2, 2024 2:11 pm
The stench is terrible when you finally move to enter the side cavern. Though not wide or deep you ralize it is very tall. The light you saw from before is much brighter and far overhead. Most of the webs were destroyed by the fire but a few tattered remnants remain high above. The cavern floor and lower span has been burth clear of all webbin and not a single spider can be seen. The webs are too high up and the walls are smothed so the any attempt to climb will be difficult. You search the lower reaches of the cave and find nothing but a few chard spider corpses of various size. To solve this riddle you will need a way up . . .
Feb 3, 2024 1:28 am
Awww, phooie! That stench! Let’s find this thing that’s connecting the spider swarm and get out of here! He looks up.
… You don’t suppose it’s up there?
Feb 3, 2024 9:28 am
"There's nowhere to go but up, isn't there?"

"But something intrigues me. There appears to be an exit right there, to the surface. Maybe we could find it from the other side. It must be very well hidden if it hasn't been mapped already."

Oliver took out one vial of wine alcohol and of wine extract that he had distilled at Vaplip's and also took out some blanket cloth and an empty round flask.

"But we could - you know - sling a wine beacon up there and search the hidden entrance using this fabulous alcoholic circlet."

"That is, unless one of you is an extraordinary climber... or secretly avian."
OOC:
I can't believe the blanket is so ridiculously useful.
Last edited February 3, 2024 9:37 am
Feb 3, 2024 12:42 pm
OOC:
Lol, and this whole alcohol finding circlet is coming in super clutch!
Grin scratches his beard… huh… Oliver, I do believe you are the smartest person I’ve ever cave-delved with… what if we leave behind something smoking so we can also see it from up there? And maybe dissuade the spiders from returning while we search?

Wait a minute, where’s our crystal friend got to? Can he sense the thing we’re looking for?
Feb 3, 2024 1:48 pm
Ishzu pulls out two coils of rope and a kit with some climbing gear. He looks up the hole to see what we are dealing with. "We might be able to climb up at least one of us. Need to find where to secure the rope."
OOC:
How high up are we talking about? Earlier, you said something about something connecting the spiders when I looked around. Where was that at?
Feb 3, 2024 2:00 pm
"Brilliant, that sounds like a solid idea, Grin. If we go with that plan, we will also need your talent as dungeon delver to get to the correct area in the surface."

Oliver was then surprised by Ishzu being so well equipped for the occassion (where was he storing all that??).

"Oh wow. Well, if you can pull that off, there's no need for a plan B."

"Ishzu, before you try to climb, do you mind moving my torch telekinetically here and there to collect some spider web? I want to see if I can make some sticky substance out of it later, but it's too high up for me since we burned the lower webs."
OOC:
(my torch is unlit)
Last edited February 3, 2024 2:01 pm
Feb 3, 2024 2:24 pm
Ishzu has a simple backpack on his back.
He does what Oliver asks. The torch floats up and twirls around collecting some webs...
Feb 3, 2024 2:25 pm
Our knightly fellow takes wise advice, to feed the fire!
Do we seem to be making any progress, Ander asks. Emerald eyes gazing upon cavernous flames!
OOC:
Are we making any progress at all, with the plan, or do we need to regroup on that?
Feb 3, 2024 2:52 pm
OOC:
It sounds like we’re holding off on stoking the flames for now while Ishzu tries to climb up and get a reading on what was connecting the spiders. If we need to, we could use Oliver’s alcohol trick and light a fire and go up to find the hole
Feb 3, 2024 3:48 pm
OOC:
Maybe to be on the same page:

Ishzu did feed the fire big time by rolling the full contents of the alcohol keg into it (he said oil, but I always assumed he meant that). All the little spiders dispersed. Since that point, we let the fire die out to explore the cave, and now there seems to be no other way but up, where there might be more spiders.
Feb 4, 2024 2:54 pm
The multitude of spider prevented Ishzu from localizing their connections but reaching out he feels a vague similarity upwards. As he begins collecting some of the higher webs a few hand sized spiders scurry higher up once their hiding spots are exposed. The cave looks more like a crevice that stretches and winds up at an angle has been worn with time and possibly earlier weather exposure. Your torchlight ends before the highest point you can see, which is illuminated indirectly from above and to a side. You guess the visible crevice to be well over 50' so the surface is likely 70-90' or so up.
Feb 4, 2024 3:46 pm
(Click)
Ander flips on Ye Ole Helm of the Bullseye! Intending to grant high-powdered, additional lighting to piercing darkness!
My magically-minded helm may aid your torchlight, good Ishzu! Hopefully so!
Feb 4, 2024 4:06 pm
Grin is keeping his eyes out for spiders, turning around frequently to look behind him. Veilstitch, let’s give these spiders a bit of a fright… he commands his cloak to appear black with two great shiny eyes. Great idea, Ander! What if you and Ishzu climb up ahead and Oliver and I cover you from here? If there’s a big spider up there, Oli could hurl an alcohol flask and I could fire a flame arrow?
Feb 4, 2024 5:14 pm
Anders helm give greater detail but the upper reaches still have some shriveled and soot covered webs that diffuse the light. While you see better there is nothing discernable from your current location.
OOC:
Volunteers? Who wants to climb with the pyromaniac duende shooting fire bombs near them as they hang from a cliff face? :)
Feb 4, 2024 5:30 pm
Ishzu looks around and tries to figure out the best way to start the climb up. He secure the 2 ropes together and swings the climbing gear to his side.
A piton floats up and slams into the wall. The rope curls and wraps itself around it. He climbs up the step by step forcefully placing pitons with his mind.

Rolls

Ishzu: Test - Climb? - (2d6)

(51) = 6

Feb 4, 2024 5:33 pm
Our knightly fellow steps up to the plate!
Yes, good Grin! I will make the treacherous climb! And oh how the annals of legend will tell tall tales of all of it!
Hardly waiting for long-awaited acknowledgment, Ander takes up position with rope and hook. And in due time, begins darkened ascent!

Rolls

Climbing! - (2d6)

(63) = 9

Feb 4, 2024 5:52 pm
Grin places his bright torch down on the rock next to him and readies an alcohol-cloth-wrapped bolt. He aims the crossbow up into the cavern ahead of the ascending party.
Feb 4, 2024 8:04 pm
Oliver gets out some round alcohol flasks and places them in the munition pocket, readying his sling.
"This is definitely not safe, but I'm ready."
Feb 6, 2024 10:47 pm
Oliver cheers at his companions attempt to climb the vertical tunnel.

"Pretty certain you can do it. Maybe. We'll be here to cover you with exploding fiery flasks. Quite sure you'll be fine. Probably."

"Brave heroic knights surely would know a song for this. Oh, I know just the right otter song!"

Flapping, jumping, gasping
scales up in the air
swimming in the river
upstream whence they came!

A calling from their cradle
salmons must obey
And weary, wise, and old they
come back home!
OOC:
A little lyrical love to give us some momentum :)
Last edited February 6, 2024 10:48 pm
Feb 7, 2024 2:12 am
With his crossbow still trained up and ahead of the ascending heroes, Grinfletch says,

Haha! and he sings:

In the depths of the dungeon,
where shadows dance,
There roams a Duende
with a fiery lance.

With crossbow in hand,
and heart full of zeal,
Through cobwebbed corridors,
he makes his deal.
Last edited February 7, 2024 2:13 am
Feb 7, 2024 2:16 am
Our knightly fellow makes valiant climb! He keeps his sword close, drawing from knightly sheath if and only when his climbing skills afford one free gauntleted hand for to do so.

We will best these beasties friends. Which is better than besting besties. Because we want to keep our friends alive and well!

Oh, that valiant knightly fellow, and his heroic soliloquies. Even within clutches of certain death!
Feb 7, 2024 2:20 am
Right you are, Ander! After this we’ll boast to our besties ‘bout the beasties we bested!
Feb 7, 2024 2:26 pm
Ishzu and Ander begin ascending and get up to about 30 feet without issue but being that they just having difficulty. Ishzu slips the rope through a pitton and secures himself and Ander at that point as they continue higher.

However after only another 6 feet out so three of the largest spiders yet, the size of cats or dogs, climb out from a narrow opening to stand above the pair waving their legs towards them.
Feb 7, 2024 2:44 pm
OOC:
Does Grin have any insight into their behavior with dungeoneer trait? Either way I think we might consider a non-violent response.
Last edited February 7, 2024 3:10 pm
Feb 8, 2024 1:01 am
OOC:
While Bunt respects Thunder_Lungz's peaceful ways, Oliver had an alcohol flask ready to sling, and sling away he will.
"Aah! So many eyes!"

Oliver desperately slings an alcohol flask at one of the dog-sized spiders, and follows with another flask for the other spider.

"With so many eyes, I hope alcohol alone is irritating enough to stop them."
OOC:
Two actions: sling, and load-n-sling
OOC:
Post-roll: te-he
Last edited February 8, 2024 1:02 am

Rolls

Sling 1 - alcohol flask (spider 1) - (3d6)

(141) = 6

Sling 2 - alcohol flask (spider 2) - (3d6)

(122) = 5

Feb 8, 2024 2:50 am
Wait-! Grinfletch tries to recall what he knows about cave monster communication. If they don’t first attack, then there might be some other reason for their appearance…

Ishzu! Try moving around them and projecting a warning that we will start more fire if they don’t let us pass!

Grin picks up the torch, waves it once in the air and lights the loaded bolt in his crossbow with it. He also takes some bonus action movement forward towards the party.
Feb 8, 2024 12:13 pm
OOC:
slight chuckle , gung-ho to the rescue ?
Perhaps next time say something in character?
Some players will not respond to ooc in character for a more immersive role play. Also roll a test for better results. Just asking gets bare minimum
Grin is slightly confused. There are legends of intelligent spiders but this cave has dozens of species. The larger ones overhead are acting strange. . .

You see 2 missiles fly overhead missing all possible targets but splashing nearby, frightening Ishzu and Ander...


The spiders hiss and two rear on hind two sets of legs to spray webbing down onto those below
Oliver and Grin roll a save test to avoid being engaged on the web. If webbed you must break free as an action before doing anything else

The spiders move freely on the walls it is doubtful that Ishzu and Ander can out maneuver them

Rolls

Random guy location, 1 Ander, 2 Ishzu, 3 above then, 4 left, 5 right, 6 above slider - (1d6, 1d6)

1d6 : (4) = 4

1d6 : (5) = 5

Feb 8, 2024 4:18 pm
Ishzu ignores the spiders. Making sure his rope is secured he looks up and tries to see what is drawing the spiders. He keeps climbing.
Feb 8, 2024 4:41 pm
OOC:
lol, you all are often better tacticians and I’m very happy to defer to others.

Rolls

Web save - (2d6)

(14) = 5

Feb 8, 2024 8:55 pm
OOC:
Sorry, maybe I wrote too soon. Next time I'll wait for Psibermagi's answer
OOC:
Post-roll: Oof these numbers
Last edited February 8, 2024 8:56 pm

Rolls

Web save - (2d6)

(21) = 3

Feb 8, 2024 11:59 pm
Agh! Spiders! Who would’ve thought we’d have such horror here?! Oh wait-

Gathering knightly nerves, Ander continues cavalieric climb!
OOC:
Can I reach one with my sword while climbing? If not, then disregard the roll please.
Last edited February 8, 2024 11:59 pm

Rolls

Sword on Spider! - (2d6)

(66) = 12

Feb 9, 2024 12:12 am
OOC:
fingers crossed that you just beheaded that spider.
Feb 9, 2024 9:26 pm
Grin and Oliver both become entangled by the sticky mass of webs that fall on them while Ishzu tries to get past the spiders who harass him, preventing him from getting near a specific location of the cave. While this is going on Ander ascends next to the crystalin companion and getting a firm grip pulls and thrusts his sword in 1 swift motion, killing a spider. The other 2 spiders instantly move to assault Ander biting at him twice.
Psybermagi sent a note to WhiteDwarf,Smiley
2 bite damage to Ander -1 due to his armor = 1 damage to ander

Rolls

Spider assault on Ander 2x2 - (2d6, 2d6, 2d6, 2d6)

2d6 : (54) = 9

2d6 : (31) = 4

2d6 : (26) = 8

2d6 : (41) = 5

Feb 9, 2024 9:39 pm
Grinfletch rips and wriggles himself free of the webs and fires his flaming crossbow bolt at the area where Oliver slung the alcohol. He shouts, it looks like…Ander, move around the specific area they are protecting and maybe they will withdraw or risk leaving it unprotected!
Last edited February 9, 2024 9:41 pm

Rolls

Crossbow bolt (fire) - (3d6)

(544) = 13

Feb 9, 2024 9:45 pm
Ishzu releases his grip on the rope and drops as stiff as a stone on the rope. He hangs there, swinging back and forth.
Last edited February 9, 2024 10:56 pm

Rolls

Ishzu: Test - Basic - (2d6)

(21) = 3

Feb 9, 2024 10:42 pm
Ander swingscwifely with TrustySwprd. Even as scary spiders strike back!
Aaahhhh….!
It is perhaps only through knightly valor, or valorous knightliness, that Ander is able to reach gauntleted hand to sticky strands just in time. Perhaps avoiding lethal tumble into cavernous darkness!
Last edited February 9, 2024 11:45 pm

Rolls

Test - (2d6)

(36) = 9

Feb 9, 2024 10:51 pm
"Gahh! Sticky... Web!"
Oliver wiggles free, and tries once more to sling an alcohol flask at one of the spiders who bit Ander.
"Here comes an eyesore!" For the spider, hopefully.
OOC:
I know we don't usually count ammunition, but I am counting the number of alcohol flasks left in Oliver, as that's slightly different (and I'd rather have them be limited): he had 10 and has so far slung 5
Last edited February 9, 2024 10:56 pm

Rolls

Sling alcohol flask - (3d6)

(156) = 12

Feb 10, 2024 12:17 am
OOC:
good point… I’ll count mine too. @WhiteDwarf , does Ander have weapon proficiency? If so, he should roll 3d6, right?
Feb 10, 2024 1:52 am
Thunder_Lungz says:
OOC:
good point… I’ll count mine too. @WhiteDwarf , does Ander have weapon proficiency? If so, he should roll 3d6, right?
Should he? lol I prolly should’ve-read the rules, I think I kinda got Weapon Mastery w/o realizing it. I’ll check it out, and will roll it here just in case.

Rolls

Weapon Mastery - (1d6)

(2) = 2

Feb 10, 2024 3:34 pm
Grin ignites the area to the right of the climbers, illuminating the area and burning some of the remaining webbing of the higher reaches. Ishzu is stunned and talls, cracking his shoulder and back against the wall as the rope stops his fall but not his momentum Ishzu takes 1 damage from falling. . Though Ander is slightly shocked the spiders prove more bothersome than the assault of his mind, which is filled with thought of bravery, valor, and victory over his opponents. Oliver aims and land the oil just above one of the spiders that is immediately drenched in the combustible fluid. It hisses in protest and Ander, whom they are grappling from above is similarly covered in the fluid as well though less so as much of it landed on the spider.
OOC:
Ander has mastery with the sword but 2d6 is a crit hit so no advantage over that incredibly lucky strike. Thanks for reminding about his 3rd dice.
Tracking limited resources is a good idea. Thank you for doing so.
no proficiency attacks with disadvantage 1d6
weapon proficiency is basic test 2d6
weapon mastery is with advantage 3d6

As these are small flasks I am saying that each can only cover 1 normal creature, it will not burn for too long, and does not damage directly upon impact. As stated earlier these spiders are bigger. You do not need the burning area affects to target them.
As the spiders are small and Ander is below them . . . 1 of the spiders and Ander are now flammable, congratulations :)
p.s. Ander should be cautious of the flames to his right for the next bit.

Ander and Ishzu can still act this round
Feb 10, 2024 7:07 pm
Using an action to maintain his heightened position, Ander uses another action to swipe at another arachnid pest with TrustySword! Which is accidentally typed as one word, and…looks neat!

Rolls

TrustySword! - (3d6)

(152) = 8

Feb 10, 2024 7:30 pm
Ishzu ignores the spiders. He keeps climbing hoping to get back to where he was before. "Keep them off me as best as you can." The others hear in their heads.
OOC:
Evade and CLIMB!
Feb 10, 2024 8:11 pm
OOC:
Grin still has a lot of flammable materials.
Hearing the voice of a crystalline angel in his mind, Grin yells: Go Ishzu! We’ll cover you!

He expertly loads, aims and fires two crossbow bolts at the spider(s) closest to Ishzu.

Spirits of the wild, forgive us for hurting these creatures.
OOC:
Before we leave, I’d like to save one of the baby spiders and raise it as a pet. Grin loves cave dwelling creatures and only fights them if necessary.
Last edited February 10, 2024 8:15 pm

Rolls

Crossbow shot - (3d6)

(361) = 10

Crossbow shot - (3d6)

(535) = 13

Feb 11, 2024 1:03 pm
"Eeech! I'm sorry, Ander! Hope you don't touch fire! Let us go classic rock, then."

Oliver loads his sling with regular round river rocks and slings at the spiders near Ishzu, to clear the path ahead of him.

Rolls

Sling RRRR 1 - (3d6)

(156) = 12

Sling RRRR 2 - (3d6)

(511) = 7

Feb 11, 2024 1:41 pm
Wowee, good shots all round! Hopefully they know when they’re beaten and retreat. They look thunderstruck to me!
Feb 12, 2024 5:46 am
You quickly eliminate the remaining spiders. As you do you hear and feel a strange CRACK noise/sensation as a wave of vertigo washes over everyone. Regaining your footing, with Ander and Ishzu clinging tightly to the rock face, you look for any additional threats but find none. Ander and Ishzu explore the area the spiders were guarding and find a small crevice leading in a winding path so that Anders light can not see far into it's length. Ishzu might fit inside but Grin is estimated to be the best candidate for exploring it. The area above is easily cleared of the obscuring webbs and you find the passage up will not be to difficult for everyone to follow but ascening its length may take some time and will require the rope to be repositioned before you reach where you estimate the cave to exit to the surface.
Feb 12, 2024 1:00 pm
Hold, friends. Before we leave the cave, perhaps I can quickly investigate the crevice here that the spider lords were guarding. Ishzu, do you still sense a the force that connected the spiders from earlier? He holds out his torch and approaches the crevice.
Last edited February 12, 2024 2:06 pm
Feb 12, 2024 1:39 pm
Ishzu checks but it seems without the spiders he can detect noting specific. There is something in the area that creates a kind of mental echo but he can not localize it.
Feb 12, 2024 6:00 pm
Yes, good Grin! Please, check out that hole!
Ander uses action to maintain his heightened position. Mov8ngbjust behind Grin to cover with TrusrySword in case of trouble!
Feb 12, 2024 10:29 pm
Right! Here we go! Grin wiggles his way into the crevice with the torch in front of him.
Feb 12, 2024 10:48 pm
Grin clibs up with the help of the rope and slides into the small opening toch held in front. . .
Let me know any preparations and if Ishzu will accompany Grin.
Psybermagi sent a note to Thunder_Lungz
Feb 12, 2024 10:57 pm
"Good luck, Grin! No doubt your bravery and height are befitting to this task. When you're ready to call us, or if you need help, mix your two wine vials into wine and we'll squeeze in and rush right after you."

Oliver watches Grin enter the crevice, slightly anxious. He thought he liked spiders, but has now decided that he doesn't fancy them all that much. Still, Oliver feels a twinge of regret about burning their nest.

"I wonder what that strange vertigo was. It happened just as we defeated the dog-sized spiders. Oh, and speaking about them..."

Oliver studied the dog-sized spider carcass for anything that might be an alchemical ingredient of interest.
OOC:
I'm rolling to identify any alchemical ingredient of interest in the spider. If it's a substance or something that I can detect via smelling, mammal+alchemist would give me advantage to identify it. Otherwise, ignore the third dice.

Rolls

Alchemical identification - (3d6)

(433) = 10

Feb 12, 2024 10:58 pm
Ishzu sets himself up to hang by the entrance to the cave Grin is entering. He pulls out his staff and swings it around to collect webs out of the way. "Need more Rope. What I have is not enough.
He follows Grin into the opening dragging his staff next to him just in case something happens.
Feb 13, 2024 2:16 am
Retreating as quick as he can from the passage, Grin moves to the mouth of the crevice and yells out to his companions:

Oi, I’m alright! There’s some sort of crystals growing in here - embedded as it were, right into the walls of the passage. Only problem is, the crystals reflect the light from my torch so much, that it becomes a little too bright for my eyes! I wasn’t able to go through to the end of the passage, but I could make another try of it if I drape my trusty Veilstitch over my eyes to deaden the light.

He pops his head and shoulders fully through the crevice.

Ishzu, you want to come take a look? We might try to gather some crystals to bring back to show the others, but I don’t rightly know much about crystals with special properties. Perhaps you could take a gander?

Grin steps out into the cave. His cloak changes to a dark sheer fabric that is somewhat transparent. He takes the end of it and drapes it over his face. How about this? He reaches for his pack that he left by the crevice opening and takes out a crowbar and a bucket. I could use these to collect some samples for my dear Oli? I just didn’t want to harm the crystal if it might have been precious in some way to you, Ish… I mean to say, I never knew crystals could live such noble, vibrant lives as you, and perhaps these are some of your kin?
OOC:
Do I know anything about these crystals or recognize them?
Last edited February 13, 2024 2:48 am
Feb 13, 2024 2:04 pm
Once you both get in deep enough to examine the crystals together you determine that they look like any other crystal found in the earth. Admittedly this is a high level of concentration. As Grin uses the crowbar to try and lever a sample free everyone is assumed mentally. Those outside get a wave of vertigo but Grin and Ishzu nearly pass out 1 damage each and are assaulted physically as well as mentally. As the two in the crevice regain their senses you realize the torch had gone out but the crystals continue to flicker with a light if their own.
Ishzu becomes aware that though the crystals do not have thoughts of their own they are natural psionic properties. This may have something to do with the spider swarm.
Feb 13, 2024 2:26 pm
With a hand to his head, Grinfletch stumbles a bit. Woh! Sorry, Ishzu, I didn’t want to hurt any crystal being, I swear! He picks up his crowbar, and scoops into one of his hands whatever dust is on the floor below the crystals he tried to take as a sample. I’ll leave it to you, then. We’ll wait outside for you when you’re ready. He makes his way out of the crevice back to the main cave.
OOC:
Grin wants to give Oliver some crystal dust or whatever is there on the ground. And he also wants to give Ishzu some privacy in the crystal cave.
Last edited February 13, 2024 2:28 pm
Feb 13, 2024 2:33 pm
OOC:
<3!!! Can't yet thank in character
Feb 13, 2024 2:35 pm
As Grin collects the piece he knocked free he realizes he cracked a crystal when trying to get a sample. The piece was larger than he originally thought and it looked like he broke off the tip. Perhaps all of it is connected or it only reacts when the crystal itself is affected??? There are many smaller crystals all along the crevice wall but he is no miner so it's unsure if they are connected as well or dagger to extract.
OOC:
feel free to move the story along
Ex : as Grin exits the crevice and hand over the samples Oliver thanks him...
You can play off of each others stated intentions without needing to wait for explicit acts. Think of this as collaborative story telling. With this in mind if you include character actions, words, and intent then this becomes easier as everyone gets to know each others style.
Feb 13, 2024 3:09 pm
Grin exits the crevice and leans on the wall to steady himself and catch his breath. He holds out his closed fist to Oliver. Here, Oli, it’s a piece of the crystal and some dust from the ground of the crystal passage. The piece was larger than I originally thought - this is just the tip. It’s possible the whole cavern is one single connected crystal. I’m not sure, but maybe Ishzu will have answers when he comes out… ugh, I feel wheezy and my head hurts. When I took the sample, a tremor of some sort washed over my mind. I felt dizzy and my head throbbed for a moment… it felt almost like I had hurt the crystals somehow. And now I regret taking the sample…
Last edited February 13, 2024 3:55 pm
Feb 13, 2024 8:47 pm
Ander sheathes his sword and applauds halfling crystal retrieval!
Well done Grin, well done indeed!
Ander produces his magical map case, which surely annotates the party’s present position and findings thereupon.
Take care, small friend! Yes, hopefully Ishzu can help as well with kind crystalline insight!
Feb 13, 2024 9:19 pm
Ander, Oli, what d’you think about keeping the spiders out, though? The power of that passage - well, they might return… and does it matter if they do?
Last edited February 13, 2024 9:19 pm
Feb 14, 2024 12:06 am
Ishzu slides farther into the crystal cave. "Accidents happen. I will see what I can figure out about these." After Grinfletch leaves, he pulls out an amulet around his neck and checks to see if it is reacting at all to these crystals.
After that, he takes a few seconds to focus, calm his crystalized brain, and see if he can mentally communicate with these crystals at all.
Feb 14, 2024 10:52 am
Olivers eyes are wide open in fascination at the crystal and dust presented by Grin.

"Grin, this is marvellous! And you mean to say that this caused us vertigo? That is certainly peculiar. It may have lost its properties now that it's out of the crevice, but who knows. Let's see if we can do something interesting with it later, shall we?"

And he stored the crystal away, and then did the same with the dust, using a vial. He smiled widely at the discovery.

"Regarding the spiders, I don't mind them appearing again, but I guess the intention of the rest of adventurers is to clear this passage, so it would be nice if we could disperse the spiders without having to burn their nest again. And the crystals might be the key for that."
Feb 14, 2024 10:53 pm
Ander examines the crystal shard.
Maybe if we…AIM the Crystal at one of the spiders? See if they react to it?
Feb 14, 2024 11:35 pm
It is fascinating, Oli - I can’t wait to see what you do with it! And I understood that the caverns were to be made secure somehow. Spiders might make good guards of this cave entrance. And goodness, maybe Ander, you could be right! Perhaps walking through this cave holding one of the crystals would keep the spiders from attacking? Thst would make it possible for folks to enter or exit as they please! But then again, perhaps the goblins could do the same… curious.
Feb 15, 2024 4:46 am
The amulet reacts only minutely. However when he tries to project his mind to the crystal his thoughts are split and redirected. The entire party feels Ishzu's contact but it is different and everyone feels an odd pulling sensation.

Everyone roll a Save Test, 2d6
Feb 15, 2024 4:50 am
OOC:
Save
Last edited February 15, 2024 4:51 am

Rolls

Save - (2d6)

(26) = 8

Feb 15, 2024 5:03 am
OOC:
Save!

Rolls

Save test - (2d6)

(12) = 3

Feb 15, 2024 5:56 am
OOC:
Test

Rolls

Ishzu: Test - Basic - (2d6)

(64) = 10

Feb 15, 2024 11:45 am
OOC:
Rolling.

Rolls

Ander: Save Test - (2d6)

(54) = 9

Feb 15, 2024 2:09 pm
Everyone feels a weird sensation as if they momentarily overlap and replace Ishzu. In fact Ishzu feels an increasingly tight and strong connection between himself and oliver forming through the crystals between himself and Oliver. Oli-zu/Ish-ver feels their two bodies close to their center and is comforted, all is well. They are stronger together as they are one. The must stay close to the center or lose their new oneness. Memories and thought begin to blend but then a fraction of themselves rejects the oneness and shatters the link before they can override it.

Oliver slumps to the ground overwhelmed and faints. Ishzu has a raging headache form being psionicaly overextended. Luckily his people have mastered their thought and used a similar technique to help teach each other so he knew how to break the bond before it got too well established. Looking again at the crystals he quickly retreats from the crevice.

Psybermagi sent a note to Smiley
Feb 15, 2024 7:55 pm
Woh! Grin holds his head then notices Oliver slumped over next to him. Oliver! Hey, Oliver! He shakes Oliver… Help! Ishzu, help!
Feb 15, 2024 8:47 pm
Oliver fainted.
OOC:
Wooooah :O
That was awesome
Feb 16, 2024 12:01 am
Ishzu spends a few moments collecting his thoughts before climbing down to meet with the others.
He looks down at Oliver "Our otter friend will be fine. When I tried to connect with the crystals, our minds got melded together for a bit.
"The crystals need to be removed from this area. They have very strong psychic powers. Over time, they will mutate and empower the spiders in this area.
Last edited February 16, 2024 12:23 am
Feb 16, 2024 12:31 am
Ander exclaims with knightly excitement, Ah, yes! Removal of the crystals! It shall be a mighty fear indeed! Eh…how do we go about doing that, exactly?
Feb 16, 2024 1:02 am
Grinfletch rolls Oliver on to his back and places a blanket under his head. Don’t you worry, Oli, Ishzu says you’ll be alright. You just had your mind melted a bit… hmmm…

Grin, ignoring Ishzu and Ander for the time being, puts on the Black velvet mask stitched with silver thread and wraps his cloak around himself, willing it to a velvet black with silver ribs that run across its insides. If he holds it out to either side, they will look like bat wings. For now, he awaits Oliver’s wakening with the intention of scaring him for a practical joke when he does. He figures that Oli would most appreciate a good-natured laugh once he comes to.
Last edited February 16, 2024 1:41 am
Feb 16, 2024 1:36 am
You discuss how to remove the crystals while awaiting Oliver's recovery. His swoon lasts a couple minutes and he wakes with a migraine
Feb 16, 2024 1:39 am
CRAOOOAWWWW!

Grin spreads his cloak wide in an imitation of a ghoulish winged creature.
Last edited February 16, 2024 3:13 am

Knight

daryen

Feb 16, 2024 3:03 am
Knight
The Knight says, "I'm sure the gnome can provide something to destroy the little crystal cave."
Feb 16, 2024 6:42 am
Oliver woke up resting on a soft blanket yet with a hard migraine, and with a silver crow-like skeleton cawing loudly, but who actually turned out to be a prankster Duende in disguise. He slowly became aware of these facts, one at a time, in that order.
"Oh. Ow. What ha... AHHHHH! HAHAHHAHAHA! You devilish duende you. You scared the fur out of me, with those omen-of-death looks."

He slowly sat upright, with a visible headache.

"Did you put the soft blanket as well? Like a true reaper of old tales: give with one hand and take with the other. Thank you."

"What just happened?"
Feb 16, 2024 1:43 pm
"While you were examining the crystals below I was attempting to mentally connect with them above. Our minds momentarily connected. It was too much for your mind to handle." He grabs a few of the loose crystals and peers into it. "Connecting with these crystals revealed some locked away knowledge about my kind. That I was not aware of. I wish to learn more." He sets the crystal down. "I told the others that these crystals need to be destroyed but I recede from that idea. I wish to see if we can excavate the crystals as a whole. The crystal must stay in tact."
Feb 16, 2024 3:54 pm
Aye, aye, rest a little and be merry, Oliver. Here’s your waterskin. Drink deep. Maybe I shook you to your senses, or maybe it’s the laughing, but you’ll be right, I think.

Grin pulls off the mask and sits down next to Oliver, listening to Ishzu’s requests.

Well, Master Ishzu, but how can we remove it? And where is it going? Isn’t there some way to block it up? And what about some lunch? I’m right famished, I am! And Oliver here - he needs a rest, don’t he?
Last edited February 16, 2024 3:54 pm
Feb 16, 2024 4:50 pm
Date&Time(Gama): 2@11:30
Feb 16, 2024 5:23 pm
I can stand watch during a time of rest, friends. I believe we’ve earned it. The time of rest, I mean!

Knightly intuition tells me…perhaps we speak with our gnomish benefactor at base Camp, about ways to burn-out the cavern? Take care of the problem once and for all?
Feb 16, 2024 5:23 pm
"I need to speak with the Leaders of the camp. See if they can get a crew to delicately remove the crystal. If that doesn't work I have another idea. I am going to head back." Leaving the ropes in place Ishzu starts heading back to camp.


Feb 16, 2024 5:26 pm
Ander follows back to Camp.
Ah, good call, my crystalline friend! A safe removal of the Crystal would be best indeed!
Feb 16, 2024 7:42 pm
Grin offers his hand to Oliver so they can be on there way too. Right! We’re coming with you! I don’t think we should be gone too long in case the spiders come back! Should we set something alight to smoke while we’re gone?
Feb 16, 2024 8:03 pm
OOC:
A deep voice rumbles throughout the cavern "Only you can prevent wildfires" and Grin feels a massive and ancient presence glaring at him from the darkness
Feb 16, 2024 8:06 pm
OOC:
lol!…Sm-m-m-mokey? Is that you?

nah… on second thought! Let’s get out of here and catch up with the others!
Last edited February 16, 2024 8:08 pm
Feb 16, 2024 8:14 pm
Psybermagi says:
OOC:
A deep voice rumbles throughout the cavern "Only you can prevent wildfires" and Grin feels a massive and ancient presence glaring at him from the darkness
OOC:
Should we answer this OOC? Does that mean it's happening irl? :O
Feb 16, 2024 8:24 pm
You make it back to the research camp to find Fiznik grumbling at the Matrix Node and no sign of Valpip
Feb 16, 2024 9:30 pm
Ander arrives at Base Camp and gazes emerald eyes all around.

Fiznik, we come seeking advice. We think we’ve discovered the secret to yon spider cave, but we need…a tool, or tools, some means to remove crystal from stone. Probably something a bit…heavy duty, in order to remove a large bit safely.

Would you great base campers have anything like that?
Last edited February 16, 2024 9:31 pm
Feb 16, 2024 9:34 pm
We might need a crew to excavate a large area of underground psychic powered crystals. Is there a crew of workers that could be assigned to assist? Transportation for the crystal back to this camp would be required also.

Fiznik

Psybermagi

Feb 16, 2024 9:51 pm
Fiznik
The wizard, interrupted from his musings glares at Ander then Ishzu then stops at the mention of "psychic crystals". What?!? Are you daft? Get a gaggle of untutored menial workers together around a large concentrations of crystalized thought? Are you mad?

He continues his rant as he marches back towards his tent shouting orders at guards about "sending a runner", "where's that blasted gnome", "You lot, stop slacking and start packing up everything I will need" to the guards who look bemused as the wizard disappears into his tent, then look at the crates of equipment, then to each other. Too slow! booms the wizard as he reappears and with a casual wave of his hand the guards are flung back out of the camp as it erupts into motion. Several crates are empties as invisible hand move things about then loaded back up and ties to sets of transport poles. The guards are rudely moved over to the crates and shoved under the poles.

Nodding his head in satisfaction he glares at the guards not conscripted to being porters and snaps See no one disturbs the area or touches anything. Sound the alarm if there is trouble With a final glare the turns back to face you and smiles.

Lead the way, not time like the present. Off we go.

Or, did I just disrupt weeks of research and my nice comfy camp for a prank
and he looks you all over meaningfully.
Feb 16, 2024 10:15 pm
Oliver stares at the spectacle of Fiznik's outburst from a safe distance, grinning, with the headache now receding. He dared not speak a single question to the very intense wizard.

"Shall we? Right that way."
And he pointed in the direction of the cave, following after the crystal expert, who just so happened to be a sentient crystal himself.
Feb 16, 2024 10:52 pm
Ishzu leads Fiznik to the crystal"I convened with the crystal. The whole thing seems to be a almost sentient entity. The spiders were drawn to it and feasting on the crystals. It was slowly mutating them." He points to the ropes and the small cave holding the crystal. "I believe it needs to be moved but I would be best to keep it fully intact."
Feb 16, 2024 11:04 pm
Grin, with his head in a box of edible goodies stands up just in time to see the party leaving the site and runs to catch up.
Feb 16, 2024 11:13 pm
Our knightly fellow shrugs dragons-baned shoulders.
Well…that was pretty easy, he quips to his friends. On we go, then!

Fiznik

Psybermagi

Feb 17, 2024 2:20 am
You return with the wizard who asks for more details and gets the full story by time you reach the cave. There he works with Ishzu to perform a few simple test and grumbles about the rareness and difficulty of the find. Asking everyone to stand back the wizard pulls out two scrolls and with a sigh reads one after the other. The first scroll has no apparent effect at first but then the ground in front of him bulges up, and up, and up. After a moment a massive earth elemental stands before him. Giving it a few instructions the waits for it to mov into the rock face below the crystal formation then reads the second. With that done a large section of the cave wall begins to soften and flow like thick mud.

As the mass flows down into the cave the elemental emerges with a large crystal shaped like a star bigger than any of you. You note that there are several other small fragments in the mud and Fiznik suggest collecting them as they are prime material for crafting many enchantments. After seeing the crystal the wizard seems slightly shocked and performs a few tests before calming down. He proclaims that with the crystal now removed from the stone it will cease growing and after wrapping a few charms on the structure he indicates it should now be safe.

Fiznik
This type of magic is not really my specialty and moving it will be difficult but if we can find the right buyer for it this would sell for quite a bit of money as long as we can keep it intact. You four found it so it is your to do with what you will. Gather up a sack full of the largest of those smaller fragments and I will take that as payment for assisting you. What do you say?

After taking about potential uses for the crystal and the process to move and sell it Fiznik mentions he saw the passage above with natural looking daylight and asks if you have explored where it comes out yet.
Feb 17, 2024 3:41 am
Well, Ishzu, I’m going to leave it to you to decide what becomes of the big crystal. It is very shiny and pretty, but I can’t carry it away! As for the little ones, if we each held one, would we be able to melt our minds or whatever you said before? Maybe with the big one gone, we won’t get headaches from it?

Oh, and of course, I’m talking about some of the smaller shards, giving the larger ones to you, Master Fiznik, does seem the fairest payment I think. Though we also cleared the cavern of the spiders and we’re about to see where the cave leads too. So that should be worth something as well, no?
OOC:
Also, do the crystals shine still?
Last edited February 17, 2024 3:42 am
Feb 17, 2024 1:46 pm
Our knightly fellow relishes in this our party’s recent success! His elation is surely catching!

Well done, friends! @Master Fiznik, we certainly wouldn’t have managed as well without you, I find your offer sensible enough. Everyone else in agreement?

We should see if the crystals we have, if they still hold magical property for us collectively. Such items could be an important asset as an adventuring company.

Would…would you good people be interested in bonding together as an adventuring company? This is a good group.
Feb 17, 2024 2:42 pm
Ishzu gives Master Fiznik a bit of space to remove the crystal. "What type of charms did you put on it? I wish to communicate with the crystal more. " Ishzu softly touches the Crystal and caresses it. "I might have a buyer, but I would love to spend some more time with it before getting rid of it. Could the crystal get transported about to camp"

Fiznik

Psybermagi

Feb 17, 2024 5:29 pm
Fiznik
Fiznik explains that the crystals are a rare mineral, similar to mithril and adamantium. However there are records that indicate if crystals gain enough magic and grow in specific patterns they can create natural arrays. Metals can do this too but this is less common as the metals tend to be found in seams that are stretched out and do not have the necessary arrangement to form natural magics.

All of the smaller crystals an innately magical, or psionic if you prefer, and can be used in crafting mystical equipments. On their own they are as useful as a lump of unforged mithril. The massive star shaped crystal lattice has formed a simple natural array and so does have some magical properties of its own at this point but that is nothing to what it might achieve if it were to be enchanted further by skilled craftsmen. The charms he put on it are simply isolating it from external mental energies.
loot says:
1 star crystal formation 8' across and about 400 lbs ~ about 8,000 GP
4 x large 4" crystals 100 GP each to Fiznik
8 x medium 1" crystals 50 GP each (best option to enchant for your use)
26 x small 1/2"crystals 25 GP each
65 x tiny 1/4" crystals 10 GP each
51 x lbs of small 1/16" crystal fragments
If you already have a buyer in mind I will leave it with you. Be aware that those talisman will lose their efficacy within a tenday week or so. If you need moving or shielding it after this I will help but it will cost you.

Now if there are no further questions I really must get back to figuring this thing out
and he wanders over to the Matrix Node
Feb 17, 2024 5:31 pm
OOC:
8k? Cha-Ching!
Feb 17, 2024 5:58 pm
OOC:
If you sell it. Likely the wizard will take a finders fee if you need him to set up the sale, or charge for services to move if you get your own buyer but can't move it without breaking it. It is like a chandelier. Large, awkward, fragile.
Feb 17, 2024 6:43 pm
Ishzu steps away from the group and party for a little bit...

Last edited February 17, 2024 6:44 pm
Feb 17, 2024 7:54 pm
Oliver watched the wizard leave and scratched his head.

"Well, I'm going to be honest. As much as I love the large crystal, I have no idea what to do with it besides selling it. That is... unless it is somewhat sentient? If it is alive in some form, I wouldn't dare put a price on it."

"I'll wait for Ishzu's perspective on this. It seems like he needs a moment for now, though."
Feb 17, 2024 8:10 pm
Our knightly fellow crosses gauntleted arms along dragonsbane-armored chest.

I have to agree, Oliver. If the Crystal is sentient, then selling it into service isn’t too far removed from slavery.

Yes, let’s glean Ishzu’s thought and feeling on the matter. He seems quite invested.
Last edited February 17, 2024 8:56 pm
Feb 17, 2024 8:48 pm
Psybermagi sent a note to Smiley
Feb 17, 2024 9:58 pm
Last edited February 17, 2024 9:58 pm

Ebonwrath

Psybermagi

Feb 17, 2024 10:51 pm
Psybermagi sent a note to Smiley
Feb 17, 2024 11:02 pm
Well, no time like the present! Grin spreads a blanket and sits down, pulling out a chunk of cheese and enjoying himself. He turns to Ander: ooo ‘awn suh? He holds out the chunk of cheese to Ander. There’s a big bite taken out of it.
Feb 17, 2024 11:42 pm
OOC:
I want to take the party back to base to gather s newcomer and show Ishzu around?
I will set up the bar thread in a bit.
Feb 17, 2024 11:43 pm
Ander gazes emerald eyes warily upon chomp-ridden cheese block. He stays knightly disdain, exudes a look that screams ‘thanks but no thanks,’ and in valorous silence, politely declines.
Feb 18, 2024 12:03 am
Ishzu returns to the party with news. "My contact does not wish to buy the crystal. They are willing to trade information for a few larger pieces, like the ones we gave Fiznik."
Feb 18, 2024 12:11 am
Ander greets his crystalline friend kindly upon heroic return! Well, that’s something at least. What kind of useful information do you think they have to offer?

Would you…would you like me to talk to them, Ishzu? As a knight, I can be very persuasive. At least, it seems folks give me credence and latitude due to my station. Unless and as maybe they’re only humoring me, of course.
OOC:
Ander has the Charismatic trait, advantage on persuasive tests. If it’s a matter of mechanics of course. No worries either way, just thought I would offer it up, if it might help.
Last edited February 18, 2024 12:12 am
Feb 18, 2024 12:23 am
"There information would be useful and reliable. There is no easy way for you to contract them. To see them in person would be a journey."
Feb 18, 2024 12:34 am
I understand. Very well, I trust your discretion and discernment Ishzu. I’m sure whatever they can tell us will be helpful. We should otherwise, of course, look for what other deals or uses we can glean, for the remaining pieces.
Feb 18, 2024 1:11 am
When you hear Fiznik is heading back to the base the group decides to accompany him for a mid day meal and investigate their options with the crystals.
OOC:
Story continues in the Base Thread
Feb 23, 2024 4:54 am
Return to the dark
After finishing a good meal and some shopping, relaxing, and gosip, you decide to head back underground and stay overnight at the research camp. Fiznik reminds you to make use of the Magical map case that Ander has for marking notes on points of interest as it maps out your travels. He also gives you a pass to claim some of the gear there and allows you the use of his tent for the night.

Taking the long trek back to the camp you find that only 2 guards remain at night and they are glad for the company. You rummage through the supplies but desice to finalize you choices in the morning. You settle down for the night with Ishzu finding a quiet spot out of the way to meditate while overseeing the camp.
[ +- ] Gear for use in the Underdark you look over at the camp

Then in the middle of the night, as marked by the watchmen's hour glass, you are all awoken by Ishzu's telepathic shout.
Everyone but Ishzu is in the tent and needs to roll a Save test to see if you wake quickly or stumble out of bed is a stupor, lose 1 round.

Psybermagi sent a note to Smiley
Feb 23, 2024 5:36 am
OOC:
Rolling!
OOC:
Edit: Rolling in the deep
Last edited February 23, 2024 6:09 am

Rolls

Quick wake up - (2d6)

(14) = 5

Feb 23, 2024 5:43 am
Oliver mutters something about the sun not being up yet
Feb 23, 2024 7:45 am
OOC:
Do I have advantage because of the resolve trait?
OOC:
Ignore the last dice if not
(Loud snoring sounds)
Last edited February 23, 2024 2:08 pm

Rolls

Wake up - (3d6)

(443) = 11

Feb 23, 2024 8:59 am
OOC:
Testing

Rolls

Ishzu: Test - Basic - (2d6)

(54) = 9

Feb 23, 2024 9:32 am
Zzzzzz…Zzzz…oh…wha-…?!

Oh no! Our knightly fellow awakens from solemnly stalwart slumber, only to be shaken n stirred by well-intentioned telepathic barrage!

Agh! My knightly dream-stage is SHATTERED, my friends!
Last edited February 23, 2024 1:44 pm

Rolls

Save - (2d6)

(41) = 5

Feb 23, 2024 12:25 pm
OOC:
save
Pineapple Pizza! Grin jumps up disoriented in the tent. What?! Ishzu?! He shakes Oliver awake and then exits the tent.
OOC:
Two actions on my turn (assuming we’re in initiative order now kind of) are: shake Oli awake and run out of the tent.
Last edited February 23, 2024 12:30 pm

Rolls

Nightmare save - (2d6)

(65) = 11

Feb 23, 2024 1:57 pm
The group hears in there heads
Stay in the tent. Something is out here. If we don't bother it, it will not bother us. Just be ready...
Ishzu stands still a short ways outside the tent. He waits to do anything until knowing what is coming.
Last edited February 23, 2024 1:58 pm
Feb 23, 2024 2:15 pm
OOC:
@Ricardoi91 Resolve gives advantage on all SAVE unless there is disadvantage, so yes. 3d6
Ishzu, for future reference if I have not mentioned this already I will normally require line of sight for standard telepathy. More than that requires a roll. I figured a targeted "shout" would not require it.
Feb 23, 2024 2:18 pm
Upon hearing Ishzu’s warning, Grin freezes at the tent door and focuses with his eyes wide open and his ears on alert.
OOC:
Dang… is there any light from a fire to see by?
Last edited February 23, 2024 2:20 pm

Rolls

Perception - (2d6)

(14) = 5

Feb 23, 2024 2:32 pm
Grin is instantly up and alert but the other two are still unsure why they were woken up. Grin quiets down and pauses at the tent entrance, glad that Ishzu's warning stopped him from lighting more light. The two night shift guards should both be away, watching the camp. There are a couple lanterns about the camp but the cave is massive so they only illuminate the camp and its immediate area.
[ +- ] general layout
Feb 23, 2024 2:35 pm
OOC:
I know I have asked this before, but can we respond telepathically to Ishzu?
Last edited February 23, 2024 2:35 pm
Feb 23, 2024 4:31 pm
OOC:
I allow this when near and in line of sight unless he establishes a stronger link, which he can only do with 1 person at a time.
Feb 23, 2024 4:36 pm
OOC:
cool!
Grin tries to telepathically communicate with Ishzu: Ishzu… caaaan yooouuu heeeaaar meee? I’m miiiind melting wiiiith yooouuu. Whaaaat’s out theeeere?
Feb 23, 2024 4:50 pm
"Uh. What? Tent? No, I'm Oliver."

Oliver yawns. A dormant fraction of his brain registering the emergency.
Feb 23, 2024 5:14 pm
"Yes. Nothing has changed. Waiting to see what is approaching." Ishzu answer's Grin.
Feb 23, 2024 5:45 pm
OOC:
Great scene. I’ve LOL’d.
Feb 23, 2024 5:57 pm
Gooooood, Grin sends back to Ishzu. I wooooon’t waaake the otheeers juuust yet theeen. Grin carefully pulls Oliver’s blankets up over his Otter-y shoulders and bends down to put Ander’s sword back into his arms where he was hugging it. He looks over to Brewner and jumps in fright for a moment as he realizes the gentle giant has his eyes wide open. He’s not sure if Brewner is awake or if he sleeps with his eyes open. Grin picks up his crossbow and carefully turns back to the tent door, aiming out at the darkness beyond the dimly lit campsite.
OOC:
I was legit going to have Grin kiss Ander on the forehead but I thought that might be a bit too much.
Last edited February 23, 2024 5:58 pm
Feb 23, 2024 6:16 pm
Brewner remains completely oblivious to everything, still sleeping he mumbles something incoherent

goblin

Psybermagi

Feb 23, 2024 7:57 pm
The sounds get closer and Ishzu realized there are many many feet moving quietly. Suddenly a rain of arrows falls on the guards. Immediately after feet rush up and Ishzu feels hands grab him as a bunch of goblins try to pick him up.
goblin
Don't drop it, this statue must be worth a bunch of gold! hisses one

Ishzu can see over 20 goblins swarm the camp. Most go strait for the large crystal and begin tying ropes to it.

Rolls

arrows vs guard 1 - (2d6, 2d6, 2d6, 2d6, 2d6, 2d6, 2d6, 2d6, 2d6, 2d6)

2d6 : (26) = 8

2d6 : (34) = 7

2d6 : (42) = 6

2d6 : (24) = 6

2d6 : (64) = 10

2d6 : (46) = 10

2d6 : (43) = 7

2d6 : (26) = 8

2d6 : (12) = 3

2d6 : (64) = 10

arrows vs guard 2 - (2d6, 2d6, 2d6, 2d6, 2d6, 2d6, 2d6, 2d6, 2d6, 2d6)

2d6 : (42) = 6

2d6 : (55) = 10

2d6 : (13) = 4

2d6 : (45) = 9

2d6 : (21) = 3

2d6 : (62) = 8

2d6 : (66) = 12

2d6 : (23) = 5

2d6 : (31) = 4

2d6 : (23) = 5

Feb 23, 2024 7:59 pm
OOC:
shoot, maybe I shouldn’t have rocked you all back to sleep…

Can I see any of the goblins?
Last edited February 23, 2024 8:04 pm
Feb 23, 2024 10:40 pm
OOC:
Does the sound of arrows and the guards being wounded enough to alert everybody?Or at least Grinflecht
Feb 23, 2024 11:10 pm
Staying still like a statue Ishzu talks into the goblins minds. "Take statue to Hunt Master or War Leader. Big Prize."

Into the Party hiding away in the tent Ishzu tells them"Guards are dead. A lot of goblins. They are taking me as treasure.
OOC:
Rolling Test just in case you want it.
OOC:
I am confused. Am I the large Crystal they are taking or the star crystal formation 8' across and about 400 lbs? I thought we were at a different campsite, not the one with the Star Crystal.
The only other Large Crystals I brought with me would be in my pack (Unless they are too large)

Rolls

Ishzu: Test - Basic - (2d6)

(36) = 9

Feb 23, 2024 11:37 pm
Ishzuuuu, weeeee’ll fooolloooow yooou toooo theeeiiir baaaaase. Guide uuuuusss toooo yooou. Grinfletch quietly wakes all the folks in the tent. Shhhh, there are goblins out there and they’ve taken Ishzu captive. They killed the guards. He will tell us with his mind where he is and how to get to him. We will follow them to the goblin hide out. When we get out there, grab Fiznik’s gear and then we need to rush to keep up with the goblins so we don’t get too far from Ishzu.
OOC:
The idea is to let them take Ishzu so he can tell us how to follow them to their base. For context, Ricardo, the goblins are a constant thorn in the side of adventurers down here. Sorry, not taking credit for your idea, Smiley. Just running with it.
Last edited February 23, 2024 11:57 pm
Feb 24, 2024 12:01 am
Brewner wakes up a little confused, but instinctively reaches for his Warhammer. After listening to Grinfletch's explanation, he just nods and quickly packs his equipment.

Knight

daryen

Feb 24, 2024 12:15 am
Knight
The Knight says, "Before you leave, write a note for the Wizard explaining what happened. You don't want to be blamed for the death of the guards and the looting of his camp!"
OOC:
The King, on the other hand, doesn't say any of this because he doesn't have context yet. If he did, he would say the same thing.
Last edited February 24, 2024 12:15 am
Feb 24, 2024 12:17 am
OOC:
@daryen could you explain the Knight for Ricardo? Also, I want to read your explanation again, as I don’t entirely remember.
Feb 24, 2024 1:16 am
OOC:
The Knight is a magical chess piece owned by Ander that offers solicited and unsolicited advice to its him. Humorously, another character has a very similar item.

In both cases, only the owners can "hear" the magical chess piece. But no one wanted me to put the messages in hidden notes, so I just post openly when the piece has something to say. I always keep it short and simple.
Feb 24, 2024 1:40 am
OOC:
I also have a magical chess piece
Feb 24, 2024 2:33 am
OOC:
Ohhh yeah, forgot Brewner had that! Thanks for reminding me about that.
Feb 24, 2024 2:50 am
OOC:
Brewner's piece is the King to which I referred. I figured the King does not yet have context to offer that advice yet. However, the Knight has been around and listening the whole time, so it knows Fiznik is not here.
Feb 24, 2024 2:53 am
Though the arrow flight causes little noise and the guards were killed so quickly they had not time to react or call out and only Ishzu witnessed their passing. However Ishzu's initial mental call broke the party from their deep sleep but only Grin was brought fully awake. Peering out the tent flap you see them swarming over the camp. Most are under the directions of a couple that look to be spell casters but there are a few around Ishzu. You notice that a couple goblins look towards the tent but stay on their current tasks, for the moment. Their focus appears to be preparing the massive crystal for transport but a few are looting the rest of the camp. It is only a matter of time before they turn to the tent.

https://i.imgur.com/Ayc3jKam.png
OOC:
The big goblin icons are groups of 4, the little green heads are the spell caster looking things, the green diamond is the crystal, the shell token is the pile of gear.
Everyone in the tent was woken but Ishzu, which would be a new experience to all, but only Grin is fully awake. Each player can react as appropriate for their character. Grin tries to put them to bed, odd and a bit optimistic but still nice.
I love how Ishzu is "sneaking" into the goblin camp, LoL!
Feb 24, 2024 3:40 am
OOC:
Oh dang, they’re going for the big crystal… well, maybe it’ll keep them busy. Is the "D" the tent? And there are 4 people in the tent, right? And Grinfletch just woke them all up quietly.

And that’s cool about the chess pieces.
Feb 24, 2024 4:04 am
OOC:
D is tent, Ishzu is outside, other 4 are inside
Feb 24, 2024 8:44 am
OOC:
In "Their focus appears to be preparing the massive crystal for transport", you mean Ishzu himself, right?
Feb 24, 2024 9:57 am
OOC:
Question for the rest of the players.

Is the plan still to remain hidden and follow the goblins with Ishzu?
We can try to open the back of the tent and then remain hiden behind some rocks, if there is rocks to hide, or something similar.
Feb 24, 2024 10:03 am
OOC:
Good plan! Begin the action and Oliver will play along. We need to leave the tent
Feb 24, 2024 12:41 pm
OOC:
agreed, take the lead Mr Hopper!

Also, my interpretation of the map is that the green crystal is the big one from the spider cave and the #4 on the map is Ishzu. They might take both? @Psybermagi , our confusion I think is from the description of the goblins touching Ishzu and then saying they want to take the big crystal which I originally thought meant him. But now I’m guessing is the big one from the spider cave, right? Is my interpretation wrong?
Last edited February 24, 2024 12:42 pm
Feb 24, 2024 2:07 pm
OOC:
Ander is good with all that, let’s do it. Yeah, I too thought the Big Chunk of Crystal stayed back with Fiz, but I guess this is just the randomly-biggest piece we could bring-with? All good in any case, reads like a pretty cool plan.
@Psybermagi Can you splane again please, re- Items, what are differences between Cheap, Normal and Premium goods? Is that like disadvantage/normal roll/advantage on related tests? Thx. .
Feb 24, 2024 2:20 pm
OOC:
Those are the prices listed for different locations. For our use, we buy things at Normal prices and sell them at cheap prices. So if I buy a shovel, it costs 2g, but if I sell it back later on, they buy from me at 1g. Did I answer the right question?
Feb 24, 2024 2:28 pm
Brewner points toward the back of the tent, moving towards it. He unties the knots, opens it and put his head outside.
He tries to see if the coast his clear, when ready he signal his companions to follow him.
He crouches trying to disguise his bulk with the darkness surrounding, moving silently to any big rock or hole that can hide his group and still be able to see what happens in camp.
Feb 24, 2024 2:49 pm
Alright Veilstitch, make me one with the darkness. Grin’s cloak turns a deep black, non-reflective coloring as he silently follows his companions out from the back of the tent and around the closest stone outcroppings.

Let’s hide here and wait for them to leave. Then we can follow them.
Feb 24, 2024 2:57 pm
Thunder_Lungz says:
OOC:
Those are the prices listed for different locations. For our use, we buy things at Normal prices and sell them at cheap prices. So if I buy a shovel, it costs 2g, but if I sell it back later on, they buy from me at 1g. Did I answer the right question?
OOC:
Yes indeed, thx much!
Last edited February 24, 2024 2:58 pm
Feb 24, 2024 3:07 pm
Ishzu is trying to stand still like a statue...
Feb 24, 2024 3:15 pm
Oliver still hasn't put a name on the authors of the commotion outside of the tent, but catches on the tones of urgency of Brewner. He picks up his gear, including his munition pouch, sling, and brand new blazeball bat, and exits the tent with his companions, trying to remain hidden in the shadows. As he pops out, he recogenizes the unmistakable sound (and smell) of goblins, grunting to tie the crystal.

"What is it with goblins? They're always up to no good in this side of the shattered lands."

Oliver attempts to squeeze into hiding with the others, trying to not lose sight of Ishzu -the valuable statue-.
Feb 24, 2024 3:36 pm
OOC:
Thunder is correct on pricing, thanks. It's nice to have helpful players.
Most of the goblins are securing the crystal you retrieved from the spider nest cave. A few of the others are rummaging through the supplies and are under the impression that Ishzu is a statue and plan to take him a spoils of their raid as well.

Brewner is forced to use his knife to cut a slit in the back as the tent is sewn tight. Once large enough he opens it and peers outside so see a small squad of four goblins loitering to the west. They glance towards the camp occasionally but mostly are looking to the NW, which is the way back to base.

You wait till they are looking away and move one at a time to the cave wall, away from the torch light. Unfortunately for you one of the goblins heads toward the tent while you are still in the process of fleeing . . . .

Ishzu fights the urge to leave stasis as while in that state his limbs naturally lock up.

Rolls

Goblin spot check - (West_squad:2d6, East_goblin:1d6)

West_squad:2d6 : (45) = 9

East_goblin:1d6 : (2) = 2

Feb 24, 2024 3:41 pm
More than half of you are out of the tent when one of the goblins to the west calls out in goblin. There language has drifted from the common but you understand enough to know he is uncertain who is there and seems to be calling out to identify yourselfer.

https://i.imgur.com/WEOWLhrl.png

Brewner and Grin are across by the wall. Either Ander or Oliver is caught in the open with the other still in the tent with the front being approached by another goblin.
10' map grid
Feb 24, 2024 3:58 pm
Grinfletch, with the blackness of his cloak facing north east so any eyes from the camp won’t notice him, fires two crossbow bolts at the goblin who shouted out.

He thinks that silencing this guard might cause confusion so the guards all look outwards thinking that we’re attacking from somewhere else.
Last edited February 24, 2024 4:04 pm

Rolls

Crossbow - (3d6)

(656) = 17

Crossbow - (3d6)

(644) = 14

Feb 24, 2024 4:46 pm
OOC:
OK, the 2 6's so that is 2 damage from the critical shot and 1 from the 2nd.
The guard is struck hard and stumbles back gasping and slaps one of his neighbors who whirls to see his mortally wounded companion.
Feb 24, 2024 5:51 pm
OOC:
I understand that Grin just murdered --brutally, if I might add-- the goblin that was midway between C and D? Also, did we get to see where the goblin he warned is?
Last edited February 24, 2024 5:53 pm
Feb 24, 2024 6:03 pm
OOC:
Big goblin icons are groups of 4, so there are still 3 goblins between C and D correct?
Feb 24, 2024 6:17 pm
Through the gloom of the cave it is hard to make out the distant figures but they have yet to raise the alarm but you only have moments to act. The other gobing in camp are all illuminated by the lanterns ther (red/yellow cinder icons) and those of you still in the tent or near it are similarly easier to spot than Brewner and Grin who are in the shadows of the south wall. You all doubt that you can take out all of the goblins after seeing how deadly their use or arrows can be.
OOC:
The goblin who noticed one of you is "one of the goblins to the west". He is 1 of 4 and yes they are between C & D. The goblin did not die but is definitely seriously hurt.
Everyone else but Grin can still act.
Feb 24, 2024 6:26 pm
Ishzu speaks into the horde of goblin's mine. "Hunt Master Want Treasure. Need Leave Quick. "
OOC:
Can I try to scan a few goblin's minds and get some basic information from them. Like, I want to try and start some mental in fighting...
Feb 24, 2024 7:56 pm
Oliver finds himself midway between the tent and the wall where the rest are hidden in the shadows. It appears that the goblin hit by Grin is accompanied by a pack of more goblins, which he cannot see, but who are at the other side of a thin cavern bottleneck. Oliver grabs into his pouch and produces a vial of darkmist fluid, from the darkmantles.

"You know what they say, never leave the good wine for later."
And he slung the vial at the cavern rock of the passageway, after which he regrouped with his companions next to the cavern wall.
OOC:
Action 1: sling vial
Action 2: move
[ +- ] Darkmist gland fluid

Rolls

Sling vial - (3d6)

(156) = 12

Feb 24, 2024 8:49 pm
OOC:
oops, I forgot you had stuff like that. Maybe we can make the goblins fight each other? Like West vs East?
Feb 24, 2024 8:50 pm
Ander attempts to evade, through magically-misted cloud!
Well done Grin, he exclaims amidst darkened vapors! Well done!
Our knightly fellow shifts from the tent to rejoin his group.
Feb 24, 2024 8:55 pm
OOC:
If you wanted to act as if before I slung the darkmist cloud, I think you would be excused.
Feb 24, 2024 9:03 pm
OOC:
nah it’s good. But I think we should clarify where exactly you threw the dark mist. Is it in the gap where the western goblins are? Are they shrouded in the mist? Or are we shrouded in the mist hiding to the south there?

If we’re in the mist, we might convince the goblins to attack each other. If the goblins to the west are in the mist, we could escape that way or attack them and try to confuse them. Either way, the one dude who saw us has a two arrows through him and I don’t think they will know exactly where it came from, so we could turn them all against each other.
Feb 24, 2024 10:03 pm
OOC:
Oliver slung the darkmist vial in the bottleneck passage that is between C and D. I am not sure what the size of the dark clouds is, but I guess it should be large enough to cover that bottleneck and small enough to not cover our present position. The idea would be that west goblins will take longer to try to cross to the east side (from their perspective there's a very dense dark cloud where Bob the goblin scout received a near fatal wound just a second ago), and to cause chaos in general. Making the goblins target each other might even not be out of the table
OOC:
The center of the cloud would be around here:
https://i.imgur.com/JdGJdwu.jpeg
Last edited February 24, 2024 10:17 pm
Feb 24, 2024 10:22 pm
OOC:
awesome, thanks for that. Depending on what Brewner does, and what options Ishzu is given, we can determine how to proceed.
Feb 24, 2024 10:37 pm
OOC:
That was an ace move, right there.
Feb 25, 2024 12:34 am
OOC:
Probably the best maneuver is to use smoke and try to sneak up behind the western goblins and wait for them to start fighting each other (eastern goblins). Can we travel that distance in time? Basically, Brewner will wait for everyone to be able move and pass.

Because I have a kind of ridiculous idea =)
The cave is huge, so I assume it has a very high ceiling, using my rope with the grappling hook we climb to a higher elevation, preferably to a platform, when we are all up there we pull the rope up, the way I'm imagining only a goblin that comes near that corner (1 or 2) and thinks about looking up will be able to see us, but because of the torches in camp we still can see what happens with Ishzu and the cristal, then we see what happens, if is to follow them we drop the rope back. GM is this even possible? Does it make any sence?

Ps: Sorry for the long post
Feb 25, 2024 2:42 am
OOC:
sounds like a fun idea. The list will dissipate soon, so we need to take some sort of action. Grin also has pitons, grappling hook, rope. Make the suggestion in character and let’s try. I think I would try a 2d6 roll for the grappling hook, right?
Feb 25, 2024 2:50 am
OOC:
Terribly funny idea. Climb up and hide but act as ropers. Lasso a Goblin. Pull them up. Kill him. Drop him.
Rinse Repeat.
Feb 25, 2024 11:35 am
Massively outnumbered and surrounded, Brewner grips his Savage Warhammer tightly and prepares for the worst. He will make his ancestors proud and face the goblin horde with courage. He lifts his chin and takes a deep breath.
It is at this moment that he observes the rough wall, the platforms and the darkness in the highest part of the cave.

Whispering Brewner says "We climb...yes we can climb, high enough where the darkness meet the cavern wall"

He quickly prepare the rope with the grappling hook and throws to the highest platform that he can see, give one strong pull to make sure his well stuck.

" Oliver and Grinfletch you two first. Quickly, quicky my friends"
OOC:
That is not a bad idea, in case a lonely goblin comes to close
Last edited February 25, 2024 11:37 am
Feb 25, 2024 12:50 pm
OOC:
just in case GM wants a roll for the grappling hooks, I’ll throw my grappling hook as well and roll for it.
Grinfletch, seeing Brewner’s plan, quickly copies him and throws up a grappling hook of his own.

Failing this, he passes the grappling hook to Oliver, knowing that Mr Otter at least is an expert in slinging things. Here Oliver, you try it. Also, I have plenty of alcohol arrows and alcohol flasks here, if you want to try something. He hands two of the flasks to Oliver and then, relying on his dungeoneering experience to find his footing, he climbs up Brewner’s rope into the outcroppings above.
OOC:
Not sure if GM will want any of these rolls, but here they are just in case.
Last edited February 25, 2024 1:00 pm

Rolls

Grappling hook throw - (2d6)

(43) = 7

Climbing with Dungeoneer trait - (3d6)

(562) = 13

Feb 25, 2024 1:05 pm
OOC:
Something tells me I need to wait for the goblins. However, very good call: an out-of-turn action is surely the best way to get Psibermagi to respond :P
Feb 25, 2024 1:06 pm
OOC:
lol, oops, good point! My bad Sir GM! Please have mercy on me.
Feb 25, 2024 5:42 pm
OOC:

Smiley says:
Can I try to scan a few goblin's minds and get some basic information from them. Like, I want to try and start some mental in fighting...
Anyone can TRY anything. Outcome depends on your abilities and the situation. If you want to try something just state your attempt, with added hoped outcome, as you did so that helps, and roll dice.
Ricardoi91 says:
Can we travel that distance in time? Basically, Brewner will wait for everyone to be able move and pass.
The major grid lines are 10'. You guys move about 25' for 1 action so can run 50' in a round.
Ishzu's metal command causes the goblins around him to pause a moment before looking towards the larger group before scurrying to finish looting.

Meanwhile, back in the bat cave, uh I mean over by the tent, Oliver's lob of the Darkmist vial is nearly perfect and the vial explodes with a soft tinkle of shattered ceramic. Instantly the area around that end filled with darkness.
Ander takes the opportunity to rush to his companions exulting in their escape, perhaps prematurely. The four of them formed a hurried huddle south of the tent to make a plan. The goblins in the darkness call out alarms. The goblins at the camp pause but you see the robes ones snap orders and 4 of them rush towards their comrades calling for help while the others all ready their bows and peer around for targets.

https://i.imgur.com/AnRbEKOl.png
1. Brewner 2. Grin 3. Oliver 4. Ander 5. Ishzu
OOC:
This cave is quite tall and there are occasional ledges but shooting arrows and shouting have alerted the goblins

Rolls

Ishzu scan - (2d6)

(43) = 7

goblins block Ander - (2d6)

(41) = 5

Feb 25, 2024 5:46 pm
[ +- ] Blip
Feb 25, 2024 9:03 pm
Ishzu gains little from the goblins minds as they are all agitated and on high alert.

The group is huddled against the wall just at the edge of the lantern light from the camp. A group of 4 goblins, 1 wounded, is calling for help, another group of 4 goblins is moving towards the darkness and will pass too close for you to hide effectively. You know all the caverns this side of the darkness lead nowhere save the spiders nest cave but that is past the large crystal where even more goblins are clustered.
Feb 25, 2024 9:24 pm
OOC:
Can I gleam any of the goblins names?
Feb 25, 2024 9:46 pm
"I think we can deal with this group of four goblins now. They're going to be too close to hide. If they call on too many archers, we move into the darkmist. Except maybe Grin, who's got excellent camouflage."
Feb 25, 2024 9:56 pm
Ander gathers close to his companions. That was easier than I thought it would be, he thinks thankfully to knightly self!

Yes, I like our chances agsinst a mere four goblins. I will be ready for them, as they pass near us.
Feb 25, 2024 10:17 pm
OOC:
how long does the dark mist last?
Feb 26, 2024 1:14 am
As Ishzu is being "packed" he listens to the goblins and begins making more sense of their dialect, though not completely but names are easily picked up on those working on him. So far I have Goblins 1-20 and shaman 1 and 2, so go ahead and give names if you want :) Names are important but I just ugh at namin all enemy peons.

The darkmantle created darkness lasted a minute and this is the closed concoction to that created by Oliver so it will likely last about that long (first one used right?)

You do not have time to discuss as the goblins from the main group are moving quickly and will spot you any moment.
OOC:
Even though you are not fighting this is basically a combat situation as time counts. From now in, each time you talk it is essentially 1 of your actions. The group of 4 goblins (south of the large grey token that represents the black/white tile Matrix Node) will easily be next to your current hiding spot and see you the next time they move so you have to act now.
Feb 26, 2024 1:36 am
OOC:
not sure how this will go… 30+ goblins against us.
Grin tosses a flask of alcohol right at the feet of the approaching 4 goblins.
OOC:
Oops
He tosses another flask at them. If we can get them on fire and make them think there’s a dragon or something? Pssst… light them on fire, he whispers as he slinks a few feet backwards into the shadow.
Last edited February 26, 2024 1:42 am

Rolls

Tossing alcohol flask - (2d6)

(31) = 4

Alcohol flask 2 - (2d6)

(53) = 8

Feb 26, 2024 1:59 am
Ander pulls a torch from his backpack. He lights it, then tosses it at the goblinoid foursome!

Rolls

Toss torch! - (2d6)

(21) = 3

Feb 26, 2024 4:33 am
The two flasks land in front of then at the feet of the goblins, who jump in fright . . . as Grin bask away to the inky blackness created by Olivers concotion.
OOC:
I was not saying you have to fight. Just that you dont have alot of time to discuss things.
Oliver and Brewner are up.
Feb 26, 2024 6:58 am
"Oh my, I wasn't quite ready for that."

For the sake of swiftness, Oliver is forced to drop his sling to grab the BLAZEBALL BAT. He then produces two rocks, flips them one at a time and bats them engulfed in flames towards the incoming goblins.
OOC:
-Drop sling and grab bat
-Action 1: load-n-swing fiery rock
-Action 2: load-n-swing fiery rock
OOC:
[ +- ] Blazeball bat
OOC:
[ +- ] Quickshot
OOC:
I'm proficient with ranged weapons, but have no bat mastery. Thus I'm rolling with 2d6. Correct me if any of these things was wrong.
OOC:
Post-roll: Woe is me. The RNG gods have no mercy
Last edited February 26, 2024 7:25 am

Rolls

Swing fiery rock 1 - (2d6)

(43) = 7

Swing fiery rock 2 - (2d6)

(24) = 6

Feb 26, 2024 7:58 am
Following Anders exemple, Brewner lights a torch and throws it at the goblins

Rolls

Torch throw - (2D6)

(42) = 6

Feb 26, 2024 8:12 am
OOC:
Omg, rofl. Good job team, we have successfully placed fiery objects around the goblins.
Feb 26, 2024 9:07 am
OOC:
I like to make my enemies sweat before killing them
Feb 26, 2024 12:13 pm
OOC:
dang, that’s unlucky. Is throwing a torch one action or two? I have a couple more alcohol flasks that I could toss, maybe onto the flames of the closest torch/flaming rock and that could set them all up… ugh.

What does Ishzu do?
Feb 26, 2024 12:41 pm
Ishzu pushes thoughts into goblins around him.
Frusx has the most shinys.
Woilm has swiped my foods.
Sruins wants to kill me.
Urt weapon looks goods.
Hunt Master want Forol dead.

Rolls

Ishzu: Test - Basic - (2d6)

(45) = 9

Feb 26, 2024 12:55 pm
OOC:
I assumed that pick a torch and lighting it was 1 action, and the throw it was another
Feb 26, 2024 1:34 pm
OOC:
Olivers bat is a ranged attack and if after a bit you want to swap the sling mastery to the bat that is fine. I am actually thinking of the bat being more like a lacross stick.

Maybe next time some one can focus? Thems the breaks.
But I can be a gracious and benvolent DM
The rain of flaming projcties lands all around the combustable fluids and goblins who backpedle just before one of the lit missiles is reaches by a trickle of the fluids and a section of flame 10x5' goes up in front of them. Shouts of allarm ring out and all the goblins tun to face you, those with readied bows pull and releas raining a volley of arrows onto your group now revealed by the flames you just created.

To your back you see goblins emerge from the dark cloud, one helping his woundd friend. Seeing the mass of flam and arrows folling on you they ready their weapons as they bunch up and wait for reinforcements.

Oliver, Grin, Brewner 1 damage, Ander gets 2

Rolls

rain of arrows - (2d6, 2d6, 2d6, 2d6, 2d6, 2d6, 2d6, 2d6, 2d6, 2d6, 2d6, 2d6)

2d6 : (56) = 11

2d6 : (44) = 8

2d6 : (22) = 4

2d6 : (51) = 6

2d6 : (16) = 7

2d6 : (22) = 4

2d6 : (13) = 4

2d6 : (31) = 4

2d6 : (36) = 9

2d6 : (25) = 7

2d6 : (12) = 3

2d6 : (36) = 9

Feb 26, 2024 1:48 pm
OOC:
quick question: Did Grin just step back a couple steps? Or is he in the darkness cloud?
Feb 26, 2024 1:54 pm
OOC:
Surrender and try to convince them that we can help transport the crystals?
Hoping Ishizu can turn them against each other
Feb 26, 2024 2:05 pm
OOC:
options are surrender, fight, flee.
Grin said he backed up but didn't say he entered the dark so I assume he just edged closer?
https://i.imgur.com/76YnUiAl.png
Feb 26, 2024 2:17 pm
OOC:
one action of movement gets each of us into the darkness. Sorry if my choices have cause a bad situation. I thought they were about to see us so we could take them by surprise and burn them. Anyway, im going to run into the darkness.


Run! Grinfletch makes a run for the darkness and tries to move as far around the cave wall into the darkness as possible.
OOC:
Actions: run, RUN!
Last edited February 26, 2024 2:19 pm
Feb 26, 2024 2:20 pm
OOC:
First point of damage nullified by armor :)

Also: chaaaarge!
Feb 26, 2024 2:51 pm
OOC:
someone could totally yell out: by the power of Ishzu, I command the crystals to attack!!!! And then Ishzu can start wailing on them
Last edited February 26, 2024 2:52 pm
Feb 26, 2024 10:19 pm
Brewner curses under his breath, and follows Grinfletch
Feb 26, 2024 11:09 pm
Ander winces at his wounds (2/6 hp remaining), and dashes with his group.
OOC:
Shoulda bought a healing potion, sry.
Last edited February 26, 2024 11:27 pm
Feb 26, 2024 11:31 pm
OOC:
I have a healing potion. Didn’t you heal to full before this though?
Feb 26, 2024 11:39 pm
OOC:
Hooooow!?
Feb 26, 2024 11:42 pm
Oliver picks up his sling and stows it away before heading for the darkmist too, with the bat in hand.
OOC:
Wanted to swing one more fiery rock, but that would mean saying byebye to sling, and that is utterly unacceptable.
Feb 26, 2024 11:53 pm
Stiff as a statue Ishzu lets the goblin's move him about freely.
He starts focusing on the large crystal.
Hoping to cause a mental disturbance to all of the goblins nearby it or touching...

Rolls

Ishzu: Test - Basic - (2d6)

(64) = 10

Feb 27, 2024 12:09 am
Thunder_Lungz says:
OOC:
I have a healing potion. Didn’t you heal to full before this though?
OOC:
I mean…no, I didn’t record any healing. I need to look at the rules again, I’m not even sure how self-healing works. Checking that now.
Feb 27, 2024 1:51 am
OOC:
WhiteDwarf says:
I’m not even sure how self-healing works. Checking that now.
I think we gain healing for a certain amount of time outside of combat, right? We went to town and had a good meal and hung out and then had at least half a long rest.. I don’t know, I’d assume that’s at least worth some healing. And can’t Ishzu heal too? Last time we were all really low, there was a moment of "let’s all heal up by the magic and psychic folks"… I think?
Feb 27, 2024 2:17 am
OOC:
Lemme try to help out here.

For each hour of rest, i.e. no or very little activity, you heal one HP. A full six hours completely heals you. I don't remember when Ander was wounded, but given you got some sleep in, that's one HP per hour of sleep. Then, for any quiet time before that, that would also have been one HP per hour of rest. So, it is likely any damage Ander had before the incident with the goblins happened should have been healed. Everyone should have started this encounter with full health.

However, the only way to have healed anything from this encounter is through a potion or magical healing from Ishzu. So, Ander should be at 4/6, as he took damage this encounter, if i am remembering correctly.
Last edited February 27, 2024 4:07 am
Feb 27, 2024 2:21 am
Knight
The Knight says, "Hide. Then follow."

King
The King says, "You are not beating 20 goblins with this band of nutcakes. Don't be stupid. If you get yourself killed, who am I going to talk to!?"

daryen sent a note to Ricardoi91
Last edited February 27, 2024 2:21 am
Feb 27, 2024 3:09 am
OOC:
The king has arrived!

goblin

Psybermagi

Feb 27, 2024 5:40 am
The group rushes to the cloud of darkness as arrows sail around them. Edging their way through the pitch black cloud you burst from the darkness and look around. The cavern is open but with many cracks, crevicises, and boulders. As you look for where to hide Brewer scans the ground around the darkness and notes that the goblins came from the north.
https://i.imgur.com/e8gaPijl.png
Psybermagi sent a note to Smiley
Feb 27, 2024 7:49 am
"The goblins came from the north, should we go south and hide? wait for them to pass, but they know we are here, they will search for us"

Brewner thinks about what the king chess piece says and gives a little chuckle. He thinks to him self "Maybe you can pestern some goblin"
Feb 27, 2024 1:53 pm
Yes, south and hide. If they find us, we just blow them all up.
Feb 27, 2024 2:08 pm
Psybermagi sent a note to daryen,WhiteDwarf,Thunder_Lungz,Bunt
OOC:
split party dynamics . . Ohh the suspense :)
Psybermagi sent a note to Smiley
Feb 27, 2024 2:29 pm
Before going south Brewner throws is shovel slightly to the north, in the hope to trick the goblins
Feb 27, 2024 3:04 pm
Before going South, Grin shatters all five remaining alcohol flasks in a strategic circle, encompassing the entire section of cave between the junctions. He splashes one in the darkness path, two across the Northern junction, and two more across the Southern junction. in the case they follow, we can light all of the alcohol with one torch, creating a circle of fire with folks trapped in the middle (I hope).

I could go to the north and light the fire from there. They might not suspect you to the South! I can hide in a corner section somewhere under my cloak and maybe they’ll follow me later.
Last edited February 27, 2024 3:09 pm
Feb 27, 2024 3:31 pm
OOC:
Good plan but needs a bit of clarification.
Flasks typically cover 5x5 so you can make a 25' wall. That's not enough to block all the passages. If you stretch it thin to a 50' wall the flames will not be very thick and can easily be jumped. Grid is 10'

You could make the arc start at the edge and go into the darkness
Feb 27, 2024 3:35 pm
Brewner quickly sets a false trail north while Grin plans to create a trap. The group heads south after finishing preparations. You then find a place to hide.
Feb 27, 2024 4:09 pm
OOC:
okay, how about this
Grin can put all the alcohol in the dark area opening, then go to the north of ‘C’ just to the left around the corner. There he will peek out from around the stone to watch the dark opening. And he’ll hold a lit torch and his crossbow at the ready. He’ll have one of the alcohol fire arrows ready to light in his crossbow.

Basically, he’s planning to fire a flaming arrow into the dark space once the goblins come through to break them up and cause confusion. Then he’d go and hide somewhere in case they charge him. Hopefully the friends in the south can either hide or catch the goblins by surprise?
OOC:
thoughts? Should i just chill out and hide with you all?
Last edited February 27, 2024 4:11 pm
Feb 27, 2024 4:42 pm
OOC:
Depends do you want to hide or try and take them on with gorilla tactics?
If you're hiding your probably don't want to shoot a flaming arrow from your hiding spot when they can see it.
Feb 27, 2024 4:45 pm
OOC:
well, he would be hiding just to the north of "C" and the blue dot on the map. Like, peeking around that north edge to look down towards the opening from the camp area. And the rest of the party could hide in the South. Then ambush them from behind… or I can chill out and just go with the group and hide in the south?
Feb 27, 2024 4:47 pm
To the north is a small crystal clear pool is water with a faint luminous glow.
Feb 27, 2024 5:40 pm
OOC:
Oh, yeah! The pool. No one has yet figured out what it does.
Feb 27, 2024 5:46 pm
Grin commits to his plan, makes a little somersault roll away from the group and heads North to set up his fiery ambush plan. On his way up, he sees a crystal clear pool with a faint luminous glow. Thirsty, he dips in his waterskin to fill it up, then takes a nice big swallow before heading to find a hiding place.
OOC:
Now we’re about to find out.
https://i.imgur.com/iLlyvMl.jpeg
Last edited February 27, 2024 5:48 pm
Feb 27, 2024 6:00 pm
OOC:
Nothing will go wrong by drinking from the mysterious pool, everything will always be just fine lol.
Our knightly fellow readies Trusty Sling, just in case of trouble! And with valiant resolve, he hides and keeps his trap shut, all in the most heroic manner imaginable.
Feb 27, 2024 6:26 pm
OOC:
If you going to shoot the flaming arrow don't forget to Focus + shoot. if possible.
Feb 27, 2024 7:28 pm
Psybermagi sent a note to daryen,WhiteDwarf,Thunder_Lungz,Bunt
Feb 27, 2024 7:37 pm
OOC:
Thunder_Lungz says:
Now we’re about to find out.
Good or bad. Success or failure. Mad props to Grin!
Feb 27, 2024 7:39 pm
"We've left our two crystals behind. Ishzu seemed to be doing okay, though."

With his heart beating fast due to the escape, Oliver stays hidden with the rest and keeps quiet for a while, accompanying the aura of solemn heroic silence emanating from Ander. He keeps the bat in his hand, adamant to make it work when the goblins come out (if the goblins come out).
OOC:
For the sake of coherence assume that this was just before the water elemental post.
Last edited February 27, 2024 7:41 pm
Feb 27, 2024 7:42 pm
OOC:
I’ve lived a good life.
Grin immediately regrets drinking the water. He collapses on all fours and curls up under his cloak (which is still a dark, non-reflective material).
Last edited February 27, 2024 7:44 pm

Rolls

Save test - (2d6)

(34) = 7

Feb 27, 2024 7:55 pm
Psybermagi sent a note to daryen,WhiteDwarf,Thunder_Lungz,Bunt
Feb 27, 2024 8:01 pm
Psybermagi sent a note to Smiley
Feb 27, 2024 8:35 pm
As Grin is lifted off of his feet, he cries out in fear and surprise. Ah! Then seeing the water elemental, with his mind he says: Please great lord of water! I wish to save my friends, and… and to… to have the wisdom of water - to soothe the fearful, nourish the needy and cleanse the evil.
Last edited February 27, 2024 9:10 pm
Feb 27, 2024 9:50 pm
Ishzu just stays as stiff and still as possible. Letting the goblins do as they please...

Water

Psybermagi

Feb 28, 2024 4:45 am
Water
Grin afain feels the words as well as disgruntlement from the elemental Greedy Mortal as it drops him into the now empty pool basin. The elemental flows quickly into the darkness washing away the goblins.

Ishzu, who is being dragged to the platform sees the mass of water burst out of the darkness as the goblins screech even more frantic now. The two mages are performing a ritual and Ishzu sees the tiles pattern changing on the Matrix surface but before he can see the completed pattern the elemental washes over him before receding like the tide leaving all the goblins soaked but clustered around their leaders. Just before being swallowed by the darkness Ishzu sees the goblins all scramble onto the platform and a black and white light fills the area around them before they vanish.

The elemental returns to Grin, setting Ishzu down before "speaking" again to Grin. I have fulfilled your simple desire. farewell. before it collapses into the pool, washing Grin out to stand shocked and momentarily speechless.
OOC:
STILL ALIVE!
You gather back together as the darkness fades and cautiously return to the camp. The camp is a mess between the goblin pillaging and torrential actions of the elemental. Even the tent was taken out by the elementals passage. It's the middle of the night, the two night guards are dead. The camp is a mess. . . . But isn't life a grand adventure?!?
Feb 28, 2024 7:00 am
" By my ancestors" Brewner says jaw open.

After a while he tries to find his shovel or any other useful object
Feb 28, 2024 12:45 pm
Brewner recovers his shovel and starts gathering what is salvageable of the now destroyed campsight. The three lanterns remain on thei posts and you find the sleeping mats you were using earlier. Though of much better quality than yours still in your pack, they are all sodden and need a good cleaning then to be set out to dry. Some of the tent poles are broken but you could likely still set something up, but that too is all wet as is all the food. The tools and other supplies will be fine after a while but you figure that it may be best for the expedition to simply haul it all back to the surface and bring new supplies or set up racks near a fire to help it all dry out. Otherwise rot will quickly set in down here in the cool dark caves.
Feb 28, 2024 1:06 pm
OOC:
LOL, this was epic!
Once the elemental drops Grinfletch back out of the pool, he momentarily freezes in shock. He inspects the pool (what does the pool look like now, GM?) and then rushes South to join his friends before going back to the camp to search for Ishzu.
OOC:
Did the goblins get the big crystal? Fiznik’s adventuring gear is lost to the water or the goblins then, right?
Last edited February 28, 2024 1:15 pm
Feb 28, 2024 1:09 pm
The pool is once again a small pond of slightly luminous water with ripples gently lapping the edges despite there being no wind or other disturbances to create them
OOC:
yep. Big crystal is gone. Skirt of the great is just wet, some of broken. Some lost?
Ishzu is standing next to the pond
Feb 28, 2024 1:17 pm
OOC:
Oops, missed that!
After a brief moment of shock by the pool, Grin sees Ishzu standing before him and grips him in a big hug! He runs off South to find the others: hey! Heeey! Look, it’s Ishzu. I did it! Well, he did it! I mean… I don’t know what happened but we got him back! The water lord brought Ishzu back!
Last edited February 28, 2024 1:18 pm
Feb 28, 2024 5:23 pm
"What in the world of rising river waters just happened? This... thing... just came about and washed away everything."

"I'm just glad the important crystal is safe. The talking one, I mean. We'll need to do something about the other one. Was it washed away with the goblins? Or did they manage to take it?"


Oliver tried in vain to dry one of the soggy sleeping mats, but then stopped and smiled.

"It was beautiful, though,wasn't it? "
OOC:
Way to cleanse the world. Please avoid drinking water elementals at home. These are trained duende professionals with a solid stomach
Last edited February 28, 2024 5:45 pm
Feb 28, 2024 6:03 pm
Ander wrings out wet clothes and things. Then gives cursory search for missing crystal.
Yes, I suppose those riff-rafts absconded with it! The crystal, I mean!
We must try and retrieve it, friends!
Last edited February 28, 2024 6:03 pm
Feb 28, 2024 6:41 pm
OOC:
Quote:
Way to cleanse the world. Please avoid drinking water elementals at home. These are trained duende professionals with a solid stomach
LoL
Feb 28, 2024 7:02 pm
OOC:
Announcement
@daryen will start to act as the DM for this story. As stated in the announcement in the Q&A thread this is to talk find of the load and allow me to keep this game open for beginners to Gamersplane, Play by Post, RPG, or Tiny D6.

Several of you have interacted with him already either this chat or your magic items that give council.

I will still be around but much of the day to day will be run by daryen.
Feb 28, 2024 7:19 pm
OOC:
Sounds good! Will we and this thread stay in this particular game or migrate to a separate game entirely?
Last edited February 28, 2024 7:49 pm
Feb 28, 2024 7:48 pm
OOC:
Aye aye! We will miss you, but gladfully receive Daryen as well. You are both aces in this <3
Feb 28, 2024 8:02 pm
OOC:
this will still remain in this game.
Maybe I can be a guest GM some time and have another goblin hoard attack you guys, just to relive those good old days. 😁
Feb 28, 2024 8:04 pm
OOC:
It all stays here. Psybermagi will make sure I don't wander too far off the reservation.
Feb 28, 2024 8:16 pm
OOC:
Welcome daryen and thanks to Psybermagi
Feb 28, 2024 8:55 pm
OOC:
Ricardoi91 says:
Welcome daryen and thanks to Psybermagi
Likewise!
Last edited February 28, 2024 8:55 pm
Feb 28, 2024 9:03 pm
OOC:
Bunt says:
Way to cleanse the world. Please avoid drinking water elementals at home. These are trained duende professionals with a solid stomach
Also, lol.
Feb 29, 2024 10:23 am
Before leaving Brewner using his shovel digs quickly grave for the dead guards.

" This guards died doing their job, trying to protect us, they deserve at least this, they are with theirs ancestors"

King

daryen

Feb 29, 2024 3:35 pm
King
The King says, "You probably ought to take the bodies up to the surface. And tell the wizard what happened."
Feb 29, 2024 4:44 pm
Ricardoi91 says:
Before leaving Brewner using his shovel digs quickly grave for the dead guards.

" This guards died doing their job, trying to protect us, they deserve at least this, they are with theirs ancestors"
Yes, we should take care of them. Well, what about their families?
Feb 29, 2024 5:23 pm
" You probably right" answering both the King and Grinfletch

"We bring them to the surface, but do we do it now or do we follow the rest of the goblins with the crystal?"
Feb 29, 2024 7:49 pm
"The goblins and crystal can wait. Let us take these heroes to the surface. Thank you, Brewner, your heart is truly in the right place."

Oliver pats Brewner on the shoulder.

"And your chess piece sounds wiser than most."
Feb 29, 2024 8:51 pm
OOC:
OK, setting the stage ...

The goblins left using the Matrix Node. That means you can't follow or track them on the way out. However, you can try to see how they got *in*, since you know it wasn't through the Node.

And you wouldn't really be able to dig graves for them down here, as it is pretty much all rock.

So, the question is, what do you want to do now?
Feb 29, 2024 9:12 pm
OOC:
OHHHHHHHH. I hadn't noticed the matrix node thing when reading for the first time!
"Let us go to the surface to give these guards a proper place to rest, and come back straight here to research the area. What do you say?"

Just then, Oliver noticed the pool of shiny water and smelled around to identify any riverside species that could serve him for alchemy.
OOC:
Just so you know, Oliver has alchemy recipes which specifically require minerals, river plants or other stuff, so he looks for those kind of stuff when he's in the appropriate area. Right now I'm rolling with advantage because plants/flowers can be smelled, and Oliver has a trait of heightened smell (alchemy gives advantage to identify substances, which I guess means liquids, whereas the smell trait covers smelly ingredients)

Rolls

Alchemy plant identification - (3d6)

(255) = 12

Feb 29, 2024 10:42 pm
Bunt says:

Oliver pats Brewner on the shoulder.
Grin looks up at Brewner, winks, and gives him a big thumbs up. Right friends - shall we go?… wait a minute, where’s Ishzu? Oy, Zuzu?! How do we keep losing a big walking crystal?!
OOC:
Bunt says:

Oliver noticed the pool of shiny water…
If you’re talking about the pool with the elemental in the other cave to the west, Grin will absolutely want to tell you about the scary water lord and his wish-granting experience.

Also, before we leave, we might want to hear from @Smiley about Ishzu’s experiences and plans.
Last edited February 29, 2024 10:44 pm
Feb 29, 2024 10:53 pm
OOC:
Yeah, probably ought to have @Smiley and @WhiteDwarf check in before heading you all back up.
Feb 29, 2024 11:29 pm
OOC:
I am sick with the flu right now. No energy. Ishzu is following along right now. Sorry.
Feb 29, 2024 11:42 pm
Smiley says:
OOC:
I am sick with the flu right now. No energy. Ishzu is following along right now. Sorry.
OOC:
Thoughts and prayers.
Last edited February 29, 2024 11:47 pm
Feb 29, 2024 11:46 pm
Sorry I am late. Yes, friends, let’s move forward. This…pool, Grin, sounds very enticing indeed! Perhaps we mark it on our map, and keep track of it for later!
Ander looks at Ye Ole Dungeon Map, which perhaps updates to mark the Elemental Pool in real-time!
Mar 1, 2024 2:05 am
OOC:
Smiley says:
I am sick with the flu right now. No energy. Ishzu is following along right now. Sorry.
Feel better soon! We’ll make sure Ishzu eats his veggies while you’re out.
Watch out, Oli!!! That pool water will give you a tummy ache! And it is definitely NOT enticing. I say we mark it down with the note: DO NOT DRINK!… goodness, anyone can just walk up to that pool, take a drink, feel sick to their stomach, be grappled by a water lord, be granted a wish, and BLAM! You’re soaked through and face down on the stone! It’s unsafe I say! Hazardous!

Now, when you’re done looking for ingredients, Oliver, we’ll be over there preparing these corpses for transport…


He squelches off in his wet clothing, not quite sure why he’s feeling frustrated…
Last edited March 1, 2024 2:06 am
Mar 1, 2024 3:36 am
OOC:
Smiley says:
I am sick with the flu right now. No energy. Ishzu is following along right now. Sorry.
Sorry to hear that! Hope you get well soon!

I'll describe the trek up tomorrow morning.
Mar 1, 2024 5:45 am
"Sure, sure, sorry. Let's go. Curiosity got the best of me, but it's bad timing."

And he moved back to the group to prepare the fallen guards for transport back to the surface.
OOC:
Regarding the check I made to identify ingredients: was there anything worth identifying?
Mar 1, 2024 1:44 pm
OOC:
FYI, Bunt, I’m not feeling frustrated - just being silly with Grin and trying to bridge what’s going on around the pool with what’s happening in the camp area. :D

Guard

daryen

Mar 1, 2024 2:41 pm
Bunt says:
OOC:
Regarding the check I made to identify ingredients: was there anything worth identifying?
Bunt sees no life present in the pool. In fact, there is no algae or slime or moss or anything like that one might expect to see in an otherwise stagnant pool. It looks to be perfectly clear, clean water.
OOC:
Do you take a sample of the water in a vial or flask? (It will quickly lose its magic, but you don't know that yet. 😊)
You, saddened by the loss of the lives of the guards and disappointed by the loss of your big prize, pack up the remains of the camp and use them to make a pair of stretchers for the fallen guards. With that, you head back to the Settlement. It is a very quiet hour as the fresh experience weights on you, and you do not engage in your normal banter in the walk.

When you reach the gate, the guards there quickly become active and ask what happened. The simple answer, "Goblins," gives all the information they need for now. They send a runner to get more people to manage the task at hand. They relieve you of both the bodies and the camp equipment and start the process of salvage and recover of the equipment.

Guard
"Thank you for bringing them back. Please check in with Tyren and let him know what happened."
OOC:
Do you say any more to the guards present?
You finish the trek up into the warehouse and run into the Clerk.
OOC:
What do you say to the Clerk? Where do you go next? (Fiznik, Tyren, the Tavern?)
Last edited March 1, 2024 2:43 pm
Mar 1, 2024 2:51 pm
To the guards: "Make sure their families know they die bravely, doing their job of protecting others"
OOC:
I think i missed something why do we need to talk to Fiznik?
Last edited March 1, 2024 2:55 pm
Mar 1, 2024 3:00 pm
Thunder_Lungz says:
OOC:
FYI, Bunt, I’m not feeling frustrated - just being silly with Grin and trying to bridge what’s going on around the pool with what’s happening in the camp area. :D
OOC:
I kind of assumed as much, but took the opportunity to roleplay it a bit anyway. Thanks for letting me know though!
Mar 1, 2024 3:06 pm
OOC:
Ricardoi91 says:
I think i missed something why do we need to talk to Fiznik?
It's not so much you *need* to talk with Fiznik, but you were there when his camp and guards were wiped out and it might be a decent courtesy to let a powerful wizard know this before others do ...
Mar 1, 2024 3:07 pm
OOC:
Likely because he told us what the big crystal was worth and put some enchantments of it, so it's reasonable to let him know that it just got taken away. I'm roleplaying an additional reason, which is that they're matrix node researchers
"Hello, we would like to have a quick word with Fiznik, to deliver a report."

While waiting, Oliver talks with his companions.

"They are big researchers on the matrix node thingie, right? If anyone can give us a hint as to how to track these goblins, it would be Fiznik and Valpip."
Mar 1, 2024 3:46 pm
Grin passes Oliver the waterskin he filled at the pool. Here, this might be of interest to you, but I wouldn’t drink it if I were you.

Brewner said he saw the tracks of the Goblins where they came in from the West, too. Maybe we could follow that as well?
Mar 1, 2024 5:02 pm
OOC:
Ok i didn't realize it was his camp and guards
Brewner says to the group " I am no expert on tracking in caves but i did find goblin tracks coming from north when they attack the camp"
Mar 1, 2024 6:21 pm
Well, that’s good to know. I particularly enjoy tracking and finding my way through caverns - it’s an advantage of mine - not to brag…
OOC:
Grin has advantage when attempting to find his way through a dungeon or cave system
Mar 1, 2024 11:07 pm
Yes friends, let’s follow the goblin tracks please. We will find our quarry, and the crystal will be retrieved! It is the heroic th8ng to do, after all!
I have Trusty Sling and my sword at the ready, friends! I stand ready for anything. Well, maybe not a greater demon or something like that. Or an ancient dragon. Prolly not ready for something like that. But pretty much anything else!
Mar 1, 2024 11:56 pm
A big smile appears in Brewner face "Ander your thirst for adventure makes my blood boil, but we need to keep a cool head, perhaps it would be a good idea to talk to Fiznik and listen to his sage advice.. should we talk to captain Tyren and ask for reinforcments?"

Brewner stretches and checks his wounds " If we going to face a goblin horde we need to be at our best, those goblin were able to find their mark with those nasty bows, a short rest?"
OOC:
Do we need to go back to the Base thread or is this still related to the underdark adventure?
Mar 2, 2024 12:29 am
OOC:
Ishzu is a healer. Let's assume he silently healed everyone on the walk back. You should all have full health at this point.

Hmm. On the base thread, ordinarily, yes, that is likely what we'd do. However, with this being semi-split, I am not sure. Let's find out ...

... Calling @Psybermagi ...

Should we move this temporarily up to the base for their conversations with Fiznik and Tyren, or just handle it in this thread?
Mar 2, 2024 2:00 am
OOC:
Moving to other threads is just uses to separate and group players as needed. It also shows when pastors move out change activities. Yo do not need to go this but can if you wish
Mar 2, 2024 2:07 am
OOC:
To be honest, I don’t think we’d be staying in town for long. Just a brief conversation with Fiznik and/or Tyren. In fact, I bet the runner who went ahead could even bring them from town to meet us at the entrance. We just need either good gear or reinforcements if we’re going to fight such a big group. And we’re already geared up minus Fiznik’s adventuring supplies.
I agree with Brewner and Oliver. Let’s figure out our attack plan and then go bring it to the goblins!
Last edited March 2, 2024 2:08 am
Mar 2, 2024 2:36 am
OOC:
Ok, let's just stay in this thread. Keeps it easier.

So, I left you basically in the warehouse. Where do you want to go? I'm gonna assume it is still before noon and you got enough sleep before the raid. I'll also assume you got a quick resupply of standard stuff (rations and a torch each), so your set of starting supplies are full. Any fancy stuff you'll have to go get. Since you did get back here, everyone will know what happened within the day (from the guards who met you and the clerk). You can talk with Fiznik or Tyron if you want, but it isn't required.
Mar 2, 2024 9:32 am
Oliver took the chance to ask Fiznik more about the matrix node.

"Is there any way to track the last destination of a node? We'll research the area of the ambush as best we can, but anything we could learn of the node itself would be useful too."
Mar 2, 2024 2:26 pm
Brewner talks to the clerk to arrange a meeting with capitan Tyren

"Captain Tyrel my name is Brewner of Noric and i will like to have a talk with you about this goblin problem, the camp in the underdark was overtaken as you probably already know. I came to ask for yours suport, is time to end this menace. My group was able to find tracks that we belive will takes to their lair, some of my friends are at this moment talking to Fiznik for is advice and suport as well"
Last edited March 2, 2024 2:28 pm

Rolls

Charisma - (3d6)

(652) = 13

Mar 2, 2024 3:10 pm
Grin sneaks off for a minute and comes back with some bread and cheese. As he’s stuffing his mouth, he hands Brewner a whistle and says: H'es a wu...le. If w'sh s'paratd, ya can b'ow on it. Epish, righ'?

Fiznik

Psybermagi

Mar 2, 2024 3:20 pm
Fiznik
I have been researching the Matrix but I do not have enough information to do that myself at this time. I believe that it should be possible. Under normal operations the last activation remain visible and ready for reactivation. However we have seen instances where some know enough to trigger a random change after a node activation preventing others from seeing what was done. I have also learned that two nodes in sync, with each having the address of the other set, can actually have one command sent to it remotely by the other.
I was able to contact someone with access to more information on the Matrix last night after returning to my library and I believe he can help me reactivate the node in the cavern. I will be returning to the node with a squad of guards and ensuring it is warded better but we still don't know how the goblins got into the caverns. Perhaps from the underdark?
he muses with a scowl on his face.
Mar 2, 2024 5:13 pm
OOC:
So, your group plan to hunt for the goblin's path fits with what Fiznik wants, perfectly. Plus, you can help identify and clear out all of the other paths, too, if you want.

Also, I asked Psybermagi to run Fiznik so he stays consistent.
Mar 2, 2024 5:17 pm
OOC:
cool! Yeah I think we want to know what Fiznik can figure out about the Matrix (sorry Morpheus), but it looks like we’ll have to wait on that.

So tracking them back the way they came! And hearing from this Tyron fellow.
Grin chews loudly during the next conversation with Tyron.

Tyren (Captain)

daryen

Mar 2, 2024 5:23 pm
Ricardoi91 says:
"Captain Tyrel my name is Brewner of Noric and i will like to have a talk with you about this goblin problem, the camp in the underdark was overtaken as you probably already know. I came to ask for yours suport, is time to end this menace. My group was able to find tracks that we belive will takes to their lair, some of my friends are at this moment talking to Fiznik for is advice and suport as well"
Tyren (Captain)

"First, I want to thank you and your group for bringing the guards bodies up. That is deeply appreciated.

"We won't be able to provide any guards to help you with your searches around the caverns, but I am sure Fiznik is going to make sure there is an increased security presence around the new underground camp he will rebuild. So, while we can't directly help you, mainly due to having only so many guards, the base will be more secure going forward.

"That all said,"
he says with a determined look, "if you find the main goblin camp they came from, I am very sure you will be able to get support to deal with the problem."
Mar 2, 2024 5:26 pm
With a full mouth of food: 'So y'don't w'n ush to deshtroy th' Gobblinsh when w'find 'em?'

Tyren (Captain)

daryen

Mar 2, 2024 5:31 pm
Tyren (Captain)


Tyren looks at Grin for a moment while his brain mentally removes the food from the question. "You are more than free to take them on on your own. The Guard is strictly chartered to protect the Settlement only, with the outpost in the caverns as an important, but notable extension of that charter. We do not need to mete out our own retribution, but if you need the help, that can be another rare extension."
Mar 2, 2024 6:07 pm
Ishzu has been mainly quiet. Partially for feeling useless during the goblin fight and partially because the crystal is gone.
"I am sorry I couldn't do more friends. Those goblins got the drop on me. Before we head out, I would like to thank the water Elemental that saved us."
Mar 2, 2024 6:16 pm
OOC:
We can back up momentarily ...

The water elemental is gone and Ishzu can detect nothing in the pool. (It is still a magical pool; there just isn't any intelligence or thought residing in it.)

Also, I assume Ishzu healed everyone on the trek out.
Mar 2, 2024 6:30 pm
OOC:
Yeah that is all fine. I was going to check the Water on the way out of camp. If you want to say I did it before that is ok.
Mar 2, 2024 6:44 pm
OOC:
Tell ya what: You did a cursory check on the way out of camp, as I described above. However, you're all coming right back down, as it appears the group plans to go goblin hunting. You can do another check on the pool once you all get back down.
Mar 2, 2024 6:51 pm
Grin brushes crumbs from his shirt and says: Right! All ready, friends?
Mar 2, 2024 8:20 pm
Biting sporadically a block of cheese in his hand, Oliver approaches. "Yes. All is set. Fiznik reckons it should be possible to track the matrix node, but we aren't capable of doing it yet. We need to step back to the old school of tracking in a dungeon. The show is yours, Grin. Let's go."
Mar 2, 2024 9:45 pm
Showing off the whistle to the rest of the group: "Thank you Mr Grinfletch, another handy gift, lets hope i dont needed"
"Yes i am ready, lets free the caves from the goblin menace"
Mar 2, 2024 10:01 pm
"Oh, you got a whistle as well. Yes, that's an excellent idea, and it reminds me..."

Oliver produced two vials from his pouch, one with a deep purple color and the other with transparent shades of purple. He then gave them to Brewner.

"Take these two vials as well. If you mix them up, I might magically know where you are, using this circlet I'm wearing, unless there's someone with a beer between us."

Then he chuckled and snorted. It still sounded as funny as the first day.

"I do mean it, though. It's just wine alcohol and wine extract. If you mix them, you get wine, and this circlet always tells me the direction of the closest alcoholic beverage."
Mar 2, 2024 10:35 pm
OOC:
I assume everyone's ready to get moving again.
After another long uneventful walk back down into the caverns, the group finds themselves at the Matrix Node again. Hoping for the best, they take a look at the pad to see what the pattern shows, but they are pretty sure it is not a valid pattern, or at least not the one used as it doesn't match any of the part that Ishzu briefly saw. Without that option available, the group is reduced to trying to follow the goblin's trail.
OOC:
Ok, so the trail that Brewner and Grin had found leads off in a direction the group hasn't yet gone. Also, Ishzu implied he might want to check out the pool first. In which direction do you go?
Mar 2, 2024 10:58 pm
OOC:
I think the pool and the trail go north west right? Or west, then north.
Right-o! Let me see, let me see!
OOC:
Post roll
Hmmm, yes… he picks up a rock and sniffs it. Hmmm, yes… he knocks on the rock wall and listens. Hmmmmmmm, yes… okay! They came from that-a way! He points at the footprints.
Last edited March 2, 2024 11:03 pm

Rolls

Dungeoneer Advantage - (3d6)

(153) = 9

Mar 2, 2024 11:36 pm
While the others are searching for a possible goblin trail, Ishzu heads over to the pool of water.
He tries to create a mental connection with the water elemental that was in there before.


Rolls

Ishzu: Test - Basic - (2d6)

(34) = 7

Mar 3, 2024 1:05 am
OOC:
You lost the huge crystal, and likely lost anything Ishzu was personally carrying during the encounter (unless you had a spot you could hide them directly on or in your person). But anything in the tent is likely still in the group's possession because the group took care to keep everything of value when escaping. So, you still likely have enough to trade, one way or another.
Mar 3, 2024 11:15 am
As Grinfletch follows the goblin's trail, Brewber makes sure to stay close to him in case there are enemies nearby.

In the caves, with so much darkness, Brewner focuses on his hearing to sense if there are enemies ahead.
Mar 3, 2024 6:11 pm
Ander stammers slightly stalwart.
Agh, we lost part of our loot, friends! Oh well. At least we live to tell tall tales, eh?
Our knightly fellow readies Trusty Sling in case of trouble. Which would get a sling bullet atop the noggin, if so!
Mar 3, 2024 6:32 pm
OOC:
We were using Ishzu’s tent, right? Maybe he can at least salvage that. What gear did he use before? We can maybe get something in town to make sure he’s geared for a fight at least.
Mar 3, 2024 7:06 pm
Grin leads the team along the Goblin path he and Brewner found previously. The follow the path for a bit, almost losing track of it twice, but with the two of them working together they are able to follow it along. Until they reach a cavern covered in bright pink slime. The slime makes a relatively smooth surface, but you can't tell at first if this is because the cavern floor is flat, or just because of how the slime works. It is a comparatively small cavern, but still big enough that the torch light reaching the far side does not give much detail other than the relative size of the cavern.

As you stop to decide what to do, Grin, Brewner, Ander, and Oliver realize that Ishzu is not with the group anymore ...
OOC:
What do you do?
Ishzu finds the pool and after doing a mental search for any thought or a remnant of the elemental finds nothing. The pool still has an active surface and still appears to be magical, but there is no hint of any elemental in the pool.
OOC:
What do you do?
OOC:
I am not breaking this apart, at least not yet, as Ishzu is not so far away that they can't get back together quickly. However, neither the group nor Ishzu now exactly where the other is. How do you handle this?
Mar 3, 2024 7:17 pm
OOC:
Quick request for WhiteDwarf and Recardoi91: Please make your characters viewable so that I can refer to them easily. I can't change anything on them (no one but Psybermagi and you can), but being able to see them helps make sure I don't forget any abilities. To do that, please do the following:

The first thing is to go to the top toolbar and click "Characters" -> "All characters". This is highlighted by the purple arrow. You have to select "All characters" even if you have only one character.
https://i.imgur.com/j15eAcC.png

You should then see the following image. I circled two icons in purple. Currently, the icon for the characters in question (Ander and Brewner) have the icon showing gray. Please click it to turn the icon red. Whatever you do, do NOT click the big red X. That would be very bad.
https://i.imgur.com/39HdpHU.png

Thanks!
Mar 3, 2024 9:27 pm
As soon as he notices the pink slime, Oliver cannot contain his excitement. "Hohoho! Just whaaaat do we have here!?"

He took a sample into a vial and then closely observed, smelled and poked the substance in the wall with a stick (he wasn't brave enough to taste it just yet). "It's pink!" was his deep observation after a minute.

Rolls

Substance identification - (3d6)

(564) = 15

Mar 3, 2024 9:39 pm
Woh… very slimey looking. Want me to taste it? He looks around to wink at the others and notices that Ishzu is gone… Uhhh, where’s Ishzu?… awww, not again! Oh! He pulls out his whistle and blows it three times loudly.
Last edited March 3, 2024 9:41 pm
Mar 3, 2024 10:48 pm
Not finding any connection to the water Ishzu heads back to join the others... "Whatever you summoned in the water is gone now. I was hoping to thank them.
OOC:
Sorry still dealing with feeling like crap. I do have
[ +- ] Camper's Respite
I would have set it up and left my pack in there since I don't need anything. The only thing I would have had on me is a simple staff.
Mar 3, 2024 10:51 pm
OOC:
okay cool! That’s a neat tent!
Mar 4, 2024 4:37 am
OOC:
Smiley says:
I would have set it up and left my pack in there since I don't need anything. The only thing I would have had on me is a simple staff.
Woah! That is a nice tent! We'll assume the goblins missed it since they weren't looking for anything in particular, and since I'm betting you set it up a little distance away to use its camp ability. So, you still have it and your pack.
Shortly after Grin blows his whistle, Ishzu shows up, explaining he was trying to thank the elemental, but he found nothing at the pool.

Oliver experiments with the slime some and sees that it slowly digests organic matter, but not minerals. There might be other things immune to it, but he doesn't know what. From what he can see, they should have more than enough time to cross it without permanent effect, but they'll need to scrape it off of everything they don't want to lose. He also assumes that eating it or letting it inside (through their nose or a wound) would likely be bad.
OOC:
I knew Oliver would be thrilled to find this stuff, and I'm terrified to see what he tries to come up with to use it ...

Anyway, what else do you do?
Mar 4, 2024 7:03 am
"Well you don't call me hopper for nothing"

Brewner crosses the slime in great leaps
Last edited March 4, 2024 7:04 am
Mar 4, 2024 7:36 am
Oliver still seemed delighted.

"It's pink! And it eats! I'm going to get a few and give them names. Their diets shall answer a few questions."

Oliver took out five more samples in vials and marked each with a letter, starting with the one that he had taken before.

"Alice, Bell, Cece, Dean, Ellie, Fang."

And he put a small leaf in each vial, letting the slimes slowly eat them up.
Mar 4, 2024 12:33 pm
OOC:
Maybe Ishzu can just walk through unscathed and then kick a goblin in the face with his slime covered feet for extra slime damage.
Grinfletch watches in amazement as Brewner hops away. There goes Mr Hopper! Grin is curious about something. Before stepping gingerly across the slimy cavern, he takes a flaming torch and slowly approaches a patch of slime with the flame of the torch. If nothing happens, he will touch the flame to the slime.
Last edited March 4, 2024 12:33 pm
Mar 4, 2024 3:02 pm
"I have never tried communicating with a Slime before. Should I see if this pink stuff is sentient?"
Mar 4, 2024 3:27 pm
OOC:
Before Brewner hops across the slime, you need to specify, in very general terms, where you are hopping.

I need to provide a little more detail ...
https://i.imgur.com/EvA1j8g.png

The room is roughly 60 feet in diameter, so the far side is at the limit of effective torchlight, giving very little detail on the far side. The slime covers the entire floor of the cavern, and spreads a up just a little on the edges, only a very few inches (it isn't consistent, but it's less than six inches). The surface of the slime is remarkably level.

You have approached it from the east (right-hand) side of the cavern. You can't tell for sure, but it does look like there might be a smaller exit on the far (west) side of the cavern. The rest of the cavern walls look have no openings, but the shadows could always be playing tricks on your eyes.
OOC:
So, when you try to "hop across", where are you going? Are you going straight through the middle? Are you hugging the edge? Which edge? And when you do start across, give me a standard roll.
When Grin lowers his torch close to the slime, he can tell the heat is affecting the slime, but other than that it does not respond. When the torch touches the slime the part touched sizzles, but does not otherwise react.

Oliver's experiment with the leaves will show roughly how quickly it consumes the leaves. Right now, nothing much is happening as it isn't that fast. (Fortunately, it appears pink slime works way less slowly that more formidable slimes.)
Mar 4, 2024 3:52 pm
OOC:
Is there any goblin mark footprint in the slime?

If there is Brewner going to follow them, if not, he his going to go near the south wall
Brewner takes some time to prepare and start to hopping across

Rolls

Focus +test - (2D6)

(14) = 5

Mar 4, 2024 4:04 pm
Ishzu carefully pokes one of the small samples of pink slime to see what it does to him.
Mar 4, 2024 6:27 pm
Grin removes the torch and inspects the area he burned out. He wants to know if it will grow back and how quickly.
Last edited March 4, 2024 6:27 pm
Mar 4, 2024 9:33 pm
Ander avoids the crazy slime at all costs!
Such vile substance, indeed!
Mar 4, 2024 10:10 pm
OOC:
One at a time ...
Brewner takes his first hop onto the pink slime and finds that he has actually hopped into the slime as his boot submerges about four inches into the slime, he tries a second hop and this time his boot slides into the slime about six inches because of the uneven ground that he can't see, Brewner stumbles a bit, but catches himself. (If you'd failed the roll, you'd have fallen down.) However, his progress has been stopped for the moment. At this point, he can either continue on with a more deliberate walk (since the ground underneath is pretty uneven), or he can retreat back out pretty easily. In the end, his boots have a lot of slime on them which will need to be scraped off to prevent ruining the boots.

The pink slime does not seem to react to Ishzu. If he leaves his digit in the slime, it will attach to him, as it does with the surrounding rock, but it doesn't seem to react to him. Ishzu is pretty sure it would react to his equipment (backpack and staff) as they are composed of organic materials.

When Grin pulls the torch back, he sees that the surface that was touch, and the immediate surrounding area, is burnt and scorched. However, it doesn't have any real reaction. It doesn't retreat; it doesn't consume itself (at least not quickly enough to detect); it does not grow back (at least not quickly enough to detect). It just has a burnt spot now.

Quite frankly, Ander has a completely reasonable response to the slime. However, somehow the goblins managed to get through it relatively unscathed. Maybe there are clues about?
Mar 4, 2024 10:57 pm
"Would you like me to walk across with a rope? Give something to hold on to as you try and cross? " Ishzu starts removing his pack and staff and sits it away from the slime. He trudges right down the middle to see how deep it gets.
Last edited March 4, 2024 10:58 pm
Mar 5, 2024 2:34 am
Good idea, Ishzu! Maybe you can go see if there are any clues to how the goblins got through. I’ll look around the entrance here. Oh, and try burning the slime, it looks scorched here and like it might be okay to step on.

Grin inspects the mouth of the opening. As he does he wonders out loud: could we just walk through and wash off the slime?… we’d need some water… Oliver! That waterskin I gave you with the pool water - want to pour it on the slime and see what happens?
OOC:
Rolling with advantage from dungeoneer but it’s okay if it doesn’t apply. It says " when
attempting to find your way through a dungeon or cave system".

Rolls

Inspect (with dungeoneer?) - (3d6)

(156) = 12

Mar 5, 2024 4:24 am
When Ishzu gets closer the middle, it drops to about three feet deep, but the deepest part appears to be a relatively small hollow (no more than 20x20. Most of the slime is only one to two feet deep. If you stay along the walls, it's only a few inches. However, when Ishzu moves into the hollow he bumps into something in the hollow. It seems to have a mass roughly that of a large human, but it is definitely not humanoid in shape. In fact, it seems to not really have any particular shape. It can be moved, however, as it moved when Ishzu bumped into it. But that movement was purely do to the impact of Ishzu's contact; it is not moving of its own volition or anything.

Grin looks around their side of the pool and finds a very odd looking set of items. They look like long boots, long gloves, and a mask that covers the eyes, nose, and mouth of a goblin. Despite obviously being made for a goblin, the boots and gloves look a bit oversized (but still not big enough for a human, or even a dwarf). It's like the boots and gloves are intended to go over a goblin's normal clothes. Grin can easily use the boots and gloves if he wants; they are close enough fit. The mask won't work as well, but it would suffice.
OOC:
For a modern human equivalent of the boots and gloves, think of knee-high boots rubber boots and those "rubber" elbow-length gloves moms would use in the sixties to protect themselves from caustic cleaning supplies.

As for the burn mark, it doesn't really matter. Imagine burning a spot on the surface of an algae clump. Sure, that piece of the surface is burnt and damaged, but it's pretty irrelevant to the rest of the clump and doesn't change the (lack of) surface tension on the clump. If you step on the burn mark, it would be like it wasn't even there; you foot would go right to the rocky floor.

Two more quick items just to help a bit:
1) It is better to scrap the pink slime off. Water just doesn't do a great job of washing it off. It sticks to itself pretty well, so when you do scrape, it tends to peel off in sheets, to an extent. Water might help with the final bits, but the first 95+% needs to be scraped off.
2) The water from the pool simply becomes clear potable water when taken away from the pool. The magic is in the pool; it doesn't follow the water. I'll just say it came up as a side comment from Fiznik while pontificating at some point or as a side note from Skeeve when you socialized back in the tavern.
Mar 5, 2024 7:04 am
Brewner retreats and scraps his boots in the cave walls to take off pink slime.
Mar 5, 2024 11:02 am
Grin immediately puts on the rubber outfit and wills Veilstitch (his trusty cloak) to become the shape, coloring and texture of bat wings. He then starts skipping about the entrance to the slime cave area, flapping his "wings". Scree scree scree! Screeeeee! Look Oliver, I’m a bat!

He slows down after half a minute. Goodness it’s hard to breathe in that mask. What do you think it’s for?
Last edited March 5, 2024 11:05 am
Mar 5, 2024 12:57 pm
OOC:
Sorry for taking a bit of time to answer this time. Oliver will be there soon. Please stand by :P
Mar 5, 2024 1:26 pm
"Maybe it's to avoid breathing or eating the slime by accident." Oliver raised the vials, looking at the samples slowly eat away the leaves.
"These cuties are very slow, but by the shattering are they inexorable. Imagine breathing or eating one of them." And he shuddered.

"I wonder... is alcohol organic for these fellas?" Oliver uncorked the first three slime vials. He gave Alice (slime A) a small square of cheese, gave distillated wine alcohol to Bell (slime B) and gave wine concentrate to Cece (slime C). Then he put the cap back on the vials.
OOC:
Notes:
-The cheese came from Oliver's lunch.
-Oliver had previously distilled wine into wine-alcohol and wine-extract. The first one should be mostly alcohol, while the second one should be mostly grape juice.
Mar 5, 2024 4:04 pm
Ishzu tries to remove whatever is submerged in the slime and bring it to the surface."Found something." He tells the others.
Mar 5, 2024 4:20 pm
Ander moved near Ishznu. To help his crystalline friend dislodge whatever was submerged in the vile slime!
OOC:
Do we still have the telescopic pole, or did we give that back already?
Mar 5, 2024 5:32 pm
"Don't get eaten too much, Ander!"
Mar 5, 2024 5:36 pm
OOC:
@WhiteDwarf,

You had complete access to, and permission to use, the "standard" set of trinkets Valpip and Fiznik lent out. So, really, you can have any of them, including the pole. If I was a stickler, I would say you already had your chance to take something, but since we didn't really touch on that, that's on me, too. So, yes, you can have the pole with you if you want. You just have to return it when you leave this set of caverns.
Mar 5, 2024 5:51 pm
Nothing much happens with Oliver's experiments. Again, the slime works slowly, so nothing happens fast. However, the two wine components do not appear to harm the slime.

With effort, Ishzu is able to get enough of a grasp on the object to drag it up and out of the slime to their side of the cavern. As the object is pulled out, the slime just slides off of it. It has kind of a lumpy main section, with three long tentacle like things out of the main section. No one really recognizes what it is at first, but finally Oliver's eyes go wide and bright. "It's a dead mimic!" he exclaims. Ishzu did not find any loot around it, so apparently if it had any, whoever killed the mimic already took any loot.

As Oliver investigates the dead mimic, he can see it is far from fresh, so any ichors or other extracts are long since lost. However, aside from the natural deterioration caused by being dead, it seems remarkably unconsumed ...
Mar 5, 2024 6:10 pm
Maybe if we search around a little more deeper in the slime we’ll find an answer? I’ll wear this rubber stuff to keep the slime off of me.
Last edited March 5, 2024 6:11 pm
Mar 6, 2024 7:01 am
Brewner raises higher his torch trying to perceive the ceiling of the cave. Does he sees something odd?
Mar 6, 2024 2:48 pm
It is with knightly disdain for filth, that Ander refuses to get himself all slimed-up, even for his friends!
Eh, I will stand safely back whilst slime is sensibly searched. But I have my sword, not to mention Trusty Sling, at the ready, if there is trouble!
Last edited March 6, 2024 2:48 pm
Mar 6, 2024 3:05 pm
OOC:
As an aside, remember that the point of investigating the pink slime cavern is to see how the goblins are getting in. It is a fairly safe bet they are NOT coming up from the bottom of the depression in the middle of the cavern. The boots and gloves are not a full wetsuit, so Grin is not geared for deep slime diving. He is, however, well equipped to wander around the periphery of the cavern to see what can be found ...
The cavern is roughly circular, meaning the ceiling looks to reach as high as 60 feet or so. While it is hard to tell, there appears to be nothing lurking up there. (The remaining darkmantle does not appear to have settled here.)
Last edited March 6, 2024 3:07 pm
Mar 6, 2024 7:52 pm
Grin searches around the periphery of the cavern.
Last edited March 6, 2024 7:53 pm
Mar 6, 2024 10:12 pm
Oliver put the flasks away, contemplated the dead mimic and scratched his chin.

"Agh, I can't really make sense of all this. What's a dead mimic doing here? And why is it not consumed by the slime?"

He paused for a moment and stared at his companions.

"Well, I reckon we should leave these questions drying in the shore and look for marks that can lead us to the goblin whereabouts. Do you see any exit around there, Ishzu and Grin?"
Mar 6, 2024 11:13 pm
Grin makes his way along the southern cavern wall without finding anything. When he reaches the opposite side of the cavern from where they entered, he finds an opening (which they already thought was there). However, he finds a distinct lack of anything even hinting at goblins on this side. He does see that some activity has happened at the opening, but they don't match the goblin activity they saw on the other side. In fact, they look as if those who made the tracks treated the pink slime as a barrier. The opening does seem to continue on down as far as his torchlight will carry. However, rather than exploring on his own, he loops back around along the northern wall. About a third of the way back, he sees a relatively small opening that does show signs of goblin activity. Presumably, this is where they put on their boots to cross, so the marks of activity are quite evident. Humorously, the opening is impossible to see from the side of the cavern from which they entered. In fact, if Grin had moved around in the opposite direction, he could have missed it. (Well, not Grin, he's a dungeoneer!) But, since he was approaching from the "correct" direction, he could easily see it.

He quickly waves Ishzu over and they both take a look. They agree this is likely where the goblins entered from.
OOC:
So, what do you want to do? You have a few obvious options:
1) Explore the goblin passage.
2) Explore the passage on the opposite side of the cavern.
3) Go back, and check out one of the other open mysteries in your set of caverns here.
4) Go down to the deeper underdark.
5) Skin the mimic and make galoshes for everyone!

Remember that your base instructions are to finish clearing the caverns around the Maxtrix Node and identifying entrances. You have done that here now. But these are general directions, not orders. You can go wherever you want.
Mar 7, 2024 2:09 pm
OOC:
On the mimic, perhaps it is dead because another adventuring party (looks away for a moment) ran across it and killed it, then moved on after taking whatever loot it had. And it was originally here because it was apparently a perfect hiding spot for it because the pink slime didn't affect it. As for what to do with it, Oliver is the alchemist. I figured he would have been more excited to see it ...
Mar 7, 2024 2:25 pm
OOC:
ohh a mimick skin cloak or armor
Mimic face cream to allow facial reconstruction
Acid resistance
.. Ideas ideas. 😁
Mar 7, 2024 3:17 pm
Grin heads back to the others and shares their findings with them. What should we do now? Keep exploring? Follow the passage to the goblin’s hideout? Maybe we want to tell Fiznik about this area so he can post guards here?
Mar 7, 2024 3:26 pm
"My blood boils just thinking about the goblins, we should take revenge on them, make them regret their boldness" Brewner takes a long breath "But perhaps it would be prudent to explore other areas"
Mar 7, 2024 3:28 pm
OOC:
Do we know how to use the matrix to get anywhere? Have we been shown? I’m wondering if we find the goblins and there’s a node there, maybe we can use it?
Mar 7, 2024 3:29 pm
OOC:
Fiznik and Valpip can use it
Other PC are leaning
It requires a the appropriate mystical trait or a talisman charged by Fiznik or Valpip
Mar 7, 2024 4:51 pm
daryen says:
OOC:
On the mimic, perhaps it is dead because another adventuring party (looks away for a moment) ran across it and killed it, then moved on after taking whatever loot it had. And it was originally here because it was apparently a perfect hiding spot for it because the pink slime didn't affect it. As for what to do with it, Oliver is the alchemist. I figured he would have been more excited to see it ...
OOC:
Oh, he was excited, yes, but also felt slightly guilty of not focusing too much on the goblin problem, hahaha. It shall be an excellent research specimen, though. If we opt to go back, he'll carry the whole monster back home
Mar 7, 2024 10:25 pm
"I say we continue to the goblin hideout until we localize the crystal. There were still too many unanswered questions about it. What say you?"

Oliver sounded determined, but then looked at the freshly unearthed mimic carcass, begging to be taken home and dissected.

"Though that mimic is very tempting to take to base too, to be honest."
Mar 7, 2024 10:53 pm
" Like i said before i won't mind given this goblins lesson and retrieving the crystal"
Mar 7, 2024 11:18 pm
While the others are searching around Ishzu tries to see if the pink slime is sentient at all."These goblins need to be dealt with one way or another."
Mar 7, 2024 11:27 pm
OOC:
The pink slime is not sentient at all. Think of it as dangerous algae. :-)
Mar 7, 2024 11:37 pm
OOC:
Try licking it :P
Mar 8, 2024 10:30 pm
With a big toothy smile, Grin yells: Leeeeet’s goooo! Grin punches the air and readjusts the rubber boots, gloves and mask.
Mar 8, 2024 11:48 pm
Oliver decides to stop thinking and let himself flow with the sentiment.

"Alright! Goblin hideout it is! Time to save Ishzu's cousin!"

And he proceeded to stow away the most delicate parts of his gear before getting into the slime and heading towards the goblin gap.
Mar 9, 2024 10:55 am
"We need to find a way for all of us to cross the slime"
OOC:
Using mimic to create temporary shoes is an ingenious option. But I wonder if we will need to flee, what if we use oil and then burn the slime near the wall closest to the goblin entrance, creating a path where we can walk freely
Mar 9, 2024 12:11 pm
Good point! Well, the slime is only a couple inches deep around the edge of the cavern. I have some rope That might help? Oh, I have pitons I could place around the perimeter of the cave for us to run the rope through and then we’ll have a handhold.
OOC:
Will that take too long?
Last edited March 9, 2024 12:11 pm
Mar 9, 2024 2:46 pm
Ander readies his gear and strides towards the goblin hangout. Time for knightly action!
Mar 9, 2024 3:05 pm
Ishzu grabs his rope and walks across to the other side of the cave. " Stick to the edges and skirt around. The slime is lower there."
Mar 9, 2024 3:26 pm
"I tried that before, it was possible to cross near the edge but not easy and i don t want to lose my shoes!"
Mar 9, 2024 3:51 pm
"Instead of making shoes with the mimic, use it as stepping stones."
Mar 9, 2024 4:15 pm
Grin drags the mimic through the slime for Brewner to use as a stepping stone in particularly deep areas as they move to the Goblins’ tunnel.
Last edited March 9, 2024 4:17 pm
Mar 9, 2024 6:44 pm
"Let us cross now, and worry about the cleaning afterwards."
Mar 9, 2024 7:30 pm
With some work, Grin and Ishzu work to move the mimic's body around to serve as an impromptu walkway along the edge of the slime. Taking care, the group is able to get to the goblin's entrance with a couple scares, but no issues. Once they fully make it, Ishzu pushes the mimic's body a little deeper into the pink slime so it is fully submerged.
OOC:
While it would have been hilarious to make Ander, Oliver, and Brewner make some rolls, I'm not. We've spent enough time with the pink slime. For now.
With just one path to follow the group works their way through the passage. In the middle of the passage, there is a widening that has fungal growths in it, but the center section is barren with a sharp border around it. It appears the initial goblins using this passage had had an encounter, but it has obviously been cleared a while ago. After a long 30 minutes, the group finds themselves in another cavern system.

The cavern you have appeared in is large (at least 100 feet to the far side) and extremely dark. You have entered from what Grin believes to be the southern side of the new cavern. Close to where you come out of the passage, you can see a small area that Grin can tell has been used multiple times as a staging area with the remnants of a fire pit. While there are no embers, it has been recently used. Most likely by the warband that attacked your campsite in the other caverns. As you get ready to make your next move, you hear movement to the east, and when you look you see the dim flickers of torchlight beginning to be evident.

A voice calls out, "Fizzer! Dlank! Is that you?
OOC:
What do you do?
Mar 9, 2024 7:50 pm
OOC:
How far away is the light? How long do we have approximately until this person sees us?
Grin whispers to his companions - maybe Oliver and I should set up just to the West of the South entrance we came in from. The others can hide just inside the South entrance and make some noise to attract this Goblin. When it gets close enough to the entrance, we can all attack at once and take it down quickly. What do you think?
OOC:
So basically Oliver and I hide in the shadows with our ranged weapons and then when the goblin gets close to the entrance we came in from, Brewner, Ander and Ishzu can rush out and attack and Oliver and I can shoot it too.
Last edited March 9, 2024 7:52 pm
Mar 9, 2024 9:02 pm
Oliver nodded and started heading to hide, but then stopped for a second and whispered,

"Grin, you're wearing the goblin gear. You could pretend you're one of those two that fell asleep in the pit while on duty. Just lay there and snore. Then we ambush when the goblin draws near."
Mar 9, 2024 9:30 pm
Yes, that’s a better idea. Okay, I’ll lay down by the fire pit while you all hide nearby. He wills his cloak, Veilstitch to look similar in fabric color and texture to the Goblins’ clothing. He moves to the cold fire pit and places his torch into the fire pit with the hope it will keep burning and maybe start a little fire. He lays down and pulls his cloak over himself to better hide his features and gear, but lets the goblin rubber boots and gloves poke out the sides of the cloak.
Last edited March 9, 2024 9:32 pm
Mar 9, 2024 9:44 pm
OOC:
Grin needs to give me a roll ...
Mar 9, 2024 9:51 pm
OOC:
Fingers crossed
OOC:
Post-roll: booo, I look so goblin-like with my fancy boots.
Last edited March 9, 2024 9:52 pm

Rolls

Sleep like a goblin roll - (2d6)

(22) = 4

Mar 9, 2024 10:00 pm
"I would like to try and communicate with them before we attack. We might get some useful information. If I fail do what you must."
Mar 9, 2024 10:01 pm
OOC:
Bad luck double duck. Howeeever... wouldn't your magic cloak arguably give you advantage to camouflage as goblin like? Te-heh? Ofc, Daryen has the call. Feel free to blast me off to space for suggesting such heresy
Mar 9, 2024 10:41 pm
OOC:
Just a couple quick notes.

When I call for a roll, that is because there is risk and uncertainty. In many circumstances, it is truly success/fail (e.g. in combat; you hit or you don't). However, when things are free-form, then the reading of the dice is more flexible and helps the GM determine how to guide what follows. Just because the dice roll is a failure doesn't mean what you are trying to do is utterly failed in the worst possible way. (Well, roll snake eyes, and, yeah, that's not good. Roll box-cars and it will ludicrously bend in your favor. Everything between is nuance.) Instead, it gives the GM guidance in how to handle that situation.

Also, if you think you should have advantage on a roll, always call that out and say why. It could be magic, circumstances, background, trait, whatever. I do not promise to accept the reason and give the advantage, but you think there is a legitimate reason why you should get advantage, never hesitate to ask. Just remember there has to be a reason for it. Just like if I pull disadvantage on you, I have to tell you why. I may need to wait to explain why, but I should always be able to say why.

In this case, we'll stick with the roll as it. Don't worry, it isn't fatal or anything.

Also, state whether you are giving Ishzu his chance or not.
Mar 9, 2024 10:57 pm
OOC:
Aight, thanks for the note
Mar 9, 2024 11:14 pm
OOC:
sounds good! Give Ishzu his chance! :)
Last edited March 9, 2024 11:14 pm
Mar 10, 2024 1:47 am
The crystal being leaves the group and approaches the flicker torch light. Speaking into the holder's mindI am looking for the Hunt Master. I am supposed to have a meeting with him. Can you take me to him?
Mar 10, 2024 7:42 pm
As Ishzu turns the corner, he sees three goblins approaching. As the light of their torches flicker off of his form, they stop cold. One of them says, "Who said that?" The other two look at each other and one says, "Who said what?" The first one starts to get angry, but quickly catches himself and turns back to Ishzu, saying, "Are you using 'head-speak'?"

Ishzu replies, Yes, to the one asking, then repeats himself to all three of them. I am looking for the Hunt Master. I am supposed to have a meeting with him. Can you take me to him?

The first one to speak seems to have quickly recovered and scoffs, "If the Hunt Master was expecting to see anyone, I would have known about it. But I don't, so he isn't. Besides, why would the Hunt Master even need to speak with you? And telling me that he's the only one who can know isn't going to get you anywhere."
OOC:
You have successfully distracted them for the moment. They are guarded, but they also outnumber you three-to-one, so they aren't overly worried.
Mar 10, 2024 7:55 pm
OOC:
Where is everyone else right now? Should we hope Ishzu runs back to us and then we jump the Goblins? Just thinking about how we will get the three melee fighters into range so we can coordinate an attack.
Hearing the Goblins are alert and talking to someone, Grin wonders if his act is up. Maybe I should find Oliver and prepare to attack them from a good dark vantage point.
Mar 10, 2024 8:07 pm
"Dlank said he would get Hunt Master. Bring Hunt Master here to speak with me. Been waiting for a while. Can you bring me to Hunt Master? Ishzu says to the goblins mind. "I have a deal to make with Hunt Master. Must Speak with him.
Last edited March 10, 2024 8:08 pm
Mar 10, 2024 8:18 pm
Please give me a roll on your attempt to bluff/convince them.
Mar 10, 2024 8:29 pm
OOC:
Not Bluffing but I am trying to Convince. :)

Rolls

Ishzu: Test - Basic - (2d6)

(51) = 6

Mar 11, 2024 12:13 am
"Dlank could never promise to get the Hunt Master. You must have misunderstood." The goblins pauses for a moment. "Unless Dlank lied." Then all three have a good laugh over the joke.

Your calm demeanor and non-threatening approach have completely overcome the goblins' wariness. "There's just you. I doubt you're that dangerous. We can take you back to camp, but first we have to check on our warband. They are overdue, and that's a bad thing. I'd ask if you've seen them, but if you had, you'd probably be dead now." At that the goblins have another good laugh.
OOC:
Ok, Ishzu has completely sidetracked the goblins for the moment. You have a small window to get out of their way without being seen. Or you can attack with complete surprise. Also, they are still talking, so you can let Ishzu try to get more info. They obvious intend to try and follow where the warband went, if they can. You have lots of options here.
Mar 11, 2024 12:24 am
Ander stands aside, his sword ready. Please do your best, he says to his crystalline friend.
Mar 11, 2024 12:33 am
War Band attacked a nearby camp and used a teleportation node to flee. Took big shiny and killed many. I watched in shadows. Ishzu explains to the goblins.

To the party They might take me camp. They think I am harmless.
Mar 11, 2024 12:34 am
OOC:
so in my brain i’m imagining a big round cave with a tunnel that goes down South and one that goes East (that we know of). We came up from the South and the Goblins from the East. And to the right of the Southern tunnel we entered by, there is a campsite of sorts with a fire pit. I’m imagining the Goblins can’t exactly see that space since when they came in from the East they were yelling some questions at us thinking we were their buddies. So Ishzu walked up to meet them and they can’t really see us yet.

If that is close to a correct picture, we could all go West and avoid the Goblins entirely, or we could lay an ambush around the tunnel to the South that they are about to investigate. Does that sound right?
Grin backs up from the campsite and abandons his ruse, turning his cloak back to black. He goes back to the others and quietly discusses their options with them. He agrees to play whatever part they suggest in the coming minutes (he will go along with whatever is suggested by the group).
Mar 11, 2024 7:22 am
Silently as possible Brewnner says "We should try to ambush and capture them for interrogation is also a opportunity to thin their number"
Mar 11, 2024 8:25 am
Oliver whispered next to his companions.

"Let's do that. I'm not too eager to negotiate with them this time around. Don't want to murder them either, though."

He then drew his bat eagerly and started moving into position.

"Plus, I REALLY want to see some fire."
Mar 11, 2024 10:47 am
Grin slinks into the shadows with Oliver to flank from the West, assuming that Brewner and Ander go to hide in the mouth of the South tunnel.
Last edited March 11, 2024 10:49 am
Mar 11, 2024 3:18 pm
OOC:
@Thunder_Lungz, yes, that is basically it. Ishzu has prevented the goblins from entering this specific cavern yet. As such, you can freely, if quietly, move about within that cavern to hide or prepare to ambush. However, when the goblins start moving again you'll need to be prepared or they will easily see you.

Whoever is the sneakiest needs to give me a roll to get into position. (The one roll will cover for everyone.)
The lead goblin says, "You're pretty shiny to be hiding in shadows." He stops for a second and one of the others whispers in his ear. Looking back at Ishzu he continues, "Are you sure they left using the Pop Squares? That wasn't ..." He suddenly catches himself, realizing he is probably saying too much.
OOC:
OK, I am going to need another roll, but this time from Ishzu. This will determine whether the goblins believe Ishzu or not. Ordinarily, this would be a secret GM roll, but since the results will happen immediately, I want the player to roll it. :-) Either way, this doesn't change their base reaction to Ishzu; it is just to determine which way the goblins will go. Obviously, the other players' actions can also make the roll moot, too.

I am intentionally using different terms for things just because I figure the goblins wouldn't use the more refined terms. Like head-speak for telepathy and Pop for Teleportation. Plus it's fun trying to come up with the new terms.
Mar 11, 2024 3:33 pm
OOC:
Rollin Rollin Rollin

Rolls

Ishzu: Test - Basic - (2d6)

(26) = 8

Mar 11, 2024 4:01 pm
OOC:
They believe you!
The goblins whisper some more and the leader says, "If that's the case, we'd better get back and let the others know. You're coming with us!" With that, they grab Ishzu and hurriedly start backtracking the way they came.
OOC:
For the rest of the group: There is quite a bit of whispering going on. You have time to react to the situation before they leave. They no longer plan to enter the room, but Ishzu could lure them in pretty easily, as they plan to grab him to take him with them. So, you can ambush them, jump them where they are, or let them go with Ishzu and follow along behind. Ishzu will be able to guide you so you don't have to follow too closely. Silent communication is brutally effective! :-)
Mar 11, 2024 5:27 pm
OOC:
Brewner still has it in mind to capture these goblins for interrogation, is everyone on board with that?
Mar 11, 2024 5:35 pm
OOC:
Ishzu is a simi peaceful being. He would rather talk and work thingw out then attack. He is more retaliatory. If something attacks first then he will attack back.
Mar 11, 2024 5:38 pm
OOC:
Head-speak sound very refined to me, hahaha
OOC:
Can Ishzu telepatically tell us his intentions so that we don't jump on the goblins right now? Oliver is just about to ambush as well
Mar 11, 2024 5:56 pm
OOC:
well, we set an ambush in the wrong direction. They’re moving away from us back towards the goblin headquarters.
Grin points to the fading lights of the goblins and nudges Oliver. He sneaks over to the Southern cave mouth where Brewner and Ander are waiting and he quietly says: Looks like they’re leaving. Should we follow? Ishzu said they might take him to their base.
Mar 11, 2024 8:13 pm
Visibly disappointed, Oliver puts the bat down and nods.

"Sadly, that's a very prudent and sensible idea. Let us tag along, then, and keep our distance. Ishzu is a surprisingly good infiltrator considering how notorious he is."

He stared at the sillhouettes of Ishzu and the crystal goblins, walking ahead.

"They don't seem so evil now, do they?"
OOC:
Ishzu and the crystal goblins
Mar 11, 2024 8:23 pm
Oliver, I think you might be right. Is it possible that the goblins are just trying to protect their territory? Maybe this whole area is theirs? And we are intruding and they see us as the thieves?
Mar 11, 2024 8:45 pm
OOC:
I thought that to take Ishizu the goblins would enter our cave area
Mar 11, 2024 9:21 pm
OOC:
I don't have a ready-made map. Picture a circle. You entered from the bottom of the circle. There are multiple passages off of the circle, including one to the right. You had torches and they had torches. Each side saw the torchlight of the other without seeing the other yet, because you were completely inside the circle, outside their view, and they were inside their passage, outside your view. Ishzu, then left your circle and stepped into the mouth of their passage.

At this point, Ishzu was just outside your sight, though you knew exactly where he was. They could easily see him, but couldn't see you. Ishzu distracted them with conversation and kept them talking, so the idea there was more than just Ishzu didn't occur to them. You all quickly quenched your torches and kept quiet, so you didn't cause suspicion. Note that, except for Ishzu, none of you have actually seen the goblins at all. You have only heard them. (While these goblins don't have a problem with someone using head-speak on them, it never occurs to them to try and use it back. They just talk normally.) Had Ishzu led them back into the circle, you could have jumped them. Alternatively, you could have charged into the corridor spent one move (to get to them) and one attack in a surprise round.

What the goblins originally wanted to do (assuming you weren't there) was to go into the circle, and enter the passage you came out of, go to the pink slime, and then see what they can find in those caverns. When they found Ishzu and heard his story, they were trying to decide whether to not believe Ishzu, then take him with them to find out what happened; or to believe Ishzu, turn around, and take him back to camp for interrogation and further orders. They have apparently decided to believe Ishzu and are turning around to take him back to camp for interrogation.

Also, let me know what you are doing regarding trying to map or keep track of where you are. The goblins know these caverns. You most definitely do not.

As far as goblins in general, they are highly nuanced.

Unlike hobgoblins which have a organized structure with decent cohesion, goblins are very fractured. Hobgoblins in the area are part of a single nation-state. Except for the goblins under those hobgoblins' thumbs, goblins as a whole are not cohesive. Any given goblin group could have a different structure, a different style, a different belief, and a different attitude towards others. And it isn't just the leader. Some groups have a strong leader, but most do not. Individual goblins can have an even wider range of personalities and approaches than even humans. The two main constants are their individuality and impulsiveness. Goblins are chaos. Not always destructive chaos; just unpredictable chaos.

So, if you meet one goblin, do not make any assumptions about what group they are part of until they actually tell you. You can't know unless they are wearing a uniform, and that's not even guaranteed. And extremely rare. But if they tell you, it's probably true. Most likely.
Mar 11, 2024 10:24 pm
OOC:
Ok thanks for the clarifications
Mar 11, 2024 10:27 pm
Brewner shrugs "I still don't like them or trust them...but better to follow them unnoticed"
Mar 11, 2024 10:34 pm
OOC:
how do we map the area? I seem to recall a magical map or something?
Mar 11, 2024 10:56 pm
[ +- ] Dungeoneers Map Case @ Ander
OOC:
So it only maps what you are aware of though with perhaps better accuracy and greater speed. So if you are blind or unconscious it does not do much good.
Mar 11, 2024 11:23 pm
Our knightlybfellow follows the gob,Ins, from a distance, in lieu of better options.
Mar 12, 2024 1:22 am
Psybermagi says:
So it only maps what you are aware of though with perhaps better accuracy and greater speed. So if you are blind or unconscious it does not do much good.
OOC:
Gotcha. So don’t become dead. I’ll try.
Mar 12, 2024 8:18 am
Brewner follows behind Ander
Mar 12, 2024 1:50 pm
OOC:
Oh, right! I completely forgot about the auto-map. Wonderful! Now we don't have to worry about it at all. Just follow and see what happens.

Thanks!

On the next steps, it is going to take me until later today to post the response. Sorry for the delay.
Mar 12, 2024 2:01 pm
OOC:
yeah, I didn't hand that out just to make my life easier. Totally just part of the story. No ulterior motives, cough cough sloth, at all 😁
Besides, have your every tries to follow written instruction in nature? "Go to the third really big tree and turn left then head to the cubby looking rock"
Mar 13, 2024 4:14 am
The goblin leader looks at Ishzu and says, "Come with us. Maybe you'll get to deliver your message after all." He looks at Ishzu to blindfold him, but not seeing any eyes he shrugs and says, "Let's get going."

Over what feels like forever (but is really around six hours or so), they make their way to the entrance. Ishzu keeps in mental contact with the rest of the group to let them know any time the goblins do anything that could confuse the trail. He is also sure the goblins are taking an intentionally long route to get where they need to go. Likely to try and confuse him. In fact, it did work, as Ishzu is not sure exactly how he would get back to the pink slime cavern anymore. Fortunately for them, Ander's trinket sees all. Later when they check it, they will see that they did indeed pick a horribly messy route that crossed itself multiple times. Fortunately, there were never any immediate double-backs, so the party following was never caught. When the goblins and Ishzu finally make it out of the caverns, they find themselves in a protected cave. It is still light outside, but getting late. The goblins stop here. "It is still too light outside. We wait here for it to be dark."
OOC:
The surprising lack of encounters in this set of caverns is presumably because the goblins had cleaned it out.

If Ishzu wants to ask anything before continuing out of the caverns, please feel free to insert it.
The goblins wait until it is night time, taking turns to get in a couple hours of sleep each. This is convenient for the rest of the group, and allows them to get some rest in before continuing. Once it was apparently dark, the goblins roused themselves to start get going. Ishzu alerted the rest of the party that it was time to go, and did some subtle stalling to give them time to get ready.

The terminal cave opens up into an open plain not far outside the end of the swamp area of the ruins. They emerge from the side of a small hill. The goblins look around carefully before heading before fully leaving. Apparently, they think it looks clear enough and say to Ishzu, "Let's go. Be quick. We are exposed out here." They set off at a quick pace. After they leave, the rest of the party sees them leave and wonders how to follow without being seen. However, just as Brewner, Oliver, Grin, and Ander get a good look, they see a pack of five feathered lizards tracking down Ishzu and the goblins from their rear.
OOC:
I'm gonna say the moon is out so you can see well enough. But then, so can the feathered lizards. The lizards are about four feet long and will surprise the goblins and Ishzu if the party does nothing. The lizards are obviously highly effective hunters. The lizards will be able to attack next round. The party basically has surprise on the lizards, but are far enough away that it will take both moves to get into melee range. Ranged weapons are fully in range.

What do you do?
Mar 13, 2024 7:08 am
"Look at those things..we need to help, Ishzu is in danger"
OOC:
If the goblins suspect our presence here, we will say that we are hunting these lizards and this is just a big coincidence
Mar 13, 2024 11:34 am
Grin quickly and quietly aims and fires two shots from his crossbow at the lizards. He tries to hit the two front most lizards so that the other lizards see they are under attack.
Last edited March 13, 2024 11:35 am

Rolls

Crossbow - (3d6)

(334) = 10

Crossbow - (3d6)

(246) = 12

Mar 13, 2024 10:08 pm
Noticing Grin's intention of striking the lizards such that they note to be under attack, Oliver swings two fiery rocks at the front line of attackers with the Blazeball bat. This was the justification in his head, but most likely he was just too eager to watch something burst into flames.
[ +- ] Blazeball bat
OOC:
This is the first time attacking with the bat after obtaining it (well, previous attempts just didn't hit), so there's no precedent regarding how much damage or how to do damage with rocks on fire. Also note that I'm using quickshot to be able to load-n-swing, as this works as a ranged weapon.

Rolls

Fiery rock 1 - (2d6)

(24) = 6

Fiery rock 2 - (2d6)

(63) = 9

Mar 13, 2024 10:15 pm
Ander strikes a valiant pose. Time for Trusty Sling, he posits to knightly self!
Targeting the nearest lizard person, Ander places two stones upside reptilian noggin!

Rolls

Trusty Sling! - (1d6, 1d6)

1d6 : (5) = 5

1d6 : (2) = 2

Mar 13, 2024 10:17 pm
OOC:
I adore Ander's commitment to the trusty sling
Mar 13, 2024 10:37 pm
Brewner, Warhammer in hand, moves towards the lizards, then using darkness and the surrounding vegetation he hides hoping to surprise the lizards in case they turn to attack the party.
OOC:
I am going to move and then hide, using my 2 actions

Rolls

Hide in nature- Survivalist trait - (3D6)

(623) = 11

Mar 13, 2024 11:50 pm
By chance one of Grin's bolts and one of Oliver's burning rocks hit the same lizard in the front. It lets out a loud cry (kind of a half roar and half squawk). One of Ander's sling stones strikes a trailing lizard. The lizards look back to see what attacked them. Seeing the party, they make a calculated decision in their hunters' brains and turn to attack the party instead.
OOC:
Did a check to see if they could run fast. Only one succeeded. A success allows the creature to effectively make two moves in one. This means it covered ground fast enough to get in an attack. The others do not. The most injured one didn't try.
The fastest lizard gets an attack in on, uh, Ander ... and gets a claw in!

The lizards failed to see Brewner, so he can act as he wills. The other three are now engaged in combat! All four get to act next.
Last edited March 13, 2024 11:56 pm

Rolls

~TinyCoGM~: Run Check DC:5 - Basic - (2d6)

(21) = 3

~TinyCoGM~: Run Check DC:5 - Basic - (2d6)

(53) = 8

~TinyCoGM~: Run Check DC:5 - Basic - (2d6)

(14) = 5

~TinyCoGM~: Run Check DC:5 - Basic - (2d6)

(14) = 5

~TinyCoGM~: Attack Roll DC:5 - Adv - (3d6)

(624) = 12

Mar 14, 2024 12:02 am
OOC:
Meanwhile, ...
The roar/squawk surprises Ishzu and the goblins. One of the asks, "Where did they come from!?"

The leader responds, "It doesn't matter now! They are giving us an out! Let's get out of here!" He grabs Ishzu's arm to pull him along with them.
OOC:
Now Ishzu and the goblins are two moves away from the fight. If they run now, they can get away.
Last edited March 14, 2024 12:04 am
Mar 14, 2024 2:12 am
OOC:
How close are these lizards now and can I shoot them? I shall try anyway, but let me know if it doesn’t count.
Grin yells out: They’re getting away with Ishzu!
He takes two shots at the the lizards, prioritizing the one he shot before.

Rolls

Crossbow - (3d6)

(661) = 13

Crossbow - (3d6)

(154) = 10

Mar 14, 2024 3:07 am
They are in melee range, so each shot should be at disadvantage. However, I'll assume you stepped back and took one shot instead (using Ander and Grin as a temporary screen). And it is a crit! And, since you were specifically targeting the one you (and Grin) wounded before, it goes down! If you try that trick again, it will leave you open to multiple attacks, as it will separate the group too much.
OOC:
For everyone else, you probably wanna be doing melee.

Note that Grin jumped the gun a bit. I need Smiley to give me Ishzu's actions to finish the round 1.Grin's attack is the opening to round 2. What Ishzu does will influence the goblins actions.
Mar 14, 2024 3:18 am
OOC:
whoops, I misread that. Sorry boss!
Mar 14, 2024 4:45 am
OOC:
No problem! Plus, I'm letting you keep the critical! :-)
Mar 14, 2024 7:07 am
Brewner comes out of hiding and moves after the Lizard that is attacking Ander.
He swings his Warhammer furiously.
OOC:
1 action- movement; 2 action- attack

Rolls

Attack - (2D6)

(33) = 6

Mar 14, 2024 8:24 pm
Acquiescing to knightly wisdom, Ander drops Trusty Sling and draws Sword. Then strides into the fray!
We will win this day, my friends!
Really, knightly fellow? Ya think so?!

Rolls

Sword! - (2d6)

(43) = 7

Evade! - (3d6)

(565) = 16

Mar 14, 2024 8:35 pm
OOC:
hold on friends, we’re waiting on Ishzu and the gobbos. I made a misstep by going before them… nice roll Ander!
Mar 14, 2024 9:02 pm
"They're lizards... with feathers!"
In that brief instant, Oliver admired their magnificent colors up close, but he couldn't spare more than a second, as they weren't here to play. He held fast to his bat.
OOC:
Not a turn yet. Just a bit of roleplay to keep the potatos warm.
Mar 14, 2024 10:53 pm
OOC:
Ishzu is just letting the Goblins lead him away.

What type of Potatoes?
Mar 15, 2024 3:37 pm
OOC:
Ok. That works, I guess.

Do note that by the end of the combat, Ishzu (and the goblins) will be far enough away that he won't have any ability to talk to them and the group will need to use their tracking skills to follow.
Oliver can go ahead and take his action.

Brewner and Ander both missed. Oliver gets to take his actions. Then the four feathered lizards get to make their attacks.
Mar 15, 2024 8:33 pm
Oliver recalls the brief frustration of being trapped during the darkmantle fight and angrily swings the Blazeball bat back and forth at the nearest lizard. Wasn't the bat made to swing at munition instead? He wasn't sure, but hey, a stick is a stick.
OOC:
Two attacks with berserker
[ +- ] Berserker
OOC:
Do note that 1) Oliver is not proficient in melee attacks so he would attack with disadvantage anyway and 2) I don't know if the bat is even a melee weapon too (it's description mentions it as ranged weapon), but as I said, a stick is a stick.

Rolls

Angry bat swing 1 - (1d6)

(1) = 1

Angry bat swing 2 - (1d6)

(6) = 6

Mar 15, 2024 8:36 pm
OOC:
I totally understand if the Blazeball bat doesn't have fire magic when directly hitting enemies, but does it produce some shiny sparks on impact? *.*
Mar 15, 2024 8:41 pm
Smiley says:
OOC:
What type of Potatoes?
OOC:
Bat-Mashed potatoes!
Mar 15, 2024 9:00 pm
OOC:
I am fully on-board with the idea of "hey, I'm at disadvantage anyway, let's leverage a power that imposes disadvantage." Been there myself as a player!

Also, as an obviously "gag" magic item, a bat is a bat. Wail away!
Oliver's manic attacks with the sparking bat manages to connect with an attacking feathered lizard and hurts it!

Fully engaged now, all four lizards attack. Two of them shift positions completely surround the group, the other two just attack who is in front of them.
Lizard 1 moves and attacks Brewner. (It hits.)
Lizard 2 is dead
Lizard 3 moves and attacks Grin. (No damage.)
Lizard 4 attacks Ander twice. (Hits twice. Evade avoids one hit.)
Lizard 5 attacks Oliver twice. (Hits twice.)
OOC:
I need another Evade roll from Ander.

After that, it's your guys' turn to attack or whatever. You are now surrounded.
As you fight, you see the goblins and Ishzu retreating towards the edge of the marshlands.
Last edited March 15, 2024 9:05 pm

Rolls

Lizard 1: Attack Brewner DC:5 - Adv - (3d6)

(345) = 12

Lizard 3: Attack Grin DC:5 - Adv - (3d6)

(133) = 7

Lizard 4: Attack Ander DC:5 - Adv - (3d6)

(544) = 13

Lizard 4: Attack Ander DC:5 - Adv - (3d6)

(464) = 14

Lizard 5: Attack Oliver DC:5 - Adv - (3d6)

(621) = 9

Lizard 5: Attack Oliver DC:5 - Adv - (3d6)

(521) = 8

Mar 15, 2024 9:05 pm
OOC:
rolling

Rolls

Evade! - (3d6)

(161) = 8

Mar 15, 2024 9:06 pm
Nice! Despite the two hits, Ander is able to parry the bits away with his armor and his sword, taking no damage!
OOC:

For a little context, the party is basically back-to-back-to-back-to-back, with the feathered lizards surrounding them. Each lizard has basically picked a target. The ones attacking Oliver and Ander are damaged; the other two are unscathed.

You guys are up.
Last edited March 15, 2024 9:11 pm
Mar 15, 2024 9:34 pm
Standing back to back to back to…well, anyway lol, it all makes our knightly fellow fight and evade all the more valiantly.
Yes, it really really does!
In any case, Ander slashes two more strikes at his unfortunate assailant!

Rolls

Sword! - (2d6)

(56) = 11

Also Sword! - (2d6)

(15) = 6

Mar 15, 2024 9:37 pm
With a mighty swipe and hearty thrust of his sword, he has brought his foe one step from death!
OOC:
So close to a crit, too!
Mar 15, 2024 9:51 pm
Seeing the lizards hit his friends brings out a primal fury in Grinfletch. Grabbing the whip at his belt he holds it high above his head, focusing on the closest attacker, and shrieks: LELELELELELELELE!

He cracks his whip at his closest foe, hoping for damage but happy to scare the lizard back.
OOC:
Dang, that was a focus and an attack.
Last edited March 15, 2024 9:52 pm

Rolls

Whip crack! - (1d6)

(1) = 1

Mar 15, 2024 9:54 pm
OOC:
Wow. That just sucked. At least we don't have critical failures!
Mar 15, 2024 10:01 pm
"They're all around us! Hold your breath!"

Oliver grabs one flask of darkmist fluid from his pouch and slams it on the ground, producing a cloud of thick darkness around them. He then swings his bat blindly in the direction where the hurt lizard was.
OOC:
Brewner, you should be able to narrate your action as if there weren't any cloud yet, if you want. (Just assume your post was made before mine)
[ +- ] Darkmist gland fluid

Rolls

Furious blazebat swing (berserker) - (1d6)

(4) = 4

Mar 15, 2024 11:59 pm
Brewner uses the tick smoke to conceal his movements and prepare a mighty attack, he swings his Warhammer with a roar
OOC:
*Facepalm*
Last edited March 16, 2024 12:03 am

Rolls

Focus+attack - (2D6)

(13) = 4

Mar 16, 2024 12:09 am
OOC:
I have 1 health potion for someone after this fight.
Mar 16, 2024 2:45 am
OOC:
Unless you have Darkfighter, the next round is at disadvantage. But, then, they don't have it either. There are no chances for a mistaken attack because you can hear them well enough and they don't fight silently. They can smell you easily enough.
They keep up the attacks and try again with a pair of attacks each at their chosen targets. All but the one fighting Ander is attacking twice. The one fighting Ander is attacking and evading. The nice thing about being surrounded is that none of you are being ganged up on.

And ... Grin takes a hit. Everyone else escapes unscathed this round. But ... how will the characters' attacks fare?
OOC:
You are all up again for Round 3!
Last edited March 16, 2024 2:48 am

Rolls

Lizard 1: Attack Brewner DC:5 - Dis - (1d6)

(2) = 2

Lizard 1: Attack Brewner DC:5 - Dis - (1d6)

(3) = 3

Lizard 3: Attack Grin DC:5 - Dis - (1d6)

(2) = 2

Lizard 3: Attack Grin DC:5 - Dis - (1d6)

(6) = 6

Lizard 4: Attack Ander DC:5 - Dis - (1d6)

(3) = 3

Lizard 5: Attack Oliver DC:5 - Dis - (1d6)

(1) = 1

Lizard 5: Attack Oliver DC:5 - Dis - (1d6)

(4) = 4

Mar 16, 2024 3:13 am
OOC:
Duende Agility

…fml
Last edited March 16, 2024 3:13 am

Rolls

Evade test - (1d6)

(1) = 1

Mar 16, 2024 6:59 am
Feeling triumphant at the last failed assault of the lizards, in the middle of darkness, Oliver fiercely swings the bat twice in the direction where the lizard noises come from, hoping to spark a hit.
OOC:
Post-roll: Gotcha! Gotta say I love smoke bombs
Last edited March 16, 2024 7:09 am

Rolls

Fierce bat swing 1 (berserker) - (1d6)

(3) = 3

Fierce bat swing 2 (berserker) - (1d6)

(6) = 6

Mar 16, 2024 10:51 am
Brewner, frustrated with his inability in this fight, comes out of the black cloud, grabs the Lizard attacking him by the tail and throws him at the nearest lizard, trying to stun them both.
OOC:
Can i use the Strength trait?
1- Move 2- Lizard throwing

Rolls

Strenght- Lizard throwing - (3D6)

(151) = 7

Mar 16, 2024 11:45 am
Ander slashes his lizard assailant twice with his mighty sword!

Rolls

Sword,twice! - (2d6, 2d6)

2d6 : (63) = 9

2d6 : (36) = 9

Mar 16, 2024 12:43 pm
OOC:
I think we still have disadvantage from anything we do in the darkness?
Grin feels the terrible pain of a scratch from the lizard in front of him. OUCHIE!

With furious focus, Grin strikes out at his assailant again with his whip.

Actions: focus, attack

Rolls

Whip attack (focused) - (1d6)

(6) = 6

Mar 16, 2024 5:35 pm
Both of Ander's attacks were at disadvantage, so only one of those actually hit. However, the lizard fighting Ander was evading, so ... (no luck).

The already wounded feathered lizard didn't have the remaining energy to successfully evade Ander's truly heroic sword stroke and falls to the mighty blow! The mortally wounded lizard lets out a scream before falling to the ground!

One of Oliver's manic bat swings crushes the chest cavity of his opponent. While this lizard is not able to let out a scream, the crunch of the bones was message enough!

One of Grin's whip snaps does make contact, but it is only a minor injury.

Brewner stepped out of the cloud, but doing so caused him to miss his grab a lizard. However, this does give him the opportunity to see the receding figure of Ishzu getting much closer to the marshes.

With a plaintive squawk from one of the remaining feathered lizards, the two remaining ones decide there are easier meals somewhere else and they beat a hasty retreat. As the ink cloud starts to dissipate, Grin, Ander, and Oliver see the backs of the receding lizards and the remains of the two they just killed on the ground. When they look around for Brewner, they see him looking off in the distance. Turning to see what he is looking at, they see Ishzu and the goblins much, much closer to the marshes.
OOC:
They will make it there before you can do anything about it, but as long as one of you pays attention when they do so, you will at least be able to enter at the right spot so you can try to start tracking them.

On Brewner's attempt, I think it would take up to two rolls. One "to hit" and grab the lizard and a second to hit a target with it. (There would be no second roll if you are just trying to throw it as far as you can.) However, the grab would have had to take place in the cloud, not outside it, which puts that attempt at disadvantage. (The throw would have been at advantage, even in the ink cloud.) In other circumstances, I would have worked with you to make sure of how you wanted to play it. However, since they are running away, I am modifying it for expediency and to let you re-find Ishzu.

Final tally on your side:
Ander 5/6
Grin 4/5
Oliver 4/6 5/6
Brewner 5/6
You're all dinged, but nothing horrible.
Last edited March 16, 2024 10:08 pm

Rolls

Lizard 4: Evade Check DC:5 - Dis - (1d6)

(1) = 1

Mar 16, 2024 9:14 pm
OOC:
Oliver's armor took the first hit (Ajile mail, which behaves like medium armor) , so 5/6
Mar 16, 2024 10:07 pm
OOC:
Cool! Thanks. Works for me. The armor point is now gone until you get some downtime.
Mar 16, 2024 10:10 pm
Ander sheathes his sword. Proud of this his party’s present victory! Well done, my friends! A glorious victory indeed! They always are! Now quickly, let’s move. We must re-find Ishzu!
Mar 17, 2024 10:53 am
"Yes quickly! Before we lose sight of them, better to cover as much ground as possible when we reach the marsh i can try to track them"
Mar 17, 2024 11:39 am
Grin dusts himself off and checks on his scratch. He follows along as fast as he can, muttering to himself. You catch snippets: …re-find Ishzu… gets himself lost…decent meal… Grin is feeling grumpy and this scratch is bothering him. He isn’t used to getting injured, preferring to shoot from a distance and evade his enemies.
Mar 17, 2024 6:39 pm
With no time to lose, and no chance to lick their wounds, the group immediately starts running after Ishzu and the goblins. Ishzu and the goblins reach the marsh well ahead of the group. Brewner fixates on where they were last seen and leads the group directly there. Once the group makes the edge of the marsh, there is, of course, no sign of Ishzu or the goblins.
OOC:
What does Ishzu do when he and the goblins reach the marsh?

What does the group do?
Mar 17, 2024 8:20 pm
Arriving at swampy destination, our knightly fellow stoops low to check for tracks. But not too low, so as not to soil noble clothing any more than this harrowing adventure already has!
I’ll just treat my clothes with All Temperature Cheer, once we’re back to Base. Tough on stains, doesn’t bleed colors and always smells fresh!
After expounding upon domestic expertise, Ander gets on with trying to track his crystalline friend!

Rolls

Tracking! - (2d6)

(63) = 9

Mar 17, 2024 9:53 pm
Having taken a few seconds to pluck a handful of lizard feathers which might come in handy ingredients, Oliver arrives at the marsh to find Ander tracking Ishzu and the goblins. He seems to be quite skilled for someone so fond of keeping his armor pristine.

"Found anything? This indeed seems to be right where they entered."
Mar 17, 2024 10:40 pm
Ishzu lets the goblins lead him through the marsh. He tries to push his crystal legs deeper into the mud to give the others a trail to follow.
He hopes to do it with out the goblins noticing...
OOC:
Rolling Test Just in case.

Rolls

Ishzu: Test - Basic - (2d6)

(44) = 8

Mar 18, 2024 1:21 am
…I don’t even care if the potatoes are warm, I’d still eat them. With a nice side of fried fish on a stick…

Grin is still grumbling to himself. He also considers helping with the tracking, but knows that his tracking sense somehow only really works well when he’s dungeoneering in a cave or the like.
OOC:
Does focusing only work on attack rolls?
Mar 18, 2024 2:18 am
OOC:
Focusing can apply to any Test. In fact, we will general assume Focus is being used in non-combat situations, with rare exceptions.

Also, while you will only get Advantage in dungeons, you can still try with a normal 2d6 Test, too.
Ander picks up the trail, and they slowly follow along. As the follows through the muck, he realizes that Ishzu has done little things to make it easier to track him. As a result, even though they lose the trail a couple times, they are able to pick it up and follow along.
OOC:
OK, you are going to have to wander the marsh for a little bit while I check on Ishzu ...
daryen sent a note to Smiley
Mar 18, 2024 1:52 pm
OOC:
Sorry for Ishzu getting kidnapped. I have been mentally out of it the last week or so. This made it easier on me.
Mar 18, 2024 4:52 pm
OOC:
yeah, why can’t the rest of us get kidnapped sometime? Here Ishzu sits on his throne of incarceration and we keep missing out on the joy of it. ;)
Mar 18, 2024 4:56 pm
OOC:
I think this is at least the 3rd time Ishzu has been kidnapped...
Mar 18, 2024 5:01 pm
OOC:
you are quite literally a diamond in the rough
Mar 18, 2024 5:37 pm
OOC:
Well, to be fair, I thoroughly enjoy it. It feels like Ishzu is playing Undertales in pacifist route, getting to know the enemies' heart

Plus, we have two crystals to rescue
Mar 18, 2024 7:20 pm
OOC:
I just have to point out that while Ishzu's race is rare in this area it is not unknown. Someone smart could realize what he is or someone stupid could try to smash him for materials.
Mar 18, 2024 7:26 pm
OOC:
uh oh… these goblins aren’t the sharpest of folk… then again neither is Grin.
Last edited March 18, 2024 7:26 pm
Mar 19, 2024 2:54 am
daryen sent a note to Smiley
The rest of the group is still tracking Ishzu. He left hints that you are picking up on, but it is still a ridiculous Marsh, and it is slow going. We will be linking back up soon enough.
OOC:
Smiley says:
Sorry for Ishzu getting kidnapped. I have been mentally out of it the last week or so. This made it easier on me.
Well, you can only blame me on the last one. The previous ones were with someone else. :-)

That said, this is working out so far ...

As for these goblins, no, they aren't the sharpest tools in the shed. But they have seen some stuff, so someone like Ishzu isn't going to completely throw them off their game.
Last edited March 19, 2024 3:00 am
Mar 19, 2024 7:11 am
Brewner keeps a watchful eye for any danger that may lurk in the marsh

He also tries to recognize anything that might be useful

Rolls

Survivalist - (3d6)

(163) = 10

Frog

Psybermagi

Mar 19, 2024 11:52 am
A pair is eyes rise from the murky water, with a splash the frog snatches a passing insect and disappears
Frog
Mar 19, 2024 1:16 pm
Psybermagi says:
A pair is eyes rise from the murky water, with a splash the frog snatches a passing insect and disappears
Did you see that? It looked a cave-frog. But maybe some sort of marsh variety? A marsh-frog… nature is amazing.
Last edited March 19, 2024 1:17 pm
Mar 19, 2024 3:03 pm
The Lead Goblin looks at Ishzu initially stunned, then just starts laughing. "Really? That's what you, of all creatures, is worried about?" He continues laughing some more. He briefly slides next to Ishzu and puts his arm around him and says, "That's not us. We're not messing with dragons because I am not an idiot. You probably want the Stone Slider tribe. Which is not us. We're the Fetid Swamp tribe."

He then steps back and resumes a serious demeanor. "However, since you a representative of a dragon," he motions to the briefly glowing tattoo, "that affords you at least a little leeway. Don't overstep it." He pauses to let that sink in.

"Getting back to my concern, I don't see any reason to not at least check out out your story. I can understand the war band leaving through the Pop Square, but if they really did, they should have made it back here by now."

The Head Goblin starts issuing orders. He turns to one of the guards and says, "Arm the oldest of the younglings and take all of the younglings to the bolthole to await our return." Ignoring the guard's look of utter disappointment, he turns to the rest and says, "We leave now." A furious amount of activity starts taking place. The disappointed guard and the older yougnlings gather the rest together, while the rest of the adult goblins form into a new war band. Within 5 minutes they are on their way, taking Ishzu with them, even though it is still in the middle of the night.
OOC:
May I assume Ishzu continues to acquiesce to being dragged along with wherever the goblins are going?

Also, if you want to say anything extra before the Head Goblin forms the warband, please do so. There is time for some discussion first.
Last edited March 19, 2024 3:11 pm
Mar 19, 2024 3:08 pm
OOC:
Doing this as a different post to maintain separation of the perspective.
As Ander, Brewner, Grin, and Oliver continue to slog through the marshes, they here the sound of a group passing through the night some distance away from them. Leaving a marker to allow them to come back to this trail, they quickly move to where they heard the group moving through, and clearly see the evidence of a group of at lead twice their number pass through here. Looking in one direction, they can see the trail leads off to about where they seemed to have been going. The other direction leads off to parts unknown.
OOC:
Which direction do you go in?
Mar 19, 2024 3:14 pm
OOC:
is it too far for us to hear Ishzu’s telepathy?
Mar 19, 2024 3:46 pm
OOC:
Had a busy day yesterday, so couldn't really post. Glad it's going slow right now, so already caught up
Mar 19, 2024 3:56 pm
During their long journey through the marsh, Oliver looks for interesting plants that might serve for recipes. Perhaps some river plants do grow here as well?
OOC:
The keyword ingredient for one of my recipes is literally "plant extracts" and the keyword for another recipe is "river plants". Maybe a marsh has any of them. Rolling a check just in case (not rolling advantage from smell as I don't think you can really exploit a heightened sense of smell in a smelly swamp).
"Oh. Yes. I see the trail as well. Quite a big band must have marched throught the marsh. Perhaps we should check what that is about. If there are more lizards around, it would be best if we know about it."
Last edited March 19, 2024 4:00 pm

Rolls

Plant Identification - (2d6)

(44) = 8

Mar 19, 2024 3:57 pm
OOC:
Yeah, it's too far for the telepathy. Besides, he's otherwise distracted. :)

Where we are now, no, I don't think there are any "river plants" in the vicinity. But we can work on that as we go along.
Last edited March 19, 2024 3:59 pm
Mar 19, 2024 4:05 pm
OOC:
The recipe which is not about river plants says: "A mix of minerals and plant extracts form this clear and scentless fluid". If you want a more specific keyword for which kind of plants to make it fun, I'd say it would be "acidic plants", as the recipe is about making acid.
Mar 19, 2024 4:41 pm
OOC:

Ishzu would ask for a goblin to lead him to the Stone Slider tribe or directions to it.
Is the New War Band heading towards the rest of the Party?
Mar 19, 2024 5:25 pm
OOC:
I assume we keep following the little crystals that Ishzu leaves behind
Mar 19, 2024 5:59 pm
OOC:
Only enough time for a quick clarification ...
Smiley says:
Ishzu would ask for a goblin to lead him to the Stone Slider tribe or directions to it.
Is the New War Band heading towards the rest of the Party?
The Head Goblin says, "We have to solve our problem first, and you get to help us." It isn't presented as a request.
OOC:
The new war band comes close enough that the party can hear you pass by, but not close enough for you to make contact. For them to make contact, they will have to follow the war band. In fact, Ishzu doesn't know where that close contact even takes place.
Last edited March 19, 2024 6:12 pm
Mar 19, 2024 8:44 pm
Bunt says:
"Oh. Yes. I see the trail as well. Quite a big band must have marched throught the marsh. Perhaps we should check what that is about. If there are more lizards around, it would be best if we know about it."
Good idea Oliver, let’s follow the big group. Maybe the goblins and Ishzu met up with the large group that attacked us and their on their way to their hideout.
Mar 19, 2024 9:50 pm
OOC:
It's not THAT big of a band. They are twice your size, but still well less than the 20 of the first war band. So the path is fairly obvious, but it isn't like a train of elephants came barrelling through ...

Plus, they live here. If they were trying (and they don't know you exist yet, so they don't know they should have), they could have made a much harder trail to follow. However, the Head Goblin is focused on getting to the Matrix Node to see what was going on.
Mar 19, 2024 10:30 pm
OOC:
Had a thought when I was going for a walk.
Does Ishzu still have his pack and/or all of his items?

If he does I should have a few vials I can mix together to make alcohol. Oliver has a magic item that would pick that up.
Mar 19, 2024 10:58 pm
OOC:
Ishzu has gained the enlightened state. Yes! Do it!
Mar 20, 2024 12:13 am
OOC:
I had honestly forgotten about that. Yes, you have your pack. Your initial smooth-talking kept them from making you an overt prisoner or anything. You lack of obvious weapons, your completely non-threatening manner, and their preoccupation with finding the missing 2/3s of the tribe means they haven't done anything like that. As long as you are casual about getting out the vials and nothing smokes, they probably aren't going to even really notice.

Good plan. Go for it!
Mar 20, 2024 1:13 am
While walking with the warband Ishzu quietly causes two vials to float out of his pack and into his hand. Silently he removes the lids and mixes the two vails together like Oliver told him too. Now doing the opposite he causes them to float back into his pack.
OOC:
Rolling Test just in case.

Rolls

Ishzu: Test - Basic - (2d6)

(65) = 11

Mar 20, 2024 1:36 am
OOC:
Scene change. Lights up on a human-sized anthropomorphic otter striking a revelatory pose.
Mar 20, 2024 8:42 am
OOC:
The following assumes that there is no other alcoholic beverage between us and Ishzu. Please correct me if that is not the case.
Oliver stops in his tracks, with his feet deep in marsh mud.

"Huh. A nearby alcoholic beverage has just popped out of nowhere. Until now the circlet was pointing at what I guess was a tavern, but now it has suddenly switched to another beverage. Let me see if it was just because of us moving..."

Oliver goes back a few steps to see if the direction of the nearby beverage changes.

"It didn't change back! This means that this beverage was JUST made, and not that we approached it! My-my, it might be Ishzu mixing the vials! If that's the case, he would be in THAT direction."

And he pointed towards the direction indicated by the circlet.
OOC:
A bit of ooc explanation: Oliver has a magic circlet that tells him the direction to the closest alcoholic beverage. Ishzu has some wine which was split into pure alcohol and wine extract, so separately the two vials are not a beverage, but when mixed together they are (a nasty) wine again.

If Ishzu is nearer than any other alcoholic beverage, when he mixes his vials, Oliver will notice a sudden change in the direction to the closest alcoholic beverage. Of course, this could just be because they are moving and the circlet found a new closest target, so to rule that out, he backtracked a bit and noted that the closest beverage did not switch back. He concludes that the target is not switching back because the beverage was JUST made, so it could be Ishzu.

Alternatively, it could be a nearby fast wagon transporting ale, but that should be quite easy to rule out (Oliver would "sense" the beverage direction change fast)
Mar 20, 2024 1:55 pm
OOC:
Since I outright forgot about Oliver's circlet, this absolutely works. In fact, the most likely the previous "closest source" is actually the goblins' settlement. So the sense of directly basically shifted 180 degrees from the perspective of the war band's trail.
Sensing the sudden change in direction of the "closest alcoholic drink", Oliver redirects the team in the direction the path away from the goblins' camp. Pressing on they pursue what they now believe to be the group holding Ishzu.
OOC:
I am going to post a longer followup tonight. I just thought you deserved a quick update this morning. Basically, the warband will get to the destination before you do, but not by much. Just be careful what you wished for. 😈
Mar 20, 2024 3:56 pm
Great work Oliver, great work indeed! I have my sword ready to smite goblinkin! Oh, there will be marvelous tales told about THIS endeavor, if that I am sure!
Mar 20, 2024 5:29 pm
"So much ingenuity, i have much to learn"

Brewner looks at his teammates with amazement
Mar 20, 2024 5:51 pm
Looking over the party, Brewner’s eyes land on Grin, with a finger knuckle-deep up his nose. Grin does not seem surprised by this turn of events. He is used to Oliver’s resourcefulness by now.
Mar 21, 2024 2:58 pm
The goblin war band with Ishzu makes it to the Pop Square they know about. Hearing activity, they slow down as they approach the area.

Ishzu is told by his immediate companion, that the Pop Square is hidden in the ruins of a small outpost in the marshes. The partial remains of the walls of the main building are still there in the center of the ruins, and the Square is in a room underneath that building. You have to go into the building's ruins, then find the stairs down to find the Square, which is what they had done. The tribe's shaman and his apprentice were able to use the Square. Usually only the apprentice would accompany war bands, but this time, for some reason, both went.

The war band enters the ruins and head for the building's ruins. Once the get there, they see two goblins standing guard per wall facing on the building's ruins, two guards standing where the stairs down are, and what looks like the rest around the center of the building's ruins. The Head Goblin starts to enter the building's ruins, but is blocked by the two guards. Incensed, he knocks them both out of the way and charges in. He is immediately stopped short by what he sees, and the eight goblins who surround him with their weapons drawn. Stunned, he stands speechless at the sight before him. The perimeter guards quickly group and present an armed stance before the rest of the group, between the now isolated Head Goblin, and the rest of the current war band and Ishzu.

Now finally able to see what the commotion was about, Ishzu sees what must be the shaman tied up on a smooth stone table. The apprentice, knife drawn, turns to face the Head Goblin. The Head Goblin says, "What are you doing!? Why are you still here?" It is at this point, the Head Goblin sees the glassy eyes of the apprentice, and in fact, of all of the goblins arrayed against him. In an oddly detached voice the apprentice says, "This one here is too strong willed to control, so he must be sacrificed." With that, she turns to the shaman again and in one swift motion slits the throat of the shaman.

Turning back to the Head Goblin, the apprentice says, "Each of you will go down into the room and touch It. You will either join or you will be sacrificed like he was."
OOC:
OK, at this point Ishzu has some choices to make. It is obvious that the Head Goblin will not join. It is likely his three bodyguards will fail, as well. It should also be obvious what "It" is, even though you can't see It. You do find it odd that despite this exact group of goblins having tried to take you away as a statue do not appear to recognize you, nor do they seem surprised to see you moving. They act as if they have never seen you before. Ishzu has several options available to him at this point, depending on what your overall goals are.

For everyone else, Ishzu has to figure out what his approach is before you can come on the scene. You are several minutes behind him.
Mar 21, 2024 5:47 pm
OOC:


Clarifying statements.
Goblin Leader & Warband A are being held captive by Warband B.
Warband B is under the control of something.
Warband B is going to make Goblin Leader & Warband A under control of same thing.
Can I roll a Test to see if I have any idea what is control Warband B? (Ishzu has been around a long time)

Can Ishzu try to sneak away while this is going on? Is he being held by Spear point also?


Will post when home.
Last edited March 21, 2024 5:48 pm

Rolls

Ishzu: Test - What is going on? - (2d6)

(34) = 7

Mar 21, 2024 6:01 pm
OOC:
Basically, yes. To use your terminology, Goblin Leader is isolated and at spear/sword point, facing the apprentice.
Warband B is definitely under the control of something.
Warband B and Warband A are faced off. (So Warband A isn't technically captured yet.)
Warband B intends to assimilate Warband A.

You already know what is controlling Warband B. (At least, I expect you to.) If you are not sure, make a roll at advantage (no focus) and I will tell you. Also, do note that the goblins of Warband B, who were literally carrying you around to "steal" you, are not showing any recognition of you at all.

Since Warband A and half of Warband B is faced off, Ishzu can pretty much just turn and run if he so desires. Someone (from either or both sides) could chase him, but they have each other to worry about. Quite frankly, if Ishzu runs, I'll have to figure out if several goblins don't just join him in the retreat. Alternatively, you could try to sneak off. That'd take a test at Disadvantage (there is way too many eyes), but in that case, you'd have a brief head-start before anyone notices. In that case, pursuit would be significantly less. (And again, just becomes someone from Warband A is following you doesn't mean that they are pursuing. They could just be fleeing, too.)

Your other alternative is to risk being assimilated and working through that.
Mar 22, 2024 7:20 pm
OOC:
Lets try to sneak away.

Rolls

Ishzu: Test - Adv What is controlling - (3d6)

(265) = 13

Ishzu: Test - Dis sneaky away - (1d6)

(6) = 6

Mar 22, 2024 8:49 pm
Ishzu tentatively touches the minds of a couple of the Warband B goblins and detects a familiar pattern to it. It is manifesting oddly because of the minds involved, but it bears the very distinct marker of the crystal the goblins took. It looks like the guards and seals Valpip put on it are no longer in effect ...

If you try to sneak away, you are able to successfully. It will take about a minute for the goblins in Warband A to figure it out. It appears that the guards in Warband B don't seem to be paying attention to you as you try to pull back and away.
Mar 22, 2024 9:11 pm
OOC:
Amazing rolls! GG Ishzu.
Mar 23, 2024 12:30 am
While the mass of goblins is distracted with each other, Ishzu slowly backs away. He takes a few steps, and mentally makes sure no one is really paying attention to him, then slowly takes a few more steps.
Once he thinks he is far enough away, he quickens his pace away from the goblins.

Hoping to find the others, he retraces the steps that he and goblins took.
Mar 23, 2024 3:03 pm
While chasing the new source of alcohol, Oliver can sense that they are both moving in the same direction. Not wanting to tire themselves out, they roughly match the pace of the source. After quite some time (don't nail me down, please), he senses that the source has stopped. The group quickens their pace. A brief time later, Oliver sense more movement from the source. He gets the group to stop so he can try to figure out where it is going now and realizes it is coming straight for them!
OOC:
What do you do? Move toward the now rapidly incoming source? Wait? Do something else?

Please play out the reunion in character!
Mar 23, 2024 4:38 pm
If his coming straight at us, Brewner hides in the bushes and advices his companions to do the same, so if is hostile they can choose to let it pass or attack with suprise, if is Ishzu they simple get out of cover
Mar 23, 2024 5:27 pm
Grinfletch follows Brewner’s lead, smudging mud on his hands and face, hugging a nearby tree and willing his cloak to match the tree trunk colors. Other than his pointy ears and hair, he’s pretty camouflaged.
Mar 23, 2024 6:01 pm
Not knowing wherever the party is Ishzu keeps walking.
Mar 23, 2024 6:13 pm
OOC:
As long as you don't change direction, you will run directly into each other. So, let's go with that.
Ishzu, still walking very quickly, but still trying to be relatively quiet, bursts into where the group is waiting. You're back together again!
OOC:
OK, now what do you all do? Catch up? Go somewhere? Look somewhere? It's all open now!
Mar 23, 2024 8:14 pm
As Ishzu approaches, Grin makes an attempt at a bird call to warn the group that someone is approaching.

Strangely, it sounds like a feathered lizard dying.
Last edited March 23, 2024 8:22 pm

Rolls

Bird Call check - (2d6)

(21) = 3

Mar 23, 2024 8:42 pm
OOC:
I will wait to see what Oliver & Ander Does. Grin and Brew are hiding...
Mar 23, 2024 10:46 pm
"So... someone holding an alcoholic beverage is approaching. Truth be told, this does not make me feel unsafe. Best case scenario, it's Ishzu. Worst case scenario, it's a partying goblin. Wellp, better safe than sorry. Also Ishzu will enjoy some hide and seek."

And Oliver proceeded to hide as well.

Rolls

Hide - (2d6)

(55) = 10

Mar 23, 2024 11:08 pm
Aye, hopefully our crystalline friend is ok. And, also sober!
Ander attempts to hide along with his crafty companions.

Rolls

Hide, with Focus? - (3d6)

(562) = 13

Mar 24, 2024 10:54 am
The moment Brewner sees Isuzu enter the area they are in and recognizes him, he comes out of hiding and silently asks "Ishizu are you uninjured? What happened? "
Mar 24, 2024 6:22 pm
Ishzu doesn't look relieved or have any sort of emotion now that everyone is back together. "Goblins took me to their camp. The leader of camp took me and a band of goblins to ruins nearby. The ruins have a node. The goblins that stole the large crystal are there. The crystal has messed with their minds. They are being controlled by the crystal somehow. The goblins controlled by the crystal are going to use the crystal to control the leader and the new band of goblins."
Mar 24, 2024 7:16 pm
Ishzu! I sure am glad to see you! Are you okay? What should we do now?
Mar 24, 2024 10:19 pm
Oliver runs happily towards Ishzu a moment after, and flat out hugs him.

"Ishzu! You wine-mixing genious! Am I glad to see you in one piece --er, you were always a single piece, right?--."

"Ah yes, sorry, maybe you're not too fond of hugs."

Oliver lets go, but remains enthusiastic now that the team is back together.

"Well, we have come this far, and this second band of goblins may even be grateful if we get their minds released from the crystal. How well guarded is their outpost?"
Last edited March 24, 2024 10:20 pm
Mar 24, 2024 11:04 pm
OOC:
Just to help Ishzu a bit, the original warband that attacked the camp had 20 goblins, so that means they are now at 19. I figure the second warband had around 8 or so. But that assumes everyone is assimilated.
Mar 25, 2024 12:48 am
Ishzu rigidly takes the hug back and awkwardly pats Oliver on the back. "It looks like your potion worked. Stopping the hug and taking a few steps back. "There are way to many goblins for us to deal with. If my quick mental scan was correct I counted about 30 goblins. What was strange is that the goblins that were under the crystals control did not seem to notice me. "
Mar 25, 2024 5:26 pm
"If we are quick enough, perhaps we can help the goblins who still have free will to escape, having some allies among the goblins could be useful." Brewner says while scratching his chin
Last edited March 26, 2024 6:58 am
Mar 26, 2024 4:30 pm
After the group spends a few minutes catching up having just reunited, five goblins burst out of the brush from where Ishzu had come. Upon seeing the group, they immediately freeze. They nervously look at the group, then look behind them, then the one Ishzu remembers as the talker of the three that originally found him, upon seeing Ishzu with the group, says, "Look. Sorry about that kidnapping thing and everything. We aren't looking to fight. We just want to get past you to save what remains of our tribe!" They are obviously spooked and terrified.
OOC:
What do you do?

King

daryen

Mar 26, 2024 4:31 pm
King

Ricardoi91 says:
"If we are quick enough, perhaps we can help the goblins who still have free will to escape, having some allies among the goblins could be useful."
The King says, "That is an insightful, forward-thinking plan!"
Mar 26, 2024 9:33 pm
Grinfletch, looking like a walking swamp-log, points his crossbow at the goblins. Oi! How do we know we can trust you! You kill and harass the cave dwellers we work with! I’m not eager to let those mind-controlled goblins access the matrix node and walk freely…

He lowers his crossbow.

But you owe us big time if we help you! I mean a permanent alliance between our groups and a formal reconciliation process so no one on either side continues to hold a grudge and we can all forgive and live in peace and harmony. Also, I’m very hungry! I would appreciate a snack!
Last edited March 26, 2024 9:33 pm
Mar 26, 2024 10:08 pm
"Very eloquently put, Grin. I'm fully on board with that. Also, here, have a cheese."

And he took one of the cheese blocks that he had been carrying around since lunch.

Oliver proceeded to draw his sling out, but his gestures clearly indicated that he was not aiming at the goblins who had just arrived, but at anything that could have been chasing them.

"But what can we really do about 30 goblins? We need to plan something or we're fried fish."
OOC:
Brainstorming time!
Fire? Distraction? Meddle/interfere with the crystal?
Last edited March 26, 2024 10:09 pm
Mar 26, 2024 10:41 pm
OOC:
How about we deal with the one goblin group, to sign a truce and allow continued mapping and exploration, help us get past the other goblins? At least then we only have ONE group to worry about.
Ander has the charismatic trait, advantage on negotiations.

Edit- Sry, I didn’t intend to roll yet lol.
Last edited March 26, 2024 10:41 pm

Rolls

Charismatic! - (3d6)

(613) = 10

Mar 26, 2024 10:50 pm
OOC:
I think we need to figure out what the crystal’s goal could be… like, if we go to help the goblin kids at their HQ, will the others use the matrix node and attack our base area? Unless they are fully controlled by the crystal and it can’t access their knowledge. Then maybe the crystal can’t operate the matrix node.
Mar 27, 2024 1:10 am
Ishzu looks to the goblins and ask him (The whole group can hear him)
"How many of your kind are now under control of the crystal? How many are not?"
OOC:
I might be able to "Meld" with the crystal again. I think it stunned those connected to it. Maybe I can figure out away to free everyone that way...
Mar 27, 2024 7:07 am
OOC:
I think we should just escort these goblins to the rest of their tribe safety. Then we formed an alliance and a plan with the goblin tribe to deal with the crystal-controlled goblins. There are 19 crystal-controlled goblins, right?
Mar 27, 2024 1:40 pm
OOC:
to be honest, I’d be happy to jump into danger too - it would be like a big boss fight probably.
Mar 27, 2024 1:41 pm
Ricardoi91 says:
OOC:
I think we should just escort these goblins to the rest of their tribe safety. Then we formed an alliance and a plan with the goblin tribe to deal with the crystal-controlled goblins.
I agree.
Mar 27, 2024 1:46 pm
OOC:
Make your formal offer to the goblins in character.
Mar 27, 2024 3:19 pm
OOC:
@daryen Did you see my question to the goblins above?
Mar 27, 2024 5:29 pm
OOC:
So me and WhiteDwarf want to try escort the goblins and try to make an alliance, Thunder and Smiley want to try to deal with the crystal directly, correct?
I guess Bunt will be the tie breaker
Mar 27, 2024 5:45 pm
OOC:
I’m happy to do either. Whichever seems most fun for the majority.
While Ishzu is asking the goblins a question, Grin says: Right, you lot - where’re we going now? We could fight the crazy goblins now or later. I’m worried about the matrix node and also about the rest of the goblin tribe - they must have children among them who need help…
Last edited March 27, 2024 5:47 pm
Mar 27, 2024 7:05 pm
The lead goblin says, "We're all that's left of our group. Head Goblin and two of his guards are dead. They tried to get him out, but failed. Their sacrifice gave us a chance to get away. I don't know what happened to the shaman's apprentice, but now she is gone completely crazy and is somehow mind-controlling all of the others. We just want to get back to our camp, grab the children and get away. I don't know why the didn't follow us right away, but they are coming. We have to get the children out to safety.

"I don't know how many of them there are, but they are down two."
OOC:
That probably means they are down to 17 now.
Mar 28, 2024 1:28 am
Ander pulls his friends aside, for brief group-huddle.

We should allow ourselves with them. With the first group, I mean. Look, I don’t want to throw in with these…meanies… but, something about the enemy of my enemy is a friend to me.

Or….well…did I say that right…? How’s that phrase go, exactly…?
Last edited March 28, 2024 1:28 am
Mar 28, 2024 1:58 am
Remembering his priorities, Grin chomps down on the chunk of cheese gifted him by lord otter. Then replying to Ander: Right, they said that the other goblins are on their way - perhaps we can help the younglings, then set up an ambush?
Mar 28, 2024 9:58 am
Brewner nods while his companions speak.
"We have surprise on our side, ambushing them is our best option, i dont think the younglings goblins will be of much help"
Brewner then takes a big breath
"We ambush them now with the help of this goblins, we hide and let the big group pass when the shaman appears we focus our might on him, maybe kiling him will free the others from the crystal power"
Last edited March 28, 2024 5:39 pm
Mar 28, 2024 2:57 pm
The goblins look confused, then the leader says, "You'd ... you'd actually help us?"

The goblins confer for a bit, then say, "We'll accept your help, but we make no promises for anything in the future other than we will never bother you," pointing to the group before him, "again. We can talk about anything more than that if we succeed."

The leader then says something to a medium sized goblin, who immediately sprints away toward their camp. He says something to two other goblins, who then immediately move back from where they were fleeing.

"This is not a good spot for an ambush. We have a better spot to do it in. Follow us."
Mar 28, 2024 6:09 pm
Ricardoi91 says:
OOC:
So me and WhiteDwarf want to try escort the goblins and try to make an alliance, Thunder and Smiley want to try to deal with the crystal directly, correct?
I guess Bunt will be the tie breaker
OOC:
Glad that this does not seem to be the case anymore, because I took too long to read that post. Sorry!
Mar 28, 2024 6:20 pm
"Well, that promise sounds like fair game... for now!"

Oliver took a step to follow the goblins to wherever they were pointing. "Might as well trust now. We need all the strategy and surprise factor in our side."

"Oh, right. I almost forgot. Here, Ishzu, hand me your wine vial and take these other two vials, for when you need to do this again. And Brewner, here, take another pair of vials, so you can mix them like Ishzu did anytime you need to redzevous with us."

Without a side glance, Oliver handed the wine vial to Grin, but he found this amusing and his chuckle gave him away.
Mar 28, 2024 9:15 pm
Grin, nodding in agreement, immediately downs the reconstituted "wine". Mid- swig, he spits it out, coughing and gasping for air.
Mar 28, 2024 9:58 pm
After looking quizzically at the groupsk antics, the lead goblin shakes his head and says, "This way."

After a few minutes, the lead goblins says, "This should do. They are forcing Zigg to guide them, and he should lead them through here." The location is a dense thicket with a fairly narrow pass through it. However, how narrow it is, is not obvious until one has gone in a fair bit. It will force them down to just two abreast, meaning they will be more spread out. "Anyone with ranged weapons should climb those trees, there and there. It will give you a great vantage point to shoot anyone who has entered the thicket, or is outside it."

About this time, the runner returns with the guard Ishzu had seen left behind. He told the leader, "The younglings are somewhere safe and are guarded by the older ones. I am here for vengeance."

The lead goblin nods at the guard and says, "You," pointing to the main group of goblins, "attack from the other end and don't let them emerge. Anyone with missiles, attacks from the trees, everyone else hide and attack from behind them. I don't know why the took so long to follow us, and I don't know how the apprentice is controlling everyone. But let's stop them now."
OOC:
This is his plan, and the others are fine with it. However, if you want to offer information, they'll listen, and if you have a better plan, they'll consider it.
Mar 28, 2024 10:19 pm
Finding a place to hide that is closer to the path or above it. Ishzu mentally communicates with the whole group. "The goblins are being controlled by a large crystal gem. I am a little familiar with it. If they are bringing the Gem with them, Do Not touch it. I will attempt to communicate with the crystal and set your tribe free."
OOC:
I would love to find a place where if the crystal is there I can easily get the drop on it or clime on top of it.
Mar 28, 2024 11:51 pm
OOC:
There is a couple of trees that are close to where the entrance to the thicket is. You can probably use one of these to get the drop on them as they move to enter the thicket.

Alternatively, Ishzu doesnt need to breathe, correct? If so, there are fetid pools and ponds all around. You could hide in one of those even farther back from the entrance to give yourself more options.
Last edited March 28, 2024 11:53 pm
Mar 28, 2024 11:58 pm
Grin nods, still filthy and covered in mud. I’ll aim for the Shaman’s apprentice. Wait for the first ranged shots to land before attacking from behind. He climbs up one of the trees in the indicated area ahead of the party. He wraps his cloak around him and wills it into the colors and textures of a camouflage netting. Focusing on his disguise, he does his best to hide.
Mar 29, 2024 12:02 am
Ander readies his sword.
I have gone with Trusty Sling in past, but my knightly ways dictate a straight-up fight with these creatures. I will smite them in melee, my friends!
Mar 29, 2024 10:25 am
Oliver climbs one of the thicket trees, as indicated, finding a comfortable position where he can load and shoot his sling. He feels happy to comply with what seems to be an excellent plan.
Mar 29, 2024 11:00 am
Brewner nods, grim expression on his face
"Don't forget let them pass until the shaman is in range and Ishizu tried to communicate with the crystal"
He then hides Warhammer in both hands
Mar 29, 2024 3:26 pm
OOC:
Now that everyone is in position ...
After what feels like forever, but has only been about an hour since they first met the fleeing goblins, they hear movement through the marshes. From their hidden vantage points, they see the first of the controlled goblins appear and head straight for the entrance of the thicket. As they enter, finally you see the apprentice appear. Next to her is a tied-up goblin (presumably Zigg) and the large crystal carefully suspended in a surprisingly ingenious hardness. The harness (the crystal within) is carried by four goblins. (The hardness is made from strong branches that make a frame around the crystal to suspend it inside, protect it from simple falls, and make it easy for four people to carry.) However, after the first four make the thicket entrance, the entire group comes to an immediate halt.
OOC:
At this point there are five goblins in front of the apprentice. Next is a central group consisting of the apprentice, the captive (Zigg), and the four goblins holding the crystal in its harness. There are two goblins on each side of the central group. The rest are behind the central group, but they can't be easily seen. (By math, it'll be the last three.)
The apprentice grabs Zigg and states, "That thicket is very narrow! Are you luring us into a trap!?"

Zigg replies, "Our camp is just on the other side of the thicket! Of course it narrows! Do you think we'd live out in the open!?"

The apprentice pushes him back and mutters to herself, "Maybe it will be better if we follow the thicket around ..." As she says this, the other goblins (except for Zigg) all seem to freeze ...
OOC:
At this point the group has not yet entered the trap. With the exception of Ishzu, all of the goblins are outside the thicket and there is no easy access to the apprentice, though Oliver and Grin and easily hit them with their ranged weapons. Ishzu is the exception. He is just above the lead goblins, near to the apprentice.

To try to illustrate this, let's center on Ishzu. Ishzu is Close to/directly above the lead five goblins. They are all in the same range. One range away from Ishzu is the apprentice and the central group in one direction, and the rest of the party in the other direction, making both of them Near to Ishzu, but Far from each other. (The rest of the party is Near to the lead five goblins and Far from the apprentice and the central group.) All of the goblins inside the thicket are Far from Ishzu. It takes one move action to change a range. So, for example, if Ander or Brewner pop out of their hiding spots, they would have to take a Move action to be able to melee with the lead five goblins. (This is not advice; just an example.) Ishzu can "drop" for free, so with one Move action, he can be at the central group.
Mar 29, 2024 4:14 pm
Grin waits to spring the trap, but focuses and aims at the apprentice. Maybe I should shoot at the crystal-carriers? That might keep them all stationary? now he doesn’t know what he should do.
OOC:
If I focus this turn, can my first shot next turn be with focus and my second without?
Last edited March 29, 2024 4:17 pm
Mar 29, 2024 4:27 pm
OOC:
Could I drop and reach the crystal?
Mar 29, 2024 6:25 pm
OOC:
You get both actions this turn. Basically, you have surprised them. You get a "free" turn. After that, it's next turn and they act, then you act. So, Grin can both focus and shoot.

(Side point: I have been treating "surprise" like you have forfeited initiative, but get to act one Turn early. That way even with surprise, no one gets to move twice before anyone else can act.)

Do be aware that you aren't killing anyone in a single shot, so you won't "drop" anyone with a single bolt. If you shoot one of the crystal carriers, I guess there is a chance they could loose track and drop it, but it isn't a sure bet or anything. However, if everyone strikes the apprentice, maybe you can accumulate enough damage. Only one way to find out!

Ishzu can drop and move, then have one action left at the crystal.
Last edited March 29, 2024 6:28 pm
Mar 29, 2024 6:38 pm
OOC:
Cant Ishzu use his Psionic trait without revealing himself, and try to disrupt the crystal power first?

The plan was everyone with ranged weapons to attack the shaman, 4 goblins, Grinfletch and Oliver lets hope is enough
Mar 29, 2024 7:08 pm
OOC:
Idk Can I Connect with The crystal at range? When I did it before, I assumed I was in contact with it to get a better connection.
Mar 29, 2024 8:33 pm
OOC:
I assumed Ishzu was in contact with it before, too. I'm going with "contact is needed" to do what needs to be done here. When it is inert or not connected, you might be able to get some effects. But, when it is "active", you will need to physically touch it to be able to interfere with what is happening. This is something Ishzu has already figured out on his own based on his prior experience.

The idea, as I understood it, was to gang up on the shaman, but since they are too far away to melee during surprise, that plan kinda died. Taking pot-shots is probably a good idea as getting lucky might be able to take out the shaman anyway.
Mar 29, 2024 8:52 pm
Grin wonders if he should be worried about messing things up for others or just go for it… as usual, he’s going to go for it.

Squinting with intent he whispers to himself: we came here to kill goblins and eat cheese…and I’m all out of cheese.

He fires two shots of his crossbow at the apprentice.
OOC:
Decided against a focus shot, since that only increases chance of a hit, and I think two mastery shots is better, right? Math-magicians?

Rolls

Crossbow yeet - (3d6)

(152) = 8

Crossbow twang - (3d6)

(554) = 14

Mar 29, 2024 9:28 pm
OOC:
I am planning on having Ishzu jump out and Connect with the Crystal. Does anyone have problems with this?
[ +- ] Last Time Ishzu connected with the Crystal..
Mar 29, 2024 11:16 pm
OOC:
As he senses for it mentally, he realizes something ...

Take that first paragraph talking about the one-ness. Ishzu approached the connection of "one-ness" as an equal and immediately pulled back. Now, suppose he had instead tried to dominate Oliver and dove in. At that point he is still mostly Ishzu, but now has access to Oliver's capacity. As long as he keeps anyone mentally stronger than him out, he can add in other weaker wills, yet still maintain control and expand his abilities.

The crystal is a tool. Whether it is good or bad depends on whether the person or people using it are good or bad.
Two bolts thump into the apprentice, shocking her.
OOC:
Time for debate is over. What is your action?
Mar 29, 2024 11:20 pm
OOC:
As an aside, all things being equal, making two attacks instead of one attack with focus is always better. You have a better chance of getting a single hit, and also have a better chance of two hits. That is true regardless of the number of dice rolled. There are, of course edge cases and special circumstances.
Mar 30, 2024 1:53 am
Ander swings his sword at the nearest approaching goblin thingy!

Rolls

Sword! - (3d6)

(133) = 7

Also Sword! - (3d6)

(162) = 9

Mar 30, 2024 2:07 am
Ishzu jumps off the tree and makes his way to the crystal. He reaches out his hand to make contact with it. He wishes to try and sever the crystal's hold on all of the goblins...

Rolls

Ishzu: Test - Basic - (2d6)

(55) = 10

Mar 30, 2024 2:35 pm
Brewner prepares to attack the group of goblins, inch by inch measuring the distance of his attack.
When he ears Grinfletch arrows fly Brewner leaps out of his hiding spot and attack the nearest goblin

Rolls

Focus+ Attack - (2D6)

(43) = 7

Mar 30, 2024 3:07 pm
OOC:
That was close, Ricardo! Your focus made that 4 a hit. Also, are you all going for the apprentice?
Last edited March 30, 2024 3:08 pm
Mar 30, 2024 3:42 pm
OOC:
Melee can't reach the apprentice this turn. They have to move once to hit the lead goblins and move twice to get to the apprentice (which means they can't strike this turn). Also, since he had to move first, this was just a normal attack. (He had to Move and Attack, not Focus and Attack.)

Same for Ander BTW, he had to Move, then Attack.

The part below for Ishzu I should probably put in a private note, but since it be fast enough, it shouldn't matter.
Ishzu successfully makes a "connection" to the crystal, but, rather than freeing the goblins, he finds himself opposed. He senses what he assumes is the presence of the apprentice who is fighting him to maintain control. He quickly finds himself in a form of combat that is taking place purely between their minds, which are now connected through the crystal.
OOC:
Yes, I am making this up as I go. There is no "metal combat" directly in TD2e, but I am just representing it as normal combat with rounds that happen at double-speed. It is all anthropomorphized, but the preferred weapon for both is psychic bolts, so that's how it appears to play out in the representation they have in their minds. That said, all options available in normal combat are available here: Evade, Focus, Move, things like that. If you want to try something fancy, go for it.
In Ishzu's mind, the presence he felt materializes into the apprentice. "You will not stop me that easily! This is mine now!" With that, she immediately launches her attacks. While this would ordinarily be a completely equal fight (while their strengths and weaknesses are different, it would have evened out), she is fighting at a disadvantage due to just taken wounds affecting her.

She attacks first with two psychic bolts.
Last edited March 30, 2024 3:54 pm

Rolls

Apprentice: Attack 1 DC:5 - Dis - (1d6)

(6) = 6

Apprentice: Attack 2 DC:5 - Dis - (1d6)

(2) = 2

Mar 30, 2024 4:00 pm
Ander's attack hit the goblin, but managed to land squarely on the goblin's armor, meaning no damage was inflicted. The goblin is staggered a bit, force to take a step back from the blow. Brewner's attack also hit his target and did cause damage. While he could not use Focus, both of them effectively got it for free because the goblins were not evading, moving, or resisting the attacks. The goblin Brewner hit crumples to the ground due to the force of the blow. The goblin is not dead and would normally have remained standing, but since they weren't properly resisting, then were knocked down.

As Ander and Brewner look around, they see that all of the crystal-goblins are not moving. They are just standing in place. It is then that they notice Ishzu standing next to the crystal, with his hand on the crystal, completely immobile.
Last edited March 30, 2024 4:01 pm
Mar 30, 2024 10:03 pm
"Extraordinary work! I won't fall behind!"

From his vantage point, Oliver slings twice at the apprentice with his best rocks. Maybe if they could physically distract it enough?

Rolls

Sling 1 - (3d6)

(225) = 9

Sling 2 - (3d6)

(313) = 7

Mar 30, 2024 10:10 pm
OOC:
Just want to comment that I love the mechanic for mental battle that you just pulled out of thin air.
Mar 30, 2024 10:12 pm
OOC:
so are the opponents done with their turn? And what about our friendly goblins?
Mar 30, 2024 10:18 pm
OOC:
The friendly goblins are moving, you just haven't seen the effects yet ...
Mar 30, 2024 10:27 pm
OOC:
For the Mental Battles. I am able to attack still. Should I just roll 2 Basic Test along with roll play if I plan on attacking twice?
Mar 30, 2024 10:42 pm
OOC:
Cool, so after Ishzu rolls his last action, the round starts again?
Mar 30, 2024 10:52 pm
OOC:
For the mental battle, it works just like normal combat, except it is all in your head, and you get two full "mental" turns for each "physical" turn. And, yes, Ishzu will use normal attacks in mental combat since you are not currently being a pin-cushion.

Once Ishzu and the apprentice are done with their two turns of mental combat, I'll finish the first physical round of combat, showing what the friendly goblins are doing.
Mar 30, 2024 11:02 pm
"I am trying to help you. I do not want the Crystal. I want to set you and your clan free!"
Ishzu tries to push his thoughts into the Shaman and disrupt his mental connection to the Crystal....
OOC:
Rolled 2 attacks.
Did I take Damage from the 6 Before?

Rolls

Ishzu: Test - Basic - (2d6)

(33) = 6

Ishzu: Test - Basic - (2d6)

(13) = 4

Mar 31, 2024 1:27 am
OOC:
You took "mental damage". It could eventually kill you, but it doesn't cross over with your physical HP. It's more "stunning" damage, though once subdued, bad things can be done.
Ishzu does no damage to the apprentice. She launches two more attacks, and two of the subjugated goblins join in. However, they aren't terribly effective.

Rolls

Apprentice: Attack 2 DC:5 - Dis - (1d6)

(5) = 5

Apprentice: Attack 2 DC:5 - Dis - (1d6)

(6) = 6

Goblin 1: Attack DC:5 - Dis - (1d6)

(1) = 1

Goblin 2: Attack DC:5 - Dis - (1d6)

(6) = 6

Mar 31, 2024 2:22 am
OOC:
wow those are some incredibly lucky disadvantage rolls!
Mar 31, 2024 1:31 pm
OOC:
Goblin minds are surprisingly strong, lol
Apr 1, 2024 5:32 am
OOC:
I honestly did not expect the rolls to go like this ...

@Smiley, please go ahead and give two more attacks (or whatever Actions you want to do for this "mental turn").
Last edited April 1, 2024 5:33 am
Apr 1, 2024 6:06 am
OOC:
two attacks.

Rolls

Ishzu: Test - Basic - (2d6)

(15) = 6

Ishzu: Test - Basic - (2d6)

(66) = 12

Apr 1, 2024 11:18 am
OOC:
awww yeah, let’s go Smiley!
Apr 1, 2024 11:47 am
OOC:
What do we physically see going on between Ishzu and the goblin?
Apr 1, 2024 8:57 pm
OOC:
Great recovery by Ishzu there, though it still isn't over yet!

You don't see much of anything, just classic winces, looks of concentration, hands to the head, things like that. No blood from the nose or or eyes or anything. At least not yet. :-)
The apprentice takes a step backwards as a result of an unseen attack.

The goblins are finally able to act. The lead goblins says, "Use the flats of your weapons! They are still our friends, even if they don't remember right now!" Four (including the lead goblin) sprint out and try to knock down the goblins between the group and the apprentice. Interestingly, the two guards are not visible at all, though indication of their movement can be heard.
OOC:
The four attacking goblins use Move and Attack. The other two use Move and Move.
Two more of the goblins are hurled to the ground with minor wounds.
OOC:
This is the end of the first physical turn. The mind-controlled goblins didn't do anything the first round because of the surprise. I will post a separate message with the start of the second physical turn.
Last edited April 1, 2024 9:02 pm

Rolls

Lead Goblin: Attack DC:5 - Basic - (2d6)

(12) = 3

Goblin 2: Attack DC:5 - Basic - (2d6)

(36) = 9

Goblin 3: Attack DC:5 - Basic - (2d6)

(45) = 9

Goblin 4: Attack DC:5 - Basic - (2d6)

(41) = 5

Apr 1, 2024 9:42 pm
OOC:
On to round two!
The opposing goblins start to move! However, things are all mixed up everywhere, so chaos reigns!

The porters (the four goblins holding the crystal's harness) don't move.

The two pairs of goblins on either side of the porters move and attack the otherwise hidden goblins guards.

The three trailing goblins move forward. They spend their entire time moving.

Three of the four goblins in the front are prone and spend their time getting up. The fourth attacks Ander.

Rolls

Side Goblin 1: Attack on Guard1 DC:5 - Basic - (2d6)

(42) = 6

Side Goblin 2: Attack on Guard1 DC:5 - Basic - (2d6)

(24) = 6

Goblin in Front: Attack on Ander DC:5 - Basic - (2d6)

(64) = 10

Goblin in front: Attack on AnderDC:5 - Basic - (2d6)

(63) = 9

Side Goblin 3: Attack on Guard2 DC:5 - Basic - (2d6)

(12) = 3

Side Goblin 4: Attack on Guard2 DC:5 - Basic - (2d6)

(64) = 10

Apr 1, 2024 9:46 pm
Finally, we have the psychic combat going on.

The apprentice doesn't make any attacks because she is trying to get everyone moving.

The other two still make their attacks.

Rolls

Head-Goblin 1: Attack DC:5 - Dis - (1d6)

(2) = 2

Head-Goblin 2: Attack DC:5 - Dis - (1d6)

(1) = 1

Apr 1, 2024 11:37 pm
Good hit, Oli! She’s got Ishzu in some sort of trance!

Grin takes another two shots at the apprentice.

Rolls

Crossbow - (3d6)

(214) = 7

Crossbow - (3d6)

(512) = 8

Apr 2, 2024 12:09 am
OOC:
can you explain what these invisible guards are? I’m confused
Last edited April 2, 2024 12:10 am
Apr 2, 2024 12:46 am
OOC:
Sure!

They aren't invisible. They are just hidden from your view.

When you first met the survivor goblins, there were five of them. The lead goblin, four more, plus a slightly larger guard. One was sent ahead and came back with a second slightly larger guard. (There were originally four larger guard goblins that were the personal guard of the Head Goblin. Two of them, and the Head Goblin, died before this encounter. These are the two that are left.) They are doing their own thing and are spent last Turn preparing for a special attack. However, the opposition detected them and tried to attack them to stop them from doing what they were planning.

But, again, they aren't invisible. You just can't see them. Plus, they are on your side. Does that help?
Apr 2, 2024 12:49 am
OOC:
Yes thank you! Glad we get the invisible ones on our side :-D
Apr 2, 2024 6:09 am
Brewner grabs the goblin who just got up by the collar and with his strength throws him at the others at the front trying to knock out has many as possible
"Try to reach the apprentice" He roars
OOC:
1- Grab 2- Throw

Rolls

Grab and throw- Strenght trait - (3D6)

(535) = 13

Apr 2, 2024 7:57 am
"Let us press on! Ishzu seems to be getting somewhere!"

Oliver keeps slinging rocks at the apprentice, wondering where their ally goblins went. He also wonders whether a rock to the head is flat enough for the goblin leader.

Rolls

Sling 1 - (3d6)

(536) = 14

Sling 2 - (3d6)

(413) = 8

Apr 2, 2024 5:14 pm
Ander runs straight ahead. Trying to reach the apprentice!
OOC:
Action to run up, action to grab the apprentice if possible.

Rolls

Grab - (2d6)

(12) = 3

Apr 2, 2024 5:23 pm
OOC:
Grin is totally on board with killing the apprentice… he has no qualms with that if it means saving the rest of the group.
Apr 3, 2024 1:07 pm
OOC:
Quick note: having to deal with some home stuff IRL, so I may not be able to post until tomorrow. I apologize for the delay.
Apr 3, 2024 3:15 pm
OOC:
the perfect opportunity for a little Loki activity. Hmmm . . . 😈 how can I make this not interesting? 😈
Apr 3, 2024 4:03 pm
OOC:
lol, cheeky GM
Apr 3, 2024 10:37 pm
OOC:
Please @ me when you need Ishzu to take his turn again.
Apr 3, 2024 10:55 pm
Psybermagi says:
OOC:
the perfect opportunity for a little Loki activity. Hmmm . . . 😈 how can I make this not interesting? 😈
OOC:
Moar lizards!
Apr 3, 2024 11:24 pm
OOC:
@Smiley, go ahead and make two more "mental" attacks. You can attack either the apprentice or the other two attacking you. In fact, go ahead and make four attacks covering both "mental" turns.
Both of the friendly guards had been trying to sneak around to attack without being observed, but failed. The two pairs of goblins on the sides had detected them and moved to intercept. One of the friendly guards was successfully engaged, halting their progress. However the other one burst forth at full speed and with a mighty roar reared back with his large (for a goblin) battle axe, swinging it directly for crystal!

... Unfortunately, the harness got in the way and his swing was accidentally blocked by the hardness. His axe swing did snap one of the upper supports, and now the integrity of the harness is compromised.

The other guard attempts to knock both if their opponents back so they can progress to the crystal, too.

... Both opponents are staggered, meaning next turn they will be able to make an attack on the crystal or apprentice, whichever they were heading toward.
Last edited April 3, 2024 11:28 pm

Rolls

Friendly Guard: Strike Crystal! DC:5 - Adv - (3d6)

(131) = 5

Other Guard: Attack first opponent DC:5 - Adv - (3d6)

(216) = 9

Other Guard: Attack second opponent DC:5 - Adv - (3d6)

(263) = 11

Apr 3, 2024 11:33 pm
OOC:
Would focus Apprentice 1st. Other 2 after. Have I taken any damage?

Rolls

Ishzu: Test - Basic - (2d6)

(26) = 8

Ishzu: Test - Basic - (2d6)

(12) = 3

Ishzu: Test - Basic - (2d6)

(41) = 5

Ishzu: Test - Basic - (2d6)

(36) = 9

Apr 4, 2024 1:56 am
OOC:
Ishzu has taken metal "damage", but the apprentice has taken loads of both.
It takes both of the successes, but Ishzu takes her down! She passes out and physically drops to the ground. At this point, Ishzu has nominal control over the crystal, but it is tenuous and not complete. He can maintain control for a couple minutes, but after that, he doesn't know for sure what will happen.

Since he is now the dominant party, he can tell that the crystal is not intelligent; it is merely a tool that can be used by anyone with the correct natural abilities. However, he can feel the draw of its potential as if it wants him to use it. The domineering was driven by the apprentice once she gained enough experience with the crystal to use it. Her control was still pretty rudimentary, but good enough to puppet the other goblins. The other goblins are not freed yet, however they are not moving, either, as they have no one directing them.

Once the controlled goblins stop moving again, and the apprentice goes down, the allied goblins stop attacking the others. The lead goblin does come up to the apprentice and drags her away from the crystal and ties her up securely.
OOC:
What does Ishzu do now?
Last edited April 4, 2024 1:58 am
Apr 4, 2024 12:02 pm
OOC:
am I going to have to take this crystal to Mordor and cast it into the fires of Mount Doom?
Apr 4, 2024 12:43 pm
OOC:
Unlike the one ring, this crystal is fragile. You don't need Mount Doom. Brewner's hammer is probably more than sufficient.
Apr 4, 2024 1:31 pm
OOC:
Good, cus I was gonna say: I can take the ring crystal to Mordor, but I don’t know the way.
I wonder if it would be more valuable to us to break it into big shards to lessen its power so it can’t be used to control people. Then we can give some of the bigger shards to Fiznik/Valpip, the goblins, and then just sell them ourselves or bedazzle our gear for some mechanical bonuses?
Last edited April 4, 2024 1:31 pm
Apr 4, 2024 2:21 pm
Ishzu settles beside the crystal, assuming a meditative posture. His concentration is marred by the surrounding noise, making it seem louder than usual. "I will sever their connection to the crystal. I'm uncertain of their potential reaction," he mentally tells everyone.

With utmost focus, he endeavors to sever each goblin's link to the crystal, starting with the least resilient mind among them. He hopes that dismantling their connection gradually will prove more manageable than attempting it all at once.
OOC:
Rolling Test
Last edited April 5, 2024 1:46 am

Rolls

Ishzu: Test - Basic - (2d6)

(51) = 6

Apr 4, 2024 11:47 pm
Ander stands silently stalwart. Patiently waiting for crystalline friend to sever connection.
Apr 5, 2024 1:19 am
Grin climbs down from his tree, whistling to Oliver as he notices the apprentice fall and the commotion stop. When he approaches the group he waves to Brewner and Ander, then notices Ishzu…

Hullo heroes! What’s the - Oy! What’s wrong with Ishzu!? Is he… dead?
Apr 5, 2024 3:43 am
As Ishzu releases the goblins, they collapse to the ground, but are then quickly attended to by the friendly goblins. One of the first to recover says, "Hey! Why is that statue moving, and what is it doing to the crystal?" Before they can do anything, however, they are brought up to speed enough to know that the non-goblins are now at least allies.

Once all of the goblins have been released, Ishzu disconnects. But keeping everyone safe from the crystal is very taxing, and he can't keep it up too much longer. The lead goblin manages to keep order and even invites the group to join them at their camp for the day so everyone can regroup. The two guards want to smash the "evil totem crystal". The wounded apprentice is trying to get back into range, but isn't allowed to move by the two goblins assigned to watch her.
OOC:
What do you want to do now? The only way for the crystal to be safe is for Ishzu to stay near it and shield the others from it. Or you can bust it up. Or you can leave it behind, because obviously nothing bad could come from that ...

Also, are you going to visit the goblins camp? Also, are you going to ask about the other tribe? And how do you plan on getting back?
Apr 5, 2024 10:19 am
OOC:
If his very taxing to Ishzu to keep the crystal under control and he can't keep it up too much longer, goblin camp is probably not a safe option can we travel to Fiznik? Maybe he can help Ishzu
Last edited April 5, 2024 10:50 am
Apr 5, 2024 12:14 pm
Seeing Ishzu move, Grin lets out a sigh of relief. He looks over to the two goblin guards who want to smash the crystal. He says: Aye, I agree with breaking the large crystal. Maybe our new friends can keep a large shard with them, and we’ll split the rest among ourselves…and our friends back at camp. He looks over to Brewner, meeting his eyes and as if reading Brewner’s thoughts, he mouths/whispers: Fiznik?

He looks round at the group of goblins and to the leader: I bet you’d like to hear the story of Brewner, the great Hopper of Noric. Perhaps a rest at your camp would be nice. I would like a chance to see that the children are safe. And maybe try some fabled goblin stew!
Apr 5, 2024 11:44 pm
Rising up off of the ground, Ishzu surveys the gathering of goblins and the accompanying party. A myriad of thoughts and calculations whirl through his mind, leaving him uncertain of the duration of his communion with the crystal or any potential oversights.

"I implore you not to rush its destruction... at least not without a methodical approach. It would be wise to enlist the expertise of someone skilled in crafting the crystal into practical implements," he suggests.

Turning his mental speak to only the party members, he queries, "Have the remaining goblins been infromed of the negotiated terms?"
OOC:
How far away are we from the goblin camp or Fiznik's camp?
Apr 6, 2024 12:35 am
Grin thinks back to Ishzu: the terms? Well, they all know that we are allies of sorts. They apologized and we helped them. There is another group of goblins that are hostile to this group. They wouldn’t promise more than friendship, though. At least not right away.
Apr 6, 2024 5:29 am
OOC:
The allied goblins are bringing the released goblins up to speed. At this point, they are all grateful for the help you have provided. You have saved the tribe, though they have lost much of their leadership and magic.
Apr 6, 2024 12:22 pm
Brewner approaches the goblins as a group.
"This friendship could be the beginning of a new era, I also hope that this friendship extends to the rest of my people. No more attacking guards and other adventurers."

Rolls

Charisma - (3d6)

(412) = 7

Apr 6, 2024 7:29 pm
Grin approaches one or more of the smaller goblins to chat them up and exchange war stories.
Apr 7, 2024 5:17 pm
OOC:
To be clear, in my view you can't make peace or make war with "the goblins". You win friends or enemies with individual goblins. If that individual is a leader, that can extend to their tribe while that individual is a leader. But it is all based on personal relations. Also, tides can turn quickly with a goblin. You can go from being an enemy to a friend in very little time depending on what you do and what they do. It can reverse just as easily. This doesn't mean that they will change their minds on a whim. If you stay friends with them, they will stay friends with you.

And this relationship goes both ways. They are not making friends with humans, or a tribe or a settlement. They are making friends with you. As such, there is no extension past that. So, telling them that you want them to not attack some guards only makes sense so far as you are involved.

I hope that helps with how far your friendship with these goblins will get you. Also, this particular tribe is diminished and will need to get a strong leader and will need to find/recruit/develop a shaman to have better staying power. You did save the tribe, so they are indebted to you. But that is to you.
You go back with the goblins. The second guard goes to retrieve the young and there is both rejoicing for those that were saved and sorrow for those lost. But, such is the lot of a goblin, the rejoicing won out in the end. Ishzu heals up everyone who needs healing, and the very one "enjoys" the freest, most of all Ishzu, because he doesn't eat. (I imagine Grin enjoys himself, but everyone else probably has to put up a brave face.)

The next morning, you all gather up and say your goodbyes. The Lead Goblin (who is now the temporary leader of the tribe), says, "You asked about the something tribe. Here is a map to the edge of their territory. We do not get along with each other, so it is best for none of our tribe to take you. And don't let them see this map. Destroy it before you make contact with them. Thank you so much for saving our tribe. We are forever indebted to you. We will always avoid you, even if our tribes are fighting. You are always welcome as long as I am here. We will avoid the caverns past the pink slime.

"These two will take you to the edge of the swamp and point you to the cave entrance."


After you leave, when you check the map, it initially looks like a jumbled mess. However, when you compare it to Ander's map that auto-scribes, you can make sense out of it. It will require you to go into the last cavern system you were in, but not go back through the pink slime.
OOC:
So, you have finished this piece of the adventure off. You can go hunt down the other goblin tribe to deliver your message. You can go back and report your findings. You can go tackle the other things in "your" caverns. You can visit the dragon (please don't). You can check out the underground lake. You can do something else. Also, you have to do something with the crystal. If you leave it behind, the goblins will destroy it. (If they didn't, it would attract gods know what animal and redo the spider thing with that animal. However, if you take it, it will be slow going as Ishzu has to protect everything else from it.
Last edited April 7, 2024 5:38 pm
Apr 7, 2024 8:27 pm
OOC:
Sorry, i haven't been able to catch up this weekend. I'll get to it. I guess Oliver was in zombie mode meanwhile.
Last edited April 7, 2024 9:03 pm
Apr 7, 2024 9:36 pm
Oliver felt slightly disappointed that the easiest way to contain the power of the large crystal was to break it. He thought about this for a while, but his pondering was interrupted by the feast they were obligued to attend, and the mighty posterior stomachache (just how on earth is Grin okay?). This stopped him from thinking for a few hours, but now that he had purged out even the last bit of lunch cheese, he was feeling a bit better.

"Well, excepting dinner, that really went as good as it could possibly go. Though it's a bit sad to downgrade such a mighty artifact just because it almost murdered us two times."

He paused for a moment. "I wonder... could the crystal control inanimate objects as well? Or maybe an empty armor filled with small spiders?" This made him shudder. "Nevermind, forget I said that."

"Perhaps we could get the crystal whole to Fiznik for him to put a containment charm again, and buy us some time to decide what to do with it. Also, we might need to report to him anyway. We have cleared the area preceding the pink slime cave from future goblin incursions. On my books, that counts as a handsome victory for the exploration team."
Apr 8, 2024 5:55 pm
" I completely agree with Oliver"Brewner says while nodding in agreement, arms folded.
Apr 9, 2024 1:43 am
Grin, having wrapped up Oliver’s leftovers from their feast to save for later, walks at the head of the group with the two goblin guides: his new friends Gnoodle and Wartwart (AKA: Wart).

He happily chats with them, loudly sharing stories about the group’s adventures.
Apr 9, 2024 3:01 pm
OOC:
Just to be clear, the group is taking the crystal with them, and is not breaking it up. Do I have that correct? May I assume you fixed the harness and are using that to carry it? Otherwise it would be extremely awkward to carry.
Last edited April 9, 2024 3:02 pm
Apr 9, 2024 4:02 pm
OOC:
Whatever Ishzu wants to do with it, Grin will support. He is open to smashing it to bits.
Apr 9, 2024 7:38 pm
OOC:
Ishzu is master of all matters crystal. Oliver would agree on that. If we do carrry it whole, I agree on fixing the harness.
Last edited April 9, 2024 7:41 pm
Apr 9, 2024 10:01 pm
OOC:
Ugg I don't know what would be the best course of action.
I kind of want to keep it whole and bring it back to Fiznik.

How far away are we from Fiznik?

Keeping it whole could cause problems, though.
I have a few (simple) tests that I would like to do before leaving the goblin camp. I would love Oliver's help with these.
Is there a way to see if there is a radius of effect?
How far away does a creature have to be to NOT be effected by the crystal?
If any other creatures are affected in the above radius?

My plan (If possible) is to bring it to Fiznik. Keep it away from the camp, but monitor it. At least until we could get a craftsmen to make us some tools with the crystal...
Apr 10, 2024 8:06 am
Oliver hears Ishzu's concerns about studying the crystal properties with great interest, getting more squeakily excited as he details his ideas.

"Those are excellent questions! Perhaps we could answer the radius one with a field test, at least for a simple mind... Hey Grin, mind convincing one of your goblin pals for a quick and definitely safe experiment?"

"And we probably need someone with a more sophisticated mind as well. Maybe a *knightly* sophisticated mind?"
. As if to make things more obvious, Oliver stares at Ander and smiles.

"That terrain over there seems large and deserted enough. We center the crystal there and move into a safe spot so that Ishzu can release the crystal powers again. Then Ander and our friend Wart slowly approach the crystal, and we mark the distances where they lose their individual sentience, measured in Brewner hops. Naturally, we need to release Wartwart and Ander from the crystal charm, and maybe even Brewner -Oliver chuckles-. That part is on you, Ishzu."

"So... how does this sound? It should be perfectly safe."
OOC:
...for an otter standard.
Apr 10, 2024 1:46 pm
OOC:
The Otter standard! A truly high benchmark for us all to strive for.
Grin discusses Oliver’s plans with Wartwart and Gnoodle. They turn to the time-honored tradition of punching each other out to determine which of them should join the experiment. Gnoodle takes her turn first, immediately knocking Wartwart out in a single blow… Well, I guess that settles it, says Grin. They help Wart up to his feet and dust him off.

With a large grin on his face, Grinfletch says: Here we are, Oliver! Wart has volunteered for the experiment!
Last edited April 10, 2024 1:47 pm
Apr 10, 2024 9:58 pm
OOC:
You know what, sure. Why not? :-)
As you play around with things, you find that things are disorienting when you get around 20 feet or so to the crystal. You can fight through it, but it doesn't feel good and you don't work at your best. When Wartwart gets to little outside 20 feet to the crystal he complains about similar symptoms. He refuses to go any closer. Plus he is quite skittish around the crystal simply because of having been dominated through it already and he has no desire to repeat that experience again!
OOC:
Basically, it appears to have a 20 foot radius of primary effect. However, if control is established, the range of control is much larger. For sapient creatures, it requires someone with the psychic or magical ability to gain control over the crystal. If no one is available, then it just causes the unpleasantness. (Basically, it makes the sufferer operate at Disadvantage.) This is for sapient creatures. For non-sapients, it works differently and instead longer term exposure will allow them to basically develop a "collective" mind. Initially, it is simply additive, but given enough time the collective could develop a rudimentary intelligence and grow from there. So, if you leave this somewhere hidden, something will eventually happen, and it probably wouldn't be good.

Honestly, this is a very powerful item that could cause tremendous damage in the wrong hands. The only reason the goblin thing didn't spin out of control is because the apprentice didn't really know what she was doing. Someone with much better skill and experience could have been truly dangerous. The reason you are all alive is because of her lack of skill.
Apr 11, 2024 9:09 pm
OOC:
So what you’re saying is: Ishzu should become the puppet master and build an empire?
Apr 11, 2024 9:35 pm
OOC:
The Dark Side Of The Psionics Is A Pathway To Many Abilities Some Consider To Be Unnatural. 😁
Apr 11, 2024 10:02 pm
OOC:
Friends, I am very sorry, but I must withdraw. RL has gotten busy for me, and pulling me away from PbP. I hope everyone is well, and I’m sorry for any inconvenience this causes. Take care.
Apr 11, 2024 10:38 pm
WhiteDwarf says:
OOC:
Friends, I am very sorry, but I must withdraw. RL has gotten busy for me, and pulling me away from PbP. I hope everyone is well, and I’m sorry for any inconvenience this causes. Take care.
OOC:
Sorry to hear it! I hope we get to play together again some time! It’s been a blast!
Quote:
The Dark Side Of The Psionics Is A Pathway To Many Abilities Some Consider To Be Unnatural. 😁
*High-five!*
Apr 12, 2024 12:00 am
WhiteDwarf says:
OOC:
Friends, I am very sorry, but I must withdraw. RL has gotten busy for me, and pulling me away from PbP. I hope everyone is well, and I’m sorry for any inconvenience this causes. Take care.
OOC:
I am sorry to see you go! I do want to say, I absolutely love Ander. You did a wonderful job with him. Best of luck. You are always welcome to come back if find the time to play again!
Apr 12, 2024 12:05 am
Thunder_Lungz says:
OOC:
So what you’re saying is: Ishzu should become the puppet master and build an empire?
OOC:
He could, but I'm not recommending that. I am just saying that if you leave it somewhere, who knows what animals will find it. And if you sell it to someone, who knows what they might do with it.
Apr 12, 2024 12:55 am
OOC:
BYE ANDER!! You were my First (and Best) Companion!!!
With this information, Ishzu suggests to the others that we go back to Fiznik with the crystal as a whole.
Once they do, they could keep it 30ft away from camp and keep a watch on it. Moving its location around camp to not allow any critter to be under its influence for long.
Apr 12, 2024 10:08 am
WhiteDwarf says:
OOC:
Friends, I am very sorry, but I must withdraw. RL has gotten busy for me, and pulling me away from PbP. I hope everyone is well, and I’m sorry for any inconvenience this causes. Take care.
OOC:
Farewell, I hope I have the chance to play with you again
Apr 12, 2024 10:14 am
"Very well let's go back then i am in need of some good Ale"
Apr 12, 2024 2:26 pm
While Oliver and Grin experiment with the crystal with Ander and the goblins, Ishzu and Brewner work on the harness. They fix it so it is probably more stable now, is smaller, and only requires two people to carry it. This takes a couple of hours, but the group is ready soon enough. Brewner and Ander mount up the harness and they get going. Gnoodle and Wartwart lead the group to the edge of the Swamps and points them in the direction of the cave entrance. Saying their goodbyes, Gnoodle and Wartwart head back to their village and the group continues on.

The group moves quickly through the grass, always on the lookout for an ambush. A group of feathered lizards (though smaller than the ones seen before) is briefly seen, but they do not engage since they wouldn't have surprise. They make it into the base cave. They set the crystal and harness off to one side, while they gather against the opposite wall. They spend about an hour clearing their heads from the crystal. Ander hands over his magic map to Brewner. Brewner and Oliver pour over the path made on the map and figure out the best path back to the tunnel that will take them to the pink slime.

It is now about mid-day and the group is ready to continue.
OOC:
OK, what do you do now? Which two are carrying the crystal? Grin is out, as he would make it awkward for the other person, but besides that who is going to carry it through the caverns?
Apr 12, 2024 3:51 pm
OOC:
Yeah, I don’t think anyone would trust a halfling to carry a dangerous magical artifact. ;)
Apr 12, 2024 5:44 pm
OOC:
Can i add the magical map to my gear, since i am the most recent member, maybe one of you should have it?
Brewner seems suspicious of the crystal, he is never comfortable with magical powers but he volunteers ti help carry the crystal

"The sooner we reach the base and talk to Fiznik the better"
Apr 12, 2024 8:56 pm
OOC:
Go ahead and hold on to the magical map.
Apr 12, 2024 9:29 pm
WhiteDwarf says:
OOC:
Friends, I am very sorry, but I must withdraw. RL has gotten busy for me, and pulling me away from PbP. I hope everyone is well, and I’m sorry for any inconvenience this causes. Take care.
OOC:
Worry not, #1 above all is you being comfortable with your times, so this is fully understandable. You will surely be missed, though. It has been an honor to go along in this story with you, WhiteDwarf. Hopefully we will meet at another time when schedules are less tight. Best wishes for you too!
Apr 12, 2024 9:45 pm
"I have got to say, Brewner. Though you don't seem used to it, a splice on magic does look wild on you. Like you could surely conquer the world this time."

Before heading out, Oliver seems to ponder for a bit, staring at nowhere in particular. He then noticed Ishzu and approaches him, producing the vial containing the pink slime nicknamed Alice and holding it at eye's level. Alice seemed to have done great progress in the stick that had been placed in the vial.

"Ishzu, perhaps you are more knowledgeable in this matter. I am a bit worried about the pink slime. Is it slightly alive? Could the crystal take control of it when we get to the pink cave? Do you mind if I place Alice near the crystal to see if anything happens? If something does happen, I would not like to learn about it in the cave."

He then chuckled lightly. "That's funny... For once, I'd prefer a failed experiment this time around."
Apr 12, 2024 9:46 pm
OOC:
Ishzu will help haul the crystal. Since we should know the way Brewner should run ahead to the Camp. Maybe get a few guards to meet us to help carry.
Apr 14, 2024 12:11 pm
OOC:
I am usually a "never split the party" type of guy, but sure Brewner can go ahead if you guys want, but i am not sure the guards will cross the slime
Apr 14, 2024 12:33 pm
OOC:
wow, that’s big brain Bunt!

Grin can run ahead with Brewner too if we need to split up.
Apr 14, 2024 3:58 pm
OOC:
I would not advise splitting up, at least not yet. You are in the entrance from the outside, briefly resting to get your plan together. Your next destination is the cavern attached to the pink slime room. You probably don't want to split up before getting to that cavern, as you are not familiar with this cavern system and whoever doesn't have the map will have to make rolls to get through correctly. And once you do get to that cavern, you're pretty much home free, as it is just crossing the slime and getting to the reestablished camp in "your" caverns, which at this point is relatively safe.

I had not even considered what the pink slime will do about the crystal. I have no idea. I'll have to figure that out before you are ready to enter the tunnel to the pink slime cavern.

I'll post the next step of the return journey tomorrow.
Apr 15, 2024 2:51 pm
Deciding against splitting up because there is only one map, and lots of unknown caves, the part group gets to the task at hand. Ishzu and Ander are carrying the crystal and harness. Brewner and Grin work out the shortest path back to tunnel to the pink slime. The group heads off with determination and haste!

Along the way back, when cutting through a shortcut they saw on the map, the group accidentally steps into a nest of giant centipedes!
OOC:
Roll for initiative!
Last edited April 15, 2024 8:57 pm
Apr 15, 2024 5:41 pm
OOC:
cool, I’m glad we didn’t split up :)

Also, will the fight that led to the elemental interaction, the lizard fight, and the goblin fight all be considered one achievement or many in terms of XP?

Rolls

Initiative - (2d6)

(55) = 10

Apr 15, 2024 6:26 pm
This monstrosities have no end!"
Brewner says alarmed, as he grip firmly his warhammer

Rolls

Initiative - (2D6)

(52) = 7

Apr 15, 2024 9:06 pm
OOC:
I'll work with Psybermagi on XP when you get back to the underground camp. I'm not gonna stiff ya.

As both the group and the nest kinda surprised each other, there is no true surprise. Since you guys succeeded on your tests, you all go first. (Initiative is supposed to be individual, but I find it easier in PBP to have each side go together.) You are all in Close range right now. You see about six of them, but there could be a couple more you don't see. It's not like there is an innumerable swarm.

Ishzu and Ander have to waste a turn to put the harness down if they don't want to risk damaging it. On the other hand, Ishzu can attack without putting anything down, if he so chooses, but will prevent Ander from making any heroic moves. I'll let Ishzu determine how to approach it and Ander will follow his lead.
Apr 15, 2024 9:38 pm
Ahhhh, centipedes! Grin runs off to position himself at a good distance for shooting. He takes a shot at the first centipede he can hit with range.
Last edited April 18, 2024 3:40 am

Rolls

Crossbow shot - (3d6)

(335) = 11

Duende Agility to avoid opportunity attack - (1d6)

(6) = 6

Apr 15, 2024 9:41 pm
OOC:
Very Stressful week for me. Grandparents day on Wednesday.
Ishzu and Ander will carefully set down the Crystal.
Last edited April 15, 2024 9:41 pm
Apr 15, 2024 10:24 pm
OOC:
Sorry, can't post today. Crazy busy day (but hey, I'm a doctor now). Tomorrow early afternoon it is.
Apr 15, 2024 10:40 pm
OOC:
You're cool. This doesn't have to be done immediately. 😊

Oh! And, congratulations!
Last edited April 15, 2024 10:40 pm
Apr 16, 2024 12:13 am
OOC:
I suggested splitting up before because i miss read. I thought we were already pass the pink slime.
I am assuming we are all fully healed and rested?
Apr 16, 2024 12:52 am
Bunt says:
OOC:
Sorry, can't post today. Crazy busy day (but hey, I'm a doctor now). Tomorrow early afternoon it is.
OOC:
Woohoo!! Congrats, Dr Bunt: Alchemical Genius!
Apr 16, 2024 5:44 pm
Bunt says:
OOC:
Sorry, can't post today. Crazy busy day (but hey, I'm a doctor now). Tomorrow early afternoon it is.
Congratulations!
Apr 16, 2024 9:06 pm
Smiley says:
OOC:
I suggested splitting up before because i miss read. I thought we were already pass the pink slime.
I am assuming we are all fully healed and rested?
OOC:
I think we will have been healed up. Normally the assumption is that your character heals us up in between fights.
Apr 16, 2024 9:50 pm
OOC:
Thaaanks! <3
While Ishzu and Ander were doing the heavy carry duty, Oliver had been playfully contemplating the crystal and visualizing the area of its magic, from what they had concluded in the experiment. When the centipedes suddenly appeared, he was mildly surprised. Just what more could happen in a single day?

"Hey, at least these are not trying to take control of our minds... yet."

Oliver takes out the blazeball bat (do these things like fire?) and swings two fiery rocks at the centipedes.
Last edited April 16, 2024 9:54 pm

Rolls

Fiery rock 1 - (2d6)

(46) = 10

Fiery rock 2 - (2d6)

(36) = 9

Apr 17, 2024 11:18 am
After Grinfletch and Oliver make theirs range attack Brewner engages his enemies in melee, Warhammer high in the air.
" Meet your end, creature!"
He will try to hit any that his already injured
OOC:
1- move 2- attack
Last edited April 17, 2024 11:18 am

Rolls

Attack - (2D6)

(25) = 7

Apr 17, 2024 3:45 pm
OOC:
Should Brewner have weapon mastery at this point in time?
Apr 17, 2024 4:01 pm
OOC:
also, was Brewner at the front with Grin? Does he need to make a move action or can he just attack twice?
Apr 17, 2024 4:12 pm
OOC:
Lol. Everyone trying to buff Brewner in real time.

My turn: Doesn't Brewner have a megaultramagic hammer that deals extra damage on crit?

Oh, and which allows him to jump very high too. And fly.
Apr 17, 2024 4:15 pm
OOC:
#STANDUP4BREWNER
Apr 17, 2024 8:03 pm
OOC:
Brewner's weapon is a heavy weapon, so he only gets one attack. I can't see his character sheet, so I am not sure what state he is in the Rookie/Novice/Veteran progression. But he should have three Traits (not including his human bonus Trait, so four total), plus Weapon Mastery. So, yes, at the worst he gained it over the feast as a result of the goblin encounter. Please do roll with Advantage from now on with Brewner's axe.

Yes, Brewner was up front with Grin. Grin was providing the "dungeoneering" help, while Brewner was using his new map to help guide them on their path.

Yes, everyone is completely healed.
Giant centipedes are not the toughest of monsters. Grin damaged one badly, Oliver's attacks left a smoldering corpse. While Brewner meant to attack the one that Grin damaged, he couldn't reach it easily, so attacked a fresh one, smashing it in one blow.

Ander puts down the harness with Ishzu, then gets ready, so doesn't get a chance to make an attack this turn. Ishzu can still make a single attack with his remaining Action. I am going to go ahead and run the centipedes for this turn, but Ishzu should still take his one allowed attack this first turn.

There are four moving around that will each making an attack. Behind them, two more appear, though they cannot attack this turn.

Brewner gets two attacks on him from one centipede (since he is adjacent to it). The other three move and attack Grin, Ander, and Oliver.

...

Brewner, Ander, and Oliver all take a hit. Each must make a Save Test or be poisoned. If poisoned, then your attacks are at Disadvantage. You get a save each turn until you throw off the poison, and suffer Disadvantage until you do throw off the poison. Note that subsequent Save Tests after an initial failure is also subject to Disadvantage.
Last edited April 17, 2024 8:05 pm

Rolls

~TinyCoGM~: Attack 1 on Brewner DC:5 - Basic - (2d6)

(11) = 2

~TinyCoGM~: Attack 2 on Brewner DC:5 - Basic - (2d6)

(26) = 8

~TinyCoGM~: Attack on Grin DC:5 - Basic - (2d6)

(41) = 5

~TinyCoGM~: Attack on Ander DC:5 - Basic - (2d6)

(64) = 10

~TinyCoGM~: Attack on Oliver DC:5 - Basic - (2d6)

(53) = 8

Apr 17, 2024 8:04 pm
OOC:
xD i can't attack twice because the warhammer is two handed, but i can focus attack. I assume we are not immediately in melee range and Brewner land a hit so it doesn't matter he can't attack twice.
Apr 17, 2024 8:07 pm
Ricardoi91 says:
OOC:
xD i can't attack twice because the warhammer is two handed, but i can focus attack. I assume we are not immediately in melee range and Brewner land a hit so it doesn't matter he can't attack twice.
OOC:
These creatures are the perfect opponent for Brewner. You can focus, make your one attack, and if you hit, it dies straight up.

Rolls

Ander: Save Test DC:5 - Basic - (2d6)

(33) = 6

Apr 17, 2024 10:20 pm
OOC:
Question: since Oliver's armor absorbs the first hit... do I still roll for poison? Not trying to weasel out of it (lol); I'm genuinely asking.
Apr 18, 2024 12:49 am
OOC:
Oh, that is a perfectly reasonable question. Please know that I asked the exact same thing as a character! And the answer is, no, it doesn't affect you on hits absorbed by your armor. You're good for another turn!
Apr 18, 2024 3:37 am
We don’t have to kill them all! Here, move ahead here with me and throw the centipedes some food or light some torches - they’re cave bugs; they’re very hungry and they hate bright light. Using his memory and experience with dungeoneering, Grin hopes they can avoid unnecessary destruction of the local ecosystem. Last round he moved up ahead to get some distance to make a ranged shot. From ahead, he lights a torch and holds it up in front of him.

Actions: Talking, lighting torch
Last edited April 18, 2024 3:40 am
Apr 18, 2024 4:31 pm
"Damn you creature!" Brewner says with a snarl as he feels the claws of his opponent

Rolls

Poison test with Resolute trait - (3d6)

(453) = 12

Apr 18, 2024 5:38 pm
OOC:
Just waiting for Ishzu's second Action to finish the first round. In fact, @Smiley, just go ahead and make your one remaining action from Turn 1 and your two actions for Turn 2. Once he does, everyone else can also take their two Actions for Turn 2.

Brewner made his save for this attack. Good job!
Apr 19, 2024 12:06 am
OOC:
Can I use my 3 actions just to heal the others? I use it to cure posion if they are posioned.
Rolling 3 Test to Heal them

Rolls

Ishzu: Test - Basic - (2d6)

(34) = 7

Ishzu: Test - Basic - (2d6)

(55) = 10

Ishzu: Test - Basic - (2d6)

(32) = 5

Apr 19, 2024 4:56 pm
OOC:
Ishzu cures Ander from his poison, but both Brewner and Ander still have their wounds from the centipedes' successful attacks.

Everyone else can now act for this second turn. The centipedes are not retreating and they are definitely acting very hostile. While they do avoid the torch (fire burns!), they are not retreating or anything. They are simply moving around it to continue to attack.

Iszu's actions are done and, I think, Grin's actions are done (though they didn't have the effect he had hoped for. So, Brewner, Olive, and Ander now have two Actions each in the second Turn.
Ander has finally heroically entered the fray! He takes two swpies with his mighty sword!

He strikes a centipede, damaging it. His second strike then finishes it off spectacularly!
OOC:
If the rolls had been in the other order, then it would be one dead and one damaged centipede. But, because of the order, he ended up overkilling one centipede.

Rolls

Attack 1 DC:5 - Adv - (3d6)

(642) = 12

Attack 2 DC:5 - Adv - (3d6)

(626) = 14

Apr 19, 2024 5:42 pm
"Persistent bastards! By my ancestors i will not fall to such foul creatures"
Brewner takes a big breath and aims his wrath to the nearest centipede.

Rolls

Focus+ Attack - (3d6)

(314) = 8

Apr 19, 2024 9:09 pm
OOC:
The focus worked! Another one down. Only four left now.
Apr 20, 2024 11:14 am
Oliver decides to squish the centipede who just stung him in the armor, directly swinging the bat. "Blasted thing! That left a dent!"
OOC:
Action 1: swing bat with berserker
Action 2: swing bat with berserker
Potential action: if my first attack is a hit and kills the centipede, my second action is instead a fiery rock hurled at another centipede.
OOC:
Post-roll: that's... an unusual result
Last edited April 20, 2024 11:15 am

Rolls

Bat Swing 1 - berserker - (1d6)

(5) = 5

Bat Swing 2 - berserker - (1d6)

(5) = 5

Potential action: fiery rock - (2d6)

(55) = 10

Apr 20, 2024 4:14 pm
OOC:
Only two and a half left now. Unfortunately, they are still angry and attacking!
The damaged one moves and attacks Oliver.

The other two attack Ander and Brewner, respectively.

Well, that's two successful hits against Brewner, and none against anyone else.

The silver lining is that it is just one save needed from Brewner, not two.

Rolls

Attack Against Oliver DC:5 - Basic - (2d6)

(44) = 8

Attack Against Brewner DC:5 - Basic - (2d6)

(46) = 10

Attack Against Brewner DC:5 - Basic - (2d6)

(65) = 11

Attack Against Ander DC:5 - Basic - (2d6)

(34) = 7

Attack Against Ander DC:5 - Basic - (2d6)

(44) = 8

Apr 22, 2024 6:04 am
Brewner endures the pain with gritted teeth, his fighting spirit only rising with the adversity
OOC:
After the successful poison test
Brewner swings his Warhammer with all his might
Last edited April 22, 2024 6:07 am

Rolls

Poison test with Resolute trait - (3d6)

(534) = 12

Focus+ Attack - (3d6)

(165) = 12

Apr 22, 2024 11:17 am
Grin is still down the tunnel a bit, waving a torch in the air and calling his friends: "to me, friends, to me! They don’t like fire, so bring torches to bear and avoid their poisonous bites! You are standing in their nest, so they will fight you to the death!"

As one accustomed to cave-life, Grinfletch has come to care for most creatures, even the hungry and the hostile. After all, this is their home and they are not attacking us out of malice. They’re just following their instinct.
Last edited April 22, 2024 11:19 am
Apr 22, 2024 11:51 am
daryen says:
[ooc]Brewner's weapon is a heavy weapon, so he only gets one attack. I can't see his character sheet, so I am not sure what state he is in the Rookie/Novice/Veteran progression. But he should have three Traits (not including his human bonus Trait, so four total), plus Weapon Mastery.
Can you see my character sheet now?
Apr 22, 2024 1:20 pm
OOC:
@Ricardoi91, answers in your character thread.

Only one damaged and one undamaged centipede left.
Apr 22, 2024 8:57 pm
Oliver swings his bat directly at the centipede next to him, forming very imprecise arcs. "Excellent work!"
OOC:
In case the first hit lands and the centipede dies, Oliver swings a fiery rock at the other centipede instead of the second direct bat swing.

Rolls

Bat swing 1 - berserk - (1d6)

(5) = 5

Bat swing 2 - berserk - (1d6)

(2) = 2

(Optional) Fiery rock - (2d6)

(64) = 10

Apr 23, 2024 2:43 am
A bit confused by the dissonance in the group, but seeing that they still need to cross through the nest, and there is only one left that is still going to attack him in particular, takes two mighty swings!

Rolls

Mighty Swing 1 DC:5 - Basic - (2d6)

(25) = 7

Mighty Swing 2 DC:5 - Basic - (2d6)

(32) = 5

Apr 23, 2024 2:44 am
OOC:
ok, that finishes them off. Oliver finished off his, then damaged Ander's (which was the only one left). Ander finished it off. They are all defeated now.
As they sift through the nest, they find some goblin remains. In the remains the find several coppers, a few silver, and a partial map.

The total is 186 copper coins and 12 silver coins. The map, when compared to Brewner's map, seems to show some caverns in the system you are in, past the cavern that leads to the pink slime and "your" cavern system. It appears to show the entrance to another area, but just of what isn't immediately clear.
Apr 23, 2024 2:52 am
Grin makes one final attempt to convince his friends to get out of the giant centipede nest: Leave that last one! Get out of the nest and careful not to trample any eggs! He throws his torch into the space between him and the nest to give his party members something to get behind that the centipede won’t like. He then tries to throw a piece of food further, either at the centipede or near it.
OOC:
cool, so, Grin is deeper in the tunnel (30ft from the nest), and has thrown a torch to sit in the area between him and the nest, about 15ft from each. He threw a chunk of meat jerky into the nest.
Last edited April 23, 2024 2:55 am

Rolls

Throw torch to ground - (2d6)

(56) = 11

Throw food to centipede - (2d6)

(36) = 9

Apr 23, 2024 3:02 am
OOC:
Sorry, man, I just realized thatOliver's alternative attack meant the last one go finished off.

If it is any consolation, there are no eggs.
Apr 23, 2024 3:07 am
OOC:
you’re good. I’m not bothered by it. Grin is a bit upset. Unless… how many giant centipedes can one health pot bring back?

Also, if there are eggs, then there’s a chance more will survive since they don’t need warmth or parents to help them. They just need a corpse to eat when they hatch.
Last edited April 23, 2024 3:11 am
Apr 23, 2024 6:19 pm
OOC:
Well, Grin can see that the goblin remains are still relatively fresh, so this nest was probably fairly recently set up. They hadn't started breeding yet, so no eggs. However, that means there is still a robust nest or nests not too far distant, as they had to have come from somewhere. Considering that the goblins likely try to keep this section of the caverns relatively clear, this probably isn't the last time this location will be used as a nest by more centipedes (or something). Sucks for this iteration of the nest, but the ecosystem is healthy and consistently dangerous ...
After gathering the paltry loot, the party moves on and arrives at the cavern that leads to the pink slime. They hear some non-descript noises a distance away, but can't tell exactly where it is coming from. Rather than wait to see what it is and risk the crystal, they hurry into the long passage and eventually find themselves at the edge of the pink slime.

Not willing to waste too much time finding and moving the mimic body around to serve as a walkway, they just hug the perimeter of the cavern to get through the slime. Once through, they take the time to scrape things down to preserve their equipment and shoes. Once on the side of the cavern Oliver gets the group to indulge some experiments with the crystal and slime to see if there is any reaction. It takes some patience and very careful observation, but the slime does move very slowly and nearly imperceptibly move towards the crystal. He thinks they could hang it from the ceiling and it would eventually reach up to it. However, he shudders to think what could result if left with the slime for too long, though it would probably take a very long time to have any relevant effect.

They finally then make it back to the underground camp. When they arrive, they see there is more of a force present, with at least a half-dozen guards on duty, and another dozen workers setting up what will eventually be some perimeter defenses.
OOC:
And I am going to leave it here for a moment. If you want to do anything else on the way back to camp, let me know. Just remember that if you dilly-dally before getting to the pink slime, you could get another encounter of some kind. Also, please feel to have some discussion on what you want to do next. As a reminder, you have a few things:
1) What are you going to do with the crystal this time?
2) Do you go try to find that goblin tribe bothering Ishzu's friend?
3) Do you want to tackle that gelatinous creature you were told about?
4) Go deeper into the next level down?
5) Something else?
Apr 23, 2024 6:28 pm
OOC:
gotcha, Grin feels better about the dangerous cave creature ecosystem. Thanks for indulging me.

I’m good to go with the group wherever. I think Grin just wants to find shiny trinkets, Oliver wants cool alchemical options and Ishzu wants to find the other goblins? What about Brewner? I kind of feel a bit tired with this particular base camp and wouldn’t mind moving on to something further out - wasn’t there an unexplored underground sea among other things?
Apr 23, 2024 6:41 pm
OOC:
That's option #4.

Option #2 takes you back into that other cavern system you just passed through, and lets you use the little map fragment you found. This pulls on pre-existing story threads that have been laying around for a while now.

Option #4 takes you down to the "next level deeper" of the underdark. That's where someone reported seeing a huge underground lake with friendly undead sailors. Or something. You'll have to see how accurate that report really was ... This basically heads in a totally new direction with little known or established.
Apr 24, 2024 7:14 am
OOC:
I also like the idea of shaking things up a bit in a new area (#4), and possibly use a base camp that we need to improvise along the way instead of a comfortable and well-established base camp.

I'm also up for a little ingame downtime between excursions. Buy some gear, craft some thingies (Oliver would probably concoct something), and luckily level up. Oh, and roleplay what to do with the crystal!
Apr 24, 2024 9:09 am
OOC:
Brewner is currently at 3 Hp, some downtime will be appreciated. We probably should decide what to do with the crystal before exploring further
Apr 24, 2024 11:05 am
OOC:
I thought the plan was to head back to camp with the crystal. Then try and find a craftsmen to break it apart into useful tools/weapons.

I can heal peoples up. Do you want rolls for that?
Apr 24, 2024 11:46 am
OOC:
good call friends, let’s get some downtime in before shaking it up. I think in the past there’s been an assumption that with healers like Ishzu in the party, we all heal up as free actions outside of combat?

Also, it occurs to me that the goblin quest might be a good linear one to follow, as long as it is a challenge and presents some new adventure. I think Ishzu might need to get us on board with that though, maybe telling us why it’s important? Otherwise we can go into the unknown!
Apr 24, 2024 3:31 pm
OOC:
OK, I just wanted to make sure of where everyone was heading. Let's advance this a little farther ...

Also, it isn't necessary to roll for healing out of combat. Just say your doing it and, if sufficient time is present, everyone is back up to full strength. Rolling is only necessary in combat or time-critical situations. When time doesn't matter, whether it is one roll or ten rolls, it's gonna work at some point.

I am also assuming Fiznik is up top while construction is taking place.
The party briefly checks in on the progress of the construction. Ishzu makes sure everyone is healed up (especially Brewner, who took the bulk of the damage with the centipedes). They then proceed on up to the base.
OOC:
Brewner gets 3XP. Everyone else gets 4XP. (The difference is because where everyone else got the first XP, Brewner was gaining his Veteran status.) Unfortunately, this adventure had no monetary return on effort, as the goblin tribe was mostly left alive, and thus in possession of all of their loot. The barely more than 2GP from the centipedes was small comfort. However, they did come back with the crystal! If they follow Ishzu's understanding of breaking it up into usable, but much safer pieces, they will be able to sell off however much of it they want after Fiznik takes his cut.
Apr 25, 2024 1:39 pm
OOC:
I would just like to apologize.
My energy level, motivation, and mental focus have completely dropped.
I have had no energy to post or do anything on any of the games I am currently playing in.
It has nothing to do with you as DM, the game, or the players.
I have just lost all motivation to type up anything.

I will try and work to fix this but IDK what to do.
It might just be from added stress or other BS reason.

Once again I am sorry. Give me a little bit.
Apr 25, 2024 1:44 pm
OOC:
I feel that way sometimes too. I tend to get more excited when starting new things. Sometimes all I need is a short break. This might be the perfect opportunity for Ishzu to break away and do something on his own with the dragon. Ishzu is somewhat mysterious, so I could see him showing up in the middle of whatever storyline we end up in later.
Apr 25, 2024 3:00 pm
OOC:
Yeah, happens to me as well, particularly when I'm in two games at a time (I'm more used to a single game at a time, 3+ games drives me insane). My posting frequency has been lately reduced too, but I also think a fresh change can do the trick.
Apr 25, 2024 4:52 pm
"Friends should we go talk to Fiznik see what he can do about the crystal, can be worth a fortune!" Brewner says while checking his wounds recovery "Don't worry, Grinfletch, I know I still owe you gold for this beauty" And he shows off his Savage Warhammer
Apr 25, 2024 6:55 pm
OOC:
@Smiley, we can handle it however you want. The point of the game is to have fun, not be a chore! If you need to step away for a bit, that's perfectly fine. It's all up to you. And since everyone is back at the settlement, Ishzu can do whatever he needs to without issue!

Just let Psybermagi and me know what you want to do, and we'll work with you and Ishzu!
Apr 25, 2024 11:41 pm
Grinders puts a hand on the hilt of Brewner’s warhammer. Aye, well, you’ve done some great things with that weapon, Hopper! It was gold worth spending. Let’s see what we can do with these crystals.
OOC:
I know we said it would take time for the crystals to be used to make things. Could we say that we spend a few days here for that to happen? I don’t think we need to get big OP weapons or whatever, but it would be nice to get some cool crystal benefit. Actually, for Grin, just the crystal walkie talkies would be good enough. And then money from the rest to invest in another magic thing. Then we might be ready for some longer and more dangerous excursions?
Apr 26, 2024 7:56 am
"You know... Do you think a crystal of this kind can eventually evolve into a sentience like Ishzu? I would really like to spend a few days researching this. I am not yet sure how to, however, but I might need to run a few experiments and not lose my mind in the process. Fiznik might be able to make a charm for a few days. After that, we could arrange to split the crystal if you're still interested in that. I heard Grin say 'walkie-talkie' in his sleep the other night. Sounded like he had a very concrete idea for the crystal."

As soon as they get to Fiznik, Oliver asks about the charm hold the crystal powers under control for a few days, so Ishzu does not need to exert himself constantly.
Apr 26, 2024 2:26 pm
Adventure has move up to The Base for the next steps ...
Apr 26, 2024 3:38 pm
Thread locked while party relaxed on Base
May 16, 2024 8:48 pm
Just Passing Through ...
Once everyone has gathered their supplies and prepared themselves, they head down to the caverns. The hour long trip to the Matrix Node is uneventful, and it is impressive how pedestrian the walk is now. It is well-marked, nicely lit, and all the points that were narrow, difficult, or annoying have been widened and smoothed out. (Mostly likely through a combination of hard work and Valpip's inventions.)

Reaching the Matrix Node, they see that construction is still happening, though much progress has been made since they were last down here. All of the entrances and egresses have been barred and gated, with the gates at an angle that prevents anyone from remotely attacking the encampment, making it much more protected. There is still work to be done, and magic wards to be added, but it should prevent another surprise goblin attack. (Though they can be sneaky, and given enough time, any barriers can be defeated or avoided.) While moving past the Matrix Node, Ealdwid pats the gem he has hidden in his belongings.

After some pleasantries with the guards present, the group continues on. They backtrack a bit, and pass the elemental pool that Grin had a drink from. Smiling at the memory, Grin restrains himself this time (not being in mortal danger and not wishing to be at the moment), and they continue on. Continuing on west, and south of the entrance to the cavern with the pink slime, they find the entrance to the deeper underdark.

The entrance is basically a very wide pit that is roughly 20 feet in diameter, with no bottom in sight. To progress, they will need to start climbing their way down.

This thread stays locked and I created a new thread to continue the actual adventure in ...

You do not have permission to post in this thread.